<PAGE> 1
AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JULY 15, 1999
REGISTRATION NO. 333-
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
------------------------
FORM S-4
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
------------------------
TENNECO PACKAGING INC.
(EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
DELAWARE 3086 36-2552989
(STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL (I.R.S. EMPLOYER IDENTIFICATION
INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION) CLASSIFICATION) NUMBER)
</TABLE>
1900 WEST FIELD COURT
LAKE FOREST, ILLINOIS 60045
847-482-2000
(ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE,
OF REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)
KARL A. STEWART
VICE PRESIDENT AND SECRETARY
TENNECO INC.
1275 KING STREET
GREENWICH, CONNECTICUT 06831
(203) 863-1000
(NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE,
OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)
COPIES TO:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
TIMOTHY R. DONOVAN, ESQ. GERARD M. MEISTRELL, ESQ.
JENNER & BLOCK CAHILL GORDON & REINDEL
ONE IBM PLAZA 80 PINE STREET
CHICAGO, ILLINOIS 60611 NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10005
(312) 222-9350 (212) 701-3000
</TABLE>
------------------------
APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE OF THE SECURITIES TO THE
PUBLIC: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration
statement and all other conditions to the exchange offers described in the
enclosed prospectus have been satisfied or waived.
If the securities being registered on this form are being offered in
connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with
General Instruction G, check the following box. [ ]
If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and
list the Securities Act registration statement number or the earlier effective
registration statement for the same offering. [ ]
If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(b)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier registration statement for the same
offering. [ ]
------------------------
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PROPOSED PROPOSED
TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF AMOUNT TO BE MAXIMUM OFFERING MAXIMUM AGGREGATE AMOUNT OF
SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED REGISTERED PRICE PER UNIT* OFFERING PRICE* REGISTRATION FEE
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Debt securities.................... $1,300,000,000 101.0% $1,313,000,000 $365,014
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
* Estimated solely for the purpose of determining the registration fee, pursuant
to Rule 457(c) and Rule 457(f) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
------------------------
THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(a),
MAY DETERMINE.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE> 2
PROSPECTUS AND CONSENT SOLICITATION (Subject to Completion; Dated July 15, 1999)
$[ ]
Exchange Offers and Consent Solicitation
Outstanding Debt Securities of Tenneco Inc. (to be renamed )
exchanged for
New Debt Securities of Tenneco Packaging Inc.
Exchange Consideration:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
For Each: You Will Receive:
------------------------------------ ----------------------------------------
Aggregate $1,000 Principal Amount Early
Principal $1,000 Principal Amount of Tenneco Packaging's Exchange
Amount of Tenneco's Original Securities New Securities Premium*
- ----------- ------------------------------------ ----------------------------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
[To be provided by amendment]
</TABLE>
----------------------
* Tenneco will pay the early exchange premium only for original
securities validly tendered before the expiration of the consent
solicitation, and only if Tenneco accepts those original
securities for exchange.
Other Material Terms:
The exchange offers expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on ,
1999, unless extended.
The consent solicitation expires at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on
, 1999, unless extended.
- - Tenneco intends to spin-off Tenneco Packaging to its public stockholders after
the exchange offers.
- - If you tender, you will automatically consent to amendments eliminating
restrictions on Tenneco's operations included in the terms of the original
securities.
- - Tenneco expects that any original securities outstanding after the exchange
offers and spin-off will not maintain investment-grade ratings. The new
securities are currently rated by Moody's and by S&P.
- - The exchange offers are subject to various conditions described in this
document.
- - Your right to withdraw tendered securities is limited, as described in this
document.
- - Your exchange should not be taxable for U.S. federal income tax purposes,
except for any accrued interest and early exchange premium. Tenneco has
received an opinion of counsel to that effect.
- - The new securities will not be listed on any securities exchange or market.
See "Risk Factors," beginning on page 21, for a description of factors that you
should consider in evaluating the exchange offers and consent solicitation.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities
commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the
adequacy or accuracy of this document. Any representation to the contrary is a
criminal offense.
The dealer managers for the exchange offers and consent solicitation are:
MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON
, 1999
THE INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT IS NOT COMPLETE AND MAY BE CHANGED. TENNECO MAY
NOT SELL THESE SECURITIES UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FILED WITH THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IS EFFECTIVE. THIS DOCUMENT IS NOT AN OFFER
TO SELL THESE SECURITIES AND IT IS NOT SOLICITING AN OFFER TO BUY THESE
SECURITIES IN ANY STATE WHERE THE OFFER OR SALE IS NOT PERMITTED.
<PAGE> 3
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
IMPORTANT DATES............................................. 4
SUMMARY..................................................... 5
RISK FACTORS................................................ 21
Risk Factors if You Exchange.............................. 21
Risk Factors if You Do Not Exchange....................... 24
Risks Factors Relating to the Spin-off.................... 29
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS.................................. 31
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION......................... 32
INCORPORATION OF INFORMATION BY REFERENCE................... 32
THE EXCHANGE OFFERS AND CONSENT SOLICITATION................ 34
Terms of the Exchange Offers.............................. 34
The Consent Solicitation.................................. 35
Expiration Time; Early Exchange Time; Extensions;
Termination; Amendments................................ 35
Effect of Tender.......................................... 37
Acceptance of Consents and Original Securities; Delivery
of Exchange Consideration.............................. 37
Procedures for Tendering Original Securities and Giving
Consents............................................... 38
Conditions to the Exchange Offers and Consent
Solicitation........................................... 41
Withdrawal Rights......................................... 43
Dealer Managers........................................... 44
Exchange Agent............................................ 44
Information Agent......................................... 44
Trustee................................................... 44
Fees and Expenses......................................... 44
MARKET AND TRADING INFORMATION.............................. 45
ACCOUNTING TREATMENT OF THE EXCHANGE OFFERS................. 45
THE PROPOSED AMENDMENTS..................................... 46
Elimination of Operating Covenants........................ 46
Waiver.................................................... 47
DESCRIPTION OF THE NEW SECURITIES........................... 48
New Securities............................................ 48
Some Important Covenants of Packaging..................... 48
Consolidation, Merger and Sale of Assets.................. 50
Events of Default......................................... 50
Modification of the New Indenture......................... 51
Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance........................ 52
The New Trustee........................................... 52
Book-Entry System......................................... 52
Physical Securities....................................... 54
Payment................................................... 54
THE SPIN-OFF................................................ 55
Reasons for the Spin-off.................................. 55
Manner of Spin-off........................................ 55
Corporate Restructuring Transactions...................... 55
Debt Realignment.......................................... 56
Relationship Between Automotive and Packaging After the
Spin-off............................................... 57
Conditions to the Spin-off................................ 60
Amendment or Termination of the Distribution Agreement.... 61
DESCRIPTION OF PACKAGING.................................... 62
Capitalization............................................ 62
</TABLE>
2
<PAGE> 4
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
New Financing.......................................................................................... 64
Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements of Packaging......................................... 65
Supplemental Combined Financial Data of Packaging...................................................... 71
Combined Selected Financial Data of Packaging.......................................................... 73
Industry Overview and Key Terms........................................................................ 76
Products and Markets................................................................................... 77
Growth Strategy........................................................................................ 78
Marketing, Distribution and Customers.................................................................. 81
Analysis of Revenues................................................................................... 82
Competition............................................................................................ 82
Properties............................................................................................. 83
Raw Materials.......................................................................................... 83
Environmental Matters.................................................................................. 84
Other.................................................................................................. 84
Legal Proceedings...................................................................................... 84
Containerboard Packaging Interest...................................................................... 85
Management............................................................................................. 86
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.................. 93
Certain Stockholders................................................................................... 107
DESCRIPTION OF TENNECO AFTER THE SPIN-OFF/AUTOMOTIVE..................................................... 108
Capitalization......................................................................................... 108
Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements of Tenneco....................................... 109
Supplemental Consolidated Financial Data of Tenneco.................................................... 117
Tenneco and Consolidated Subsidiaries Selected Financial Data.......................................... 119
Overview of Automotive Parts Industry.................................................................. 123
Analysis of Automotive's Revenues...................................................................... 123
Emissions Control Systems.............................................................................. 125
Ride Control Systems................................................................................... 126
Sales and Marketing.................................................................................... 127
Manufacturing and Engineering.......................................................................... 127
Industry Trends........................................................................................ 128
Business Strategy...................................................................................... 131
Properties............................................................................................. 133
Legal and Environmental Proceedings.................................................................... 134
Strategic Acquisitions and Alliances................................................................... 134
Other.................................................................................................. 135
Management After the Spin-off.......................................................................... 136
New Financing.......................................................................................... 143
U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES..................................................................... 145
Tax Consequences if You Exchange....................................................................... 145
Tax Consequences if You Do Not Exchange................................................................ 147
Backup Withholding..................................................................................... 147
LEGAL MATTERS............................................................................................ 147
EXPERTS.................................................................................................. 148
INDEX TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SCHEDULE OF THE BUSINESSES OF TENNECO PACKAGING............... F-1
</TABLE>
------------------------
3
<PAGE> 5
This document incorporates by reference business and financial information
about Tenneco Inc. ("Tenneco") and Tenneco Packaging Inc. ("Packaging") that is
not presented in or delivered with this document. This information (excluding
exhibits to the information, unless the exhibits are specifically incorporated
by reference into the information) is available without charge to any holder or
beneficial owner of original securities upon written or oral request to Karl A.
Stewart, Vice President and Secretary, Tenneco Inc., 1275 King Street,
Greenwich, Connecticut, 06831, telephone number (203) 863-1000. In order to
obtain timely delivery, holders of original securities must request this
information no later than , 1999.
------------------------
IMPORTANT DATES
The following timeline summarizes important dates for the exchange offers
and consent solicitation. You should read this timeline in conjunction with the
rest of this document, which describes, among other things, Tenneco's right to
extend, amend and/or terminate any of the exchange offers and the consent
solicitation.
TIMELINE GRAPH SHOWING:
- - COMMENCEMENT DATE - Tenneco begins the exchange offers and consent
solicitation
- - WITHDRAWAL TIME - You may not withdraw tendered securities after the first to
occur of:
- the consent solicitation expiration, or
- 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the date Tenneco publicly announces it has
received the required consents.
- - CONSENT SOLICITATION EARLY EXCHANGE TIME - Consent solicitation expires; you
must tender before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, to be eligible to receive
the early exchange premium
- - EXCHANGE OFFER EXPIRATION TIME - Exchange offers expire; you must tender
before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, to be eligible to participate in the
exchange offers
- - ACCEPTANCE DATE - Tenneco accepts for exchange original securities that are
validly tendered and not withdrawn
- - ISSUANCE/EXCHANGE DATE - Packaging's new securities are issued in exchange for
Tenneco's original securities; the exchange agent delivers new securities and
any applicable accrued interest and early exchange premium
------------------------
You should rely only on the information contained in this document. Tenneco
and Packaging have not authorized anyone to provide you with information
different from that contained in this document or incorporated by reference into
this document. The exchange offers and consent solicitation are not being made
to, and Tenneco will not accept tenders for exchange from, holders of
outstanding original securities in any jurisdiction in which the exchange offers
or consent solicitation, or the acceptance thereof, would not be in compliance
with the securities or blue sky laws of that jurisdiction.
The information in this document is accurate as of the date on the front
cover. You should not assume that the information contained in this document is
accurate as of any other date.
4
<PAGE> 6
SUMMARY
Tenneco is offering to exchange Packaging's new securities listed in the
table below for Tenneco's original securities listed in the table below and is
soliciting consents with respect to the original securities on the terms and
conditions described in this document. The following is a brief summary of the
information included in this document and may not contain all of the information
that is important to you. You should carefully read and review this entire
document and the other documents to which it refers to fully understand the
terms of the new securities, exchange offers and consent solicitation.
THE EXCHANGE OFFERS AND CONSENT SOLICITATION
THE EXCHANGE OFFERS: For each $1,000 principal amount of original
securities validly tendered and accepted for
exchange, Tenneco is offering (1) $1,000
principal amount of the corresponding series of
Packaging's new securities, as shown in the
table below, plus (2) the early exchange
premium shown in the table below for holders
who validly tender their original securities
before the consent solicitation expires. See
"The Exchange Offers and Consent
Solicitation -- Terms of the Exchange Offers"
beginning on page 34.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR EACH: YOU WILL RECEIVE:
-------------------------------- ----------------------------------------
AGGREGATE EARLY
PRINCIPAL $1,000 PRINCIPAL AMOUNT $1,000 PRINCIPAL AMOUNT EXCHANGE
CUSIP NO. AMOUNT OF TENNECO'S ORIGINAL SECURITIES OF PACKAGING'S NEW SECURITIES PREMIUM*
- --------- ----------- -------------------------------- ----------------------------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
</TABLE>
[To be provided by amendment]
- ---------------
* Tenneco will pay the early exchange premium only for original securities
validly tendered before the consent solicitation expires, and only if Tenneco
accepts those original securities for exchange.
CONCURRENT CASH TENDER OFFERS: Tenneco is also making cash tender offers and a
consent solicitation for all series of its
public debt not subject to the exchange offers.
The securities subject to these cash tender
offers total $ in aggregate principal
amount.
THE CONSENT SOLICITATION: Tenneco is soliciting consents from the holders
of original securities to amendments to the
original debtholder contract under which
Tenneco issued those securities, commonly
referred to as an "indenture." These proposed
amendments will eliminate the restrictions on
Tenneco's operations currently included in this
original indenture. See "The Proposed
Amendments" beginning on page 46.
If you want to exchange your original
securities, you will be required to consent to
the proposed amendments. YOUR PROPER TENDER OF
ORIGINAL SECURITIES USING ONE OF THE PROCEDURES
DESCRIBED IN THIS DOCUMENT WILL CONSTITUTE YOUR
AUTOMATIC CONSENT TO THE PROPOSED AMENDMENTS
AND TO THE EXECUTION OF A
5
<PAGE> 7
SUPPLEMENT TO THE ORIGINAL INDENTURE TO EFFECT
THE PROPOSED AMENDMENTS.
REQUIRED CONSENTS: The aggregate principal amount of securities
outstanding under the original indenture is
$2,459,848,000, consisting of $ of
original securities that are subject to the
exchange offers and $ of other debt
securities that are subject to Tenneco's
concurrent cash tender offers. To amend the
original indenture, Tenneco must receive
consents from the registered holders of at
least a majority of that amount, voting as a
single class. These consents are referred to in
this document as the "required consents." In
addition to the consent solicitation described
in this document, Tenneco is soliciting
consents to the proposed amendments in
connection with its concurrent cash tender
offers. See "The Exchange Offers and Consent
Solicitation -- The Consent Solicitation"
beginning on page 35.
Tenneco may receive the required consents
before the exchange offers expire. The proposed
amendments will not take effect, however,
unless Tenneco accepts for exchange or purchase
debt securities issued under the original
indenture that represent at least the required
consents, whether tendered in the exchange
offers or cash tender offers. See "The Proposed
Amendments" beginning on page 46.
PURPOSE OF THE EXCHANGE OFFERS
AND CONSENT SOLICITATION: Tenneco intends to spin-off Packaging to its
public stockholders. Upon completion of the
spin-off, Packaging will become an independent,
publicly held company engaged in Tenneco's
current packaging businesses. At that time,
Tenneco's sole remaining business will be its
current automotive business. See "The Spin-off"
beginning on page 55.
The exchange offers are one component of a plan
to realign Tenneco's debt before the spin-off.
As part of this debt realignment, Tenneco is
also making the cash tender offers described
above. See "The Spin-off -- Debt Realignment"
beginning on page 56.
The purpose of the exchange offers is to
acquire all of Tenneco's outstanding original
securities. The purpose of the consent
solicitation is to eliminate the restrictions
on Tenneco's operations currently included in
the original indenture. This includes
eliminating a covenant that might, if held to
apply to the spin-off, otherwise require
Packaging to become the obligor of the original
securities (the application of which Tenneco
and Packaging believe is uncertain in these
circumstances). See "The Proposed Amendments"
beginning on page 46.
RISKS IF YOU DO NOT EXCHANGE: You could suffer adverse consequences if you
choose not to tender your original securities.
See "Risk Factors -- Risk Factors if You Do Not
Exchange" beginning on page 23. These adverse
consequences include:
- The operating restrictions presently included
in the original indenture will no longer
apply. This will permit Tenneco
6
<PAGE> 8
(which at that time will consist solely of
its Automotive business) to make new
borrowings in connection with the spin-off
that are secured by the capital stock of its
various subsidiaries. This will allow the
lender to enforce its rights by taking
control of the subsidiaries. As a result, any
original securities that remain outstanding
after the spin-off will effectively rank
behind these new borrowings with regard to
payment.
- Once the spin-off is completed, Automotive
will have a substantial amount of debt. This
may adversely affect its ability to meet its
payment obligations to you under the original
securities if you do not exchange.
- Tenneco expects that the original securities
will not maintain an investment-grade rating
after the exchange offers and spin-off. This
could adversely affect their value.
- Tenneco expects the original securities to
have a limited trading market after the
exchange offers. This could also adversely
affect their value.
EXPIRATION OF THE EXCHANGE
OFFERS: Each exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m.,
New York City time, on ,
, 1999, unless extended by Tenneco
in its sole discretion or terminated at an
earlier time.
EXPIRATION OF THE CONSENT
SOLICITATION: The consent solicitation will expire at 5:00
p.m., New York City time, on ,
, 1999, unless extended by Tenneco
in its sole discretion or terminated at an
earlier time.
WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS: You may withdraw your tender of original
securities for exchange any time before the
withdrawal time described below by following
the procedures described in this document. A
valid withdrawal of original securities will
also revoke the related consent. See "The
Exchange Offers and Consent Solicitation --
Withdrawal Rights" beginning on page 43.
In general, you may not withdraw tendered
original securities after the withdrawal time
unless the related exchange offer is terminated
without any original securities being accepted
for exchange. Subject to applicable law, this
is true even if Tenneco waives any condition to
the exchange offers or extends any exchange
offer or the consent solicitation. If, however,
after the withdrawal time Tenneco reduces the
principal amount of original securities subject
to any exchange offer, or Tenneco reduces the
consideration offered in that exchange offer,
then the original securities tendered in that
exchange offer may be validly withdrawn for the
following ten business days.
As used in this document, the term "withdrawal
time" refers to the earlier of --
- the expiration of the consent solicitation,
and
- 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the date
that Tenneco publicly announces that it has
received the required consents.
7
<PAGE> 9
CONDITIONS TO THE EXCHANGE
OFFERS
AND CONSENT SOLICITATION: The exchange offers and consent solicitation
are subject to satisfaction or Tenneco's waiver
of several conditions, including:
- the receipt of the required consents;
- any and all conditions to Tenneco's cash
tender offers; and
- any and all conditions to the spin-off.
See "The Exchange Offers and Consent
Solicitation -- Conditions to the Exchange
Offers and Consent Solicitation" beginning on
page 41.
HOW TO TENDER YOUR ORIGINAL
SECURITIES AND GIVE
CONSENTS: For a description of how to tender your
original securities and give consents, see "The
Exchange Offers -- Procedures for Tendering
Original Securities and Giving Consents"
beginning on page 38. THERE ARE NO GUARANTEED
DELIVERY PROCEDURES. YOU MUST COMPLETE THE
PROCEDURES FOR TENDERING ORIGINAL SECURITIES
DESCRIBED IN THIS DOCUMENT BEFORE THE CONSENT
SOLICITATION OR EXCHANGE OFFERS EXPIRE, AS
APPLICABLE. For more information, you should
contact the information agent or dealer
managers at their addresses on the back cover
of this document, or consult your broker,
dealer, commercial bank or trust company for
assistance.
ACCEPTANCE OF ORIGINAL
SECURITIES; DELIVERY
OF EXCHANGE CONSIDERATION: Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of
the exchange offers and applicable law, Tenneco
will accept for exchange original securities
validly tendered before the applicable
expiration time (and not properly withdrawn)
and then will pay for those original securities
by delivering new securities (plus cash for any
applicable accrued interest and early exchange
premium) to the exchange agent on the next New
York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") trading day. The
date new securities are delivered to the
exchange agent is referred to in this document
as their "issuance date."
The exchange agent will deliver new securities,
plus any applicable accrued interest and early
exchange premium, to exchanging holders on the
issuance date for those new securities or as
soon thereafter as practicable. The date the
new securities are delivered to you is referred
to in this document as the "exchange date."
ACCRUED INTEREST ON ORIGINAL
SECURITIES; INTEREST ON NEW
SECURITIES: Tenneco will pay accrued but unpaid interest on
original securities exchanged through the date
Tenneco accepts them for exchange. If, however,
Tenneco accepts for exchange any particular
series of original securities after an interest
record date for that series and on or before
the related interest payment date, accrued but
unpaid interest will instead be paid to the
holder of those original securities as of the
record date (if different from the tendering
holder). See "The Exchange Offers and Consent
Solicitation -- Terms of the Exchange Offers"
beginning on page 34.
8
<PAGE> 10
Interest on the new securities will accrue
from, and including, their issuance date.
WAIVERS; EXTENSIONS;
AMENDMENTS: Tenneco expressly reserves the right to:
- terminate any or all of the exchange offers
or the consent solicitation upon the failure
of any of the conditions to the exchange
offers and consent solicitation;
- waive any condition to any of the exchange
offers or the consent solicitation;
- extend the expiration of any of the exchange
offers or the consent solicitation;
- amend the terms of any of the exchange offers
or the consent solicitation; and
- not accept original securities as a result of
an invalid tender, withdrawal or the
occurrence of other events described in this
document.
See "The Exchange Offers and Consent
Solicitation -- Expiration Time; Early Exchange
Time; Extensions; Termination; Amendments"
beginning on page 35.
TAX CONSEQUENCES: Tenneco intends the exchange offers to be part
of a tax-free reorganization under the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. You should
generally not have income tax liability if you
exchange original securities for new
securities, except on any accrued but unpaid
interest or early exchange premium. You should
also not have income tax liability in
connection with the exchange offers if your
original securities are not exchanged. See
"U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences"
beginning on page 145.
NO RECOMMENDATION: Tenneco and Packaging are not, and no other
person acting on behalf of either of them, is
making any recommendation about tendering
original securities in the exchange offers or
providing consents to the proposed amendments.
NO DISSENTERS' RIGHTS: You will not have any right to dissent and
receive an appraisal of your original
securities in connection with the exchange
offers or consent solicitation.
EXCHANGE AGENT: The Chase Manhattan Bank is the exchange agent
that will receive tenders of original
securities on Tenneco's behalf and distribute
any payments made.
INFORMATION AGENT: Georgeson & Company Inc. is the information
agent that you may contact for assistance or
additional copies of this document.
DEALER MANAGERS: Morgan Stanley Dean Witter and Credit Suisse
First Boston are acting as dealer managers for
the exchange offers.
9
<PAGE> 11
TERMS OF THE NEW SECURITIES
The terms of the new securities will be substantially identical to the
current terms of the original securities except that (a) Packaging will issue
the new securities, and (b) the interest rate on each series of new securities
will be _____ than the interest rate on the corresponding series of original
securities. See "Description of the New Securities" beginning on page 48.
ISSUER: Tenneco Packaging Inc.
If you exchange your original securities for
new securities, you will be entitled to look
only to Packaging's businesses and operations
for the payment of principal and interest,
rather than to the consolidated operations of
Tenneco which included both Packaging and
Automotive. See "Risk Factors -- Risk Factors
if You Exchange" on page 21.
RANKING: The new securities will be senior unsecured
obligations of Packaging. This means they will
rank equally with all existing and future
unsecured and unsubordinated debt of Packaging
and effectively junior to any secured debt of
Packaging. Packaging currently has no debt
securities outstanding that are senior or
junior to the new securities.
NEW SECURITIES:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NEW CUSIP NO. SERIES OF NEW SECURITIES INTEREST PAYMENT DATES
------------- ------------------------ ----------------------
<S> <C> <C>
[To be provided by amendment]
</TABLE>
LISTING: The new securities will not be listed on any
domestic or international securities exchange
or market.
BASIC PACKAGING COVENANTS: Packaging will issue the new securities under
an indenture with The Chase Manhattan Bank, as
trustee. The indenture will restrict
Packaging's ability to:
- borrow money that is secured by liens on
principal manufacturing or research and
development facilities or on the capital
stock of subsidiaries;
- sell all or substantially all of its assets
or merge with another person; and
- sell and then take an immediate lease back of
principal manufacturing or research and
development facilities.
These restrictions are subject to important
exceptions described under the heading
"Description of the New Securities" beginning
on page 48.
10
<PAGE> 12
THE COMPANIES
Unless the context otherwise requires, in this document:
- The term "Tenneco" refers to Tenneco Inc., a Delaware corporation, and
its subsidiaries. Tenneco is currently engaged in the automotive,
packaging and administrative services businesses. When the spin-off is
completed, Tenneco will be engaged in only its automotive business.
- The term "Packaging" refers to Tenneco Packaging Inc., a Delaware
corporation, and those companies that will be its subsidiaries when the
spin-off is completed.
- The term "Automotive" refers to Tenneco Inc. and its subsidiaries after
the spin-off, which will own and operate its automotive business. When
the spin-off is completed, Tenneco will be renamed [ ].
TENNECO BEFORE THE SPIN-OFF
Tenneco is a global manufacturing company whose major businesses currently
consist of (a) Automotive -- the manufacture and sale of automotive emissions
control and ride control products and systems, and (b) Packaging -- the
manufacture and sale of specialty packaging and consumer products for the
foodservice, consumer, protective, flexible and institutional/industrial
markets. Tenneco's headquarters are located at 1275 King Street, Greenwich,
Connecticut, 06831, and its telephone number at that location is (203) 863-1000.
For further information about Tenneco, see "Where You Can Find More Information"
on page 32 and "Incorporation of Information by Reference" on page 32.
Tenneco was incorporated in 1996 under the name "New Tenneco Inc." as a
wholly owned subsidiary of the company then known as Tenneco Inc. ("Old
Tenneco"). At that time, Old Tenneco's major businesses were shipbuilding,
energy, automotive and packaging. On December 11, 1996, Old Tenneco completed
the transfer of its automotive and packaging businesses to Tenneco, and spun off
Tenneco to its public stockholders. In connection with that spin-off, Old
Tenneco also spun off its shipbuilding division to its public stockholders and
the remaining energy company was acquired by El Paso Natural Gas Company. Unless
the context otherwise requires, for periods prior to December 11, 1996, the term
"Tenneco" also refers to Old Tenneco.
PACKAGING
Packaging is a global supplier of specialty packaging and consumer
products, with 1998 revenues of approximately $2.8 billion. Packaging operates
89 manufacturing facilities throughout the world and employs over 15,000 people.
Packaging is currently owned by Tenneco and will become an independent, publicly
traded company upon completion of the spin-off.
Packaging manufactures and sells plastic, aluminum and paper-based consumer
products, such as disposable tableware, plastic food storage bags and plastic
trash bags. Packaging sells these products under such recognized brand names as
Hefty(R), Baggies(R), Hefty One-Zip(R) and E-Z Foil(R). Packaging also offers
food/foodservice packaging products such as molded fiber cartons, foam meat
trays and plastic, pressed paperboard and aluminum containers for frozen food,
bakery and deli applications. Its products also include sponge-like foam and
other packaging to protect and cushion a variety of goods during storage and
shipment and flexible plastic bags for medical, pharmaceutical, chemical,
hygiene and industrial applications. When the spin-off is completed, Packaging
will own Tenneco's administrative services operations, but is currently
analyzing its alternatives with respect to these operations. See "Description of
Packaging -- Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations" beginning on page 94.
Packaging also owns a 43% common equity interest in a joint venture that
operates Packaging's former containerboard packaging business. Containerboard is
material derived primarily from wood pulp and recycled paper that is used to
make cartons, boxes and other containers. Packaging plans to sell its interest
in this containerboard joint venture and expects the sale to be completed before
the spin-off. See "Description of Packaging -- Unaudited Pro Forma Combined
Financial Statements of Packaging" beginning on page 65.
11
<PAGE> 13
Packaging's headquarters are located at 1900 West Field Court, Lake Forest,
Illinois 60045, and its telephone number at that location is (847) 482-2000. For
more information about Packaging, see "Description of Packaging" beginning on
page 62.
TENNECO AFTER THE SPIN-OFF/AUTOMOTIVE
When the spin-off is completed, Tenneco's remaining operations will consist
solely of Automotive. Automotive is a worldwide manufacturer and marketer of
automotive emissions control and ride control products and systems for vehicle
manufacturers and the repair and replacement market, or aftermarket. With 1998
revenues of approximately $3.2 billion, approximately 23,500 employees worldwide
and 106 facilities in 25 countries, Automotive is a global business that sells
its products in over 100 countries. Automotive manufactures and markets its
emissions control products primarily under the Walker(R) brand name and its ride
control products primarily under the Monroe(R) brand name. Among its products
are Sensa-Trac(R) shock absorbers and weight bearing struts, Rancho(R) ride
control products, Walker Quiet-Flow(TM) mufflers and DynoMax(R) performance
mufflers, Walker(R) and Gillet(TM) exhaust systems and Monroe Clevite(TM)
elastomeric vibration control components.
Automotive's headquarters are located at 500 North Field Drive, Lake
Forest, Illinois 60045, and its telephone number at that location is (847)
482-5000. For more information about Automotive, see "Description of Tenneco
After the Spin-off/Automotive" beginning on page 108.
THE SPIN-OFF
The spin-off of Packaging is the final step in the transformation of
Tenneco from a highly diversified industrial corporation to independent
companies focused on their core businesses. In July 1998, Tenneco's board of
directors authorized management to develop a broad range of strategic
alternatives which could result in the separation of its automotive, paperboard
packaging and specialty packaging businesses. Earlier this year, Tenneco
separated the paperboard packaging business from the rest of its operations.
First, Packaging contributed its containerboard packaging business, which
constituted the majority of its paperboard packaging segment, to a new joint
venture for approximately $2 billion plus a 45% common equity interest.
Packaging currently plans to sell its remaining interest (now 43% due to
subsequent equity issuances to management) in this joint venture. Second,
Packaging sold the balance of its paperboard packaging business, the folding
carton business, for $72.5 million. The cash proceeds of these transactions were
used to repay a portion of Tenneco's short-term debt. The spin-off will complete
the separation of Tenneco's businesses and create two independent, public
companies -- Automotive and Packaging.
Tenneco's Board of Directors has determined that the spin-off is in the
best interests of Tenneco's stockholders because divergent industry trends
increasingly require Tenneco's packaging and automotive businesses to pursue
different strategies. The spin-off is designed to separate Tenneco's packaging
business from its automotive business, which have distinct financial, investment
and operating characteristics, so that each can adopt strategies and pursue
objectives appropriate to its specific needs.
The following describes the principal transactions that Tenneco and
Packaging will undertake to complete the spin-off. The spin-off is subject to a
number of conditions, including completion of the corporate restructuring
transactions and debt realignment. See "The Spin-off" beginning on page 55.
- Corporate Restructuring Transactions. As Tenneco is currently organized,
ownership of its subsidiaries is based on geographic location and tax
considerations rather than on the businesses in which the subsidiaries
are involved. Therefore, Tenneco will need to restructure the ownership
of its existing businesses before the spin-off so that the assets,
liabilities and operations of (a) its packaging business and
administrative services operations will be owned directly and indirectly
by Packaging and (b) its automotive business will be owned directly and
indirectly by Tenneco and its non-packaging subsidiaries. See "The
Spin-off -- Corporate Restructuring Transactions" beginning on page 55.
12
<PAGE> 14
- Debt Realignment. Tenneco's historical practice has been to incur debt
for its consolidated group at the parent-company level or at a limited
number of its subsidiaries, rather than at the operating-company level,
and to manage centrally various cash functions. Therefore, before the
spin-off, Tenneco will realign substantially all of its existing debt
through some combination of tender offers, exchange offers, prepayments
and other refinancings. The purpose is to allocate this debt between
Automotive and Packaging before the companies are separated. The exchange
offers and Tenneco's cash tender offers are components of this debt
realignment. Tenneco also expects to repay other non-public debt and to
repurchase subsidiary preferred stock. To finance the cash tender offers
and other cash payments, Packaging and Automotive will each make
borrowings under new credit facilities and Automotive expects to issue
new subordinated debt. See "The Spin-off -- Debt Realignment" beginning
on page 56.
If the debt realignment and spin-off had occurred on March 31, 1999,
Packaging would have had debt for money borrowed of about $1.9 billion
and Automotive would have had debt for money borrowed of about $1.8
billion on a pro forma basis, after giving effect to the contribution of
the containerboard assets to a new joint venture and sale of the folding
carton assets. This pro forma debt amount for Packaging does not reflect
the application of any proceeds from Packaging's planned sale of its
remaining interest in the containerboard joint venture. See "Description
of Packaging -- Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements of
Packaging" beginning on page 65 and "Description of Tenneco After the
Spin-off/Automotive -- Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial
Statements of Tenneco" beginning on page 109.
- - Distribution of Packaging Common Stock. Tenneco will complete the spin-off by
distributing all Packaging common stock to the holders of Tenneco common stock
at a ratio of one share of Packaging common stock for each share of Tenneco
common stock. The spin-off is conditioned on Tenneco's receipt of a
determination that the spin-off will be tax-free to Tenneco and its
stockholders. Tenneco has requested a ruling letter from the Internal Revenue
Service to that effect.
13
<PAGE> 15
SUMMARY HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA COMBINED
FINANCIAL DATA OF PACKAGING
The following summary combined financial data as of December 31, 1998 and
1997, and for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997, and 1996, were derived
from the audited Combined Financial Statements of The Businesses of Tenneco
Packaging. The following summary combined financial data as of December 31,
1996, 1995, and 1994, and for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1994, are
unaudited and were derived from Tenneco's accounting records. The following
summary combined financial data as of and for each of the three months ended
March 31, 1999 and 1998 were derived from the unaudited Combined Financial
Statements of The Businesses of Tenneco Packaging. In the opinion of Packaging's
management, the summary combined financial data of Packaging as of December 31,
1996, 1995, and 1994, and for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1994, and as
of and for the three months ended March 31, 1999 and 1998, include all adjusting
entries, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present
fairly the information set forth. You should not regard the results of
operations for the three months ended March 31, 1999 as indicative of the
results that may be expected for the full year.
The following summary unaudited pro forma combined financial data as of and
for the three months ended March 31, 1999, and for the year ended December 31,
1998, reflect the effects of:
- the contribution of Packaging's containerboard assets to a new joint
venture and the sale of Packaging's folding carton assets;
- the debt realignment; and
- the spin-off of Packaging and related transactions.
The unaudited pro forma combined statement of income data have been
prepared as if these transactions occurred on January 1, 1998; the unaudited pro
forma combined balance sheet data have been prepared as if these transactions
occurred on March 31, 1999. The summary unaudited pro forma combined financial
data are not necessarily indicative of what Packaging's results of operations
would have been had these transactions described above actually been consummated
on the dates assumed and are not necessarily indicative of the results of
operations for any future period.
Packaging's debt balances in the summary unaudited pro forma combined
financial data do not reflect the application of any proceeds from Packaging's
planned sale of its remaining interest in its containerboard joint venture.
Packaging expects the sale to be completed before the spin-off, with the net
proceeds used to retire the Tenneco debt that would otherwise be allocated to
Packaging in the debt realignment. If the sale occurs after the spin-off, the
net proceeds will be used to retire Packaging debt.
There is other information Packaging believes is relevant to understanding
its results of operations following the spin-off. These items relate to
corporate overhead costs incurred by Tenneco and its administrative services
operations that Packaging expects will differ for it following the spin-off. For
further information you should see "Description of Packaging -- Supplemental
Combined Financial Data of Packaging" beginning on page 71.
You should read all of this information in conjunction with the following
each of which is included elsewhere in this document:
- Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements of Packaging (page 65);
- Combined Selected Financial Data of Packaging (page 73);
- Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
of Operations of Packaging (page 93); and
- Combined Financial Statements of The Businesses of Tenneco Packaging
(page F-1).
(continued on next page)
14
<PAGE> 16
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
-----------------------------------------------------
PRO FORMA
1998 1998(A) 1997(A) 1996(A)
--------- ------- ------- -------
(DOLLARS IN MILLIONS EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
STATEMENT OF INCOME
DATA(B):
Net sales and operating
revenues --
Specialty............. $ 2,785 $ 2,785 $ 2,553 $ 1,987
Other................. 6 6 10 --
----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Total............... $ 2,791 $ 2,791 $ 2,563 $ 1,987
=========== =========== =========== ===========
Income from continuing
operations before
interest expense, income
taxes, and minority
interest --
Specialty............. $ 328 $ 328 $ 308 $ 249
Other(c).............. (40) (45) (2) (15)
----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Total............... 288 283 306 234
Interest expense(d)....... 133 133 124 102
Income tax expense
(benefit)............... 69 67 75 67
Minority interest......... 1 1 1 --
----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Income (loss) from
continuing operations... 85 82 106 65
Income (loss) from
discontinued operations,
net of income tax(e).... NA 57 21 71
Extraordinary loss, net of
income tax(f)........... NA -- -- (2)
Cumulative effect of
changes in accounting
principles, net of
income tax(g)........... NA -- (38) --
----------- ----------- -----------
Net income (loss)......... NA $ 139 $ 89 $ 134
=========== =========== ===========
Average number of shares of
common stock
outstanding(h) --
Basic..................... 168,505,573 168,505,573 170,264,731 169,609,373
Diluted................... 168,834,531 168,834,531 170,801,636 170,526,112
Earnings (loss) per average
share of common stock(h)--
Basic:
Continuing operations... $ .50 $ .49 $ .63 $ .38
Discontinued
operations(e)......... NA .34 .12 .42
Extraordinary loss(f)... NA -- -- (.01)
Cumulative effect of
changes in accounting
principles(g)......... NA -- (.23) --
----------- ----------- -----------
$ .83 $ .52 $ .79
=========== =========== ===========
Diluted:
Continuing operations... $ .50 $ .49 $ .63 $ .38
Discontinued
operations(e)......... NA .34 .12 .42
Extraordinary loss(f)... NA -- -- (.01)
Cumulative effect of
changes in accounting
principles(g)......... NA -- (.23) --
----------- ----------- -----------
$ .83 $ .52 $ .79
=========== =========== ===========
BALANCE SHEET DATA(B):
Net assets of discontinued
operations(e)........... NA $ 366 $ 423 $ 459
Total assets.............. NA 4,798 4,618 4,028
Short-term debt(d)........ NA 595 158 123
Long-term debt(d)......... NA 1,312 1,492 1,073
Debt allocated to
discontinued
operations(d)........... NA 548 473 394
Minority interest......... NA 14 15 --
Combined equity........... NA 1,776 1,839 1,843
<CAPTION>
THREE MONTHS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, ENDED MARCH 31,
----------------------------- ---------------------------------------
PRO FORMA
1995 1994 1999 1999(A) 1998(A)
---- ---- --------- ------- -------
(DOLLARS IN MILLIONS EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
STATEMENT OF INCOME
DATA(B):
Net sales and operating
revenues --
Specialty............. $ 845 $ 636 $ 666 $ 666 $ 630
Other................. -- -- -- -- 3
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Total............... $ 845 $ 636 $ 666 $ 666 $ 633
=========== =========== =========== =========== ===========
Income from continuing
operations before
interest expense, income
taxes, and minority
interest --
Specialty............. $ 39 $ 68 $ 83 $ 83 $ 74
Other(c).............. (6) 17 (37) (38) (5)
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Total............... 33 85 46 45 69
Interest expense(d)....... 91 48 33 36 33
Income tax expense
(benefit)............... (3) 19 4 3 18
Minority interest......... -- -- -- -- --
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Income (loss) from
continuing operations... (55) 18 9 6 18
Income (loss) from
discontinued operations,
net of income tax(e).... 224 75 NA (172) 14
Extraordinary loss, net of
income tax(f)........... -- -- NA (7) --
Cumulative effect of
changes in accounting
principles, net of
income tax(g)........... -- -- NA (32) --
----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Net income (loss)......... $ 169 $ 93 NA $ (205) $ 32
=========== =========== =========== ===========
Average number of shares of
common stock
outstanding(h) --
Basic..................... 172,764,198 162,307,189 166,743,506 166,743,506 169,542,371
Diluted................... 173,511,654 162,912,425 167,180,597 167,180,597 170,065,712
Earnings (loss) per average
share of common stock(h)--
Basic:
Continuing operations... $ (.32) $ .11 $ .05 $ .03 $ .11
Discontinued
operations(e)......... 1.30 .46 NA (1.03) .08
Extraordinary loss(f)... -- -- NA (.04) --
Cumulative effect of
changes in accounting
principles(g)......... -- -- NA (.19) --
----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
$ .98 $ .57 $ (1.23) $ .19
=========== =========== =========== ===========
Diluted:
Continuing operations... $ (.32) $ .11 $ .05 $ .03 $ .11
Discontinued
operations(e)......... 1.29 .46 NA (1.03) .08
Extraordinary loss(f)... -- -- NA (.04) --
Cumulative effect of
changes in accounting
principles(g)......... -- -- NA (.19) --
----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
$ .97 $ .57 $ (1.23) $ .19
=========== =========== =========== ===========
BALANCE SHEET DATA(B):
Net assets of discontinued
operations(e)........... $ 393 $ 236 $ 194 $ 372 $ 394
Total assets.............. 3,358 1,630 4,685 4,671 4,673
Short-term debt(d)........ 205 49 889(i) 724 270
Long-term debt(d)......... 880 478 1,000(i) 1,337 1,496
Debt allocated to
discontinued
operations(d)........... 369 285 -- 487 492
Minority interest......... -- -- 14 14 15
Combined equity........... 1,531 703 1,448 1,470 1,833
</TABLE>
(continued on next page)
15
<PAGE> 17
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
-----------------------------------------------------
PRO FORMA
1998 1998(A) 1997(A) 1996(A)
--------- ------- ------- -------
(DOLLARS IN MILLIONS EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
DATA(B):
Net cash provided (used)
by operating
activities............ NA $ 577 $ 405 $ 263
Net cash provided (used)
by investing
activities............ NA (514) (654) (669)
Net cash provided (used)
by financing
activities............ NA (67) 239 399
Capital expenditures for
continuing
operations............ NA (194) (229) (216)
OTHER DATA:
EBITDA(j)................. $ 463 $ 458 $ 469 $ 365
Ratio of earnings to fixed
charges(k).............. 2.03 1.99 2.31 2.15
<CAPTION>
THREE MONTHS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, ENDED MARCH 31,
----------------------------- ---------------------------------------
PRO FORMA
1995 1994 1999 1999(A) 1998(A)
---- ---- --------- ------- -------
(DOLLARS IN MILLIONS EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
DATA(B):
Net cash provided (used)
by operating
activities............ $ 479 $ 283 NA $ 30 $ 82
Net cash provided (used)
by investing
activities............ (1,791) (146) NA (50) (66)
Net cash provided (used)
by financing
activities............ 1,327 (142) NA 18 (18)
Capital expenditures for
continuing
operations............ (265) (134) NA (29) (46)
OTHER DATA:
EBITDA(j)................. $ 78 $ 121 $ 94 $ 93 $ 113
Ratio of earnings to fixed
charges(k).............. NM 1.72 1.35 1.23 2.00
</TABLE>
- -------------------------
(a) For a discussion of the significant items affecting comparability of the
financial information for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997, and 1996,
and for the three months ended March 31, 1999 and 1998, see "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" of
Packaging included elsewhere in this document.
(b) During the periods presented, Packaging completed numerous acquisitions, the
most significant of which were the acquisitions of Mobil Plastics for $1.3
billion in late 1995, Amoco Foam Products for $310 million in August 1996,
and the protective and flexible packaging business of N.V. Koninklijke KNP
BT for $380 million in April 1997. See Note 6 to the Combined Financial
Statements of The Businesses of Tenneco Packaging. See also "Description of
Packaging -- Growth Strategy" and "Description of Packaging -- Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
(c) Historical and pro forma income from continuing operations before interest
expense, income taxes and minority interest for "Other" includes costs which
were incurred by Tenneco's corporate and administrative services operations
which were not allocated to Tenneco's operating segments. Because these
functions will be a part of Packaging upon the spin-off, they are included
in Packaging's historical combined financial statements. Packaging expects
its costs for these functions will differ following the spin-off. See
"Supplemental Combined Financial Data of Packaging" included elsewhere in
this document for further information.
(d) Tenneco's historical practice has been to incur indebtedness for its
consolidated group at the parent company level or at a limited number of
subsidiaries, rather than at the operating company level, and to centrally
manage various cash functions. Accordingly, historical amounts include debt
and related interest expense allocated to Packaging from Tenneco based on
the portion of Tenneco's investment in Packaging which Tenneco deemed to be
debt. This allocation is generally based upon the ratio of Packaging's net
assets to Tenneco's consolidated net assets plus debt. An allocation of debt
and its related interest expense has also been made to Packaging's
discontinued operations based on the ratio of the discontinued operations'
net assets to Packaging's combined net assets plus debt. Management believes
that the allocation of corporate debt and related interest expense for the
historical periods is reasonable. This historical allocation, however, is
not indicative of the total amount of debt that Packaging will have upon
completion of the debt realignment or of the debt and interest that may be
incurred by Packaging as a separate public entity. See "Combined Financial
Statements of The Businesses of Tenneco Packaging" included elsewhere in
this document.
(e) Discontinued operations for the periods presented consist of Packaging's
paperboard packaging segment, which was discontinued in June 1999 following
the decision to sell Packaging's remaining common equity interest in its
containerboard joint venture. Loss from discontinued operations for the
three months ended March 31, 1999 includes an after-tax loss of $178
million, or $1.07 per diluted common share, resulting from the contribution
of Packaging's containerboard assets to the containerboard joint venture.
See Note 7 to the Combined Financial Statements of The Businesses of Tenneco
Packaging included elsewhere in this document.
(f) Represents Packaging's costs related to prepayment of debt. See Note 7 to
the Combined Financial Statements of The Businesses of Tenneco Packaging
included elsewhere in this document.
(g) In 1999, Packaging implemented the American Institute of Certified Public
Accountants Statement of Position 98-5, "Reporting on the Costs of Start-Up
Activities." In 1997, Packaging implemented the Financial Accounting
Standards Board's Emerging Issues Task Force Issue 97-13, "Accounting for
Costs Incurred in Connection with a Consulting Contract that Combines
Business Process Reengineering and Information Technology Transformation."
See Note 3 to the Combined Financial Statements of The Businesses of Tenneco
Packaging included elsewhere in this document for additional information
regarding changes in accounting principles.
(h) In the spin-off, Tenneco stockholders will receive one share of Packaging
common stock for each share of Tenneco common stock outstanding.
Accordingly, basic and diluted earnings per share for Packaging were
calculated using Tenneco's historical weighted average shares outstanding
and weighted average shares outstanding adjusted to include estimates of
additional shares that would be issued if potentially dilutive common shares
had been issued, respectively.
(continued on next page)
16
<PAGE> 18
(i) Packaging's pro forma debt balances reflect debt allocated to Packaging in
the debt realignment before application of any proceeds from Packaging's
planned sale of its remaining interest in its containerboard joint venture.
Packaging expects the sale to be completed before the spin-off, with the net
proceeds used to retire the Tenneco debt that would otherwise be allocated
to Packaging in the debt realignment. If the sale occurs after the spin-off,
the net proceeds will be used to retire Packaging debt. See "Description of
Packaging -- Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements of
Packaging."
(j) EBITDA represents income from continuing operations before interest expense,
income taxes, minority interest and depreciation and amortization. EBITDA is
not a calculation based upon generally accepted accounting principles
("GAAP"). The amounts included in the EBITDA calculation, however, are
derived from amounts included in the Combined Statements of Income of The
Businesses of Tenneco Packaging or Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Statements
of Income of Packaging included elsewhere in this document. EBITDA should
not be considered as an alternative to net income or operating income as an
indicator of the operating performance of Packaging, or as an alternative to
operating cash flows as a measure of liquidity. Packaging has reported
EBITDA because it believes EBITDA is a measure commonly reported and widely
used by investors and other interested parties as an indicator of a
company's ability to incur and service debt. Packaging believes EBITDA
assists investors in comparing a company's performance on a consistent basis
without regard to depreciation and amortization, which can vary
significantly depending upon accounting methods (particularly when
acquisitions are involved) or nonoperating factors. However, the EBITDA
measure presented in this document may not always be comparable to similarly
titled measures reported by other companies due to differences in the
components of the calculation.
(k) For purposes of computing this ratio, earnings generally consist of income
from continuing operations before income taxes and fixed charges (excluding
capitalized interest). Fixed charges consist of interest expense, the
portion of rental expense considered representative of the interest factor
and capitalized interest. The historical ratios are based upon the amount of
interest expense on corporate debt allocated to Packaging by Tenneco as
discussed in (d) above. The pro forma ratios are derived from the Unaudited
Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements of Packaging included elsewhere in
this document. For the year ended December 31, 1995, earnings were
inadequate to cover fixed charges by $59 million.
17
<PAGE> 19
SUMMARY HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA OF TENNECO
The following summary consolidated financial data as of and for each of the
fiscal years in the five years ended December 31, 1998 were derived from the
audited financial statements of Tenneco and its consolidated subsidiaries. The
following summary consolidated financial data as of and for each of the three
months ended March 31, 1999 and 1998 were derived from the unaudited condensed
financial statements of Tenneco and its consolidated subsidiaries. In the
opinion of Tenneco's management, the summary consolidated historical financial
data of Tenneco as of and for the three months ended March 31, 1999 and 1998
include all adjusting entries, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments,
necessary to present fairly the information set forth. You should not regard the
results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 1999 as indicative of
the results that may be expected for the full year.
The following summary unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data set
forth below as of and for the three months ended March 31, 1999, and for the
year ended December 31, 1998, reflect the effects of:
- the contribution of Packaging's containerboard assets to a new joint
venture and the sale of Packaging's folding carton assets;
- the debt realignment; and
- the spin-off of Packaging and related transactions.
The unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of income data have been
prepared as if these transactions occurred January 1, 1998; the unaudited pro
forma consolidated balance sheet data have been prepared as if these
transactions occurred on March 31, 1999. The summary unaudited pro forma
consolidated financial data are not necessarily indicative of what Tenneco's
results of operations would have been had these transactions described above
actually been consummated on the dates assumed and are not necessarily
indicative of the results of operations for any future period.
There is other information Tenneco believes is relevant to understanding
its results of operations following the spin-off. These items relate to
corporate overhead costs incurred by Tenneco and its administrative services
operations that Tenneco expects will differ following the spin-off. For further
information you should see "Description of Tenneco After the
Spin-off/Automotive -- Supplemental Consolidated Financial Data of Tenneco"
beginning on page 117.
You should read all of this information in conjunction with the:
- Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements of Tenneco
beginning on page 109 of this document; and
- Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
of Operations of Tenneco and the Financial Statements of Tenneco Inc. and
Consolidated Subsidiaries for the year ended December 31, 1998, and for
the three months ended March 31, 1999, each of which are contained in the
Tenneco Current Report on Form 8-K, dated July 14, 1999. The Form 8-K is
incorporated by reference into this document. See "Where You Can Find
More Information" and "Incorporation of Information By Reference" on page
32 of this document.
(continued on next page)
18
<PAGE> 20
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
---------------------------------------
PRO FORMA
1998 1998(A) 1997(A)
----------- ------- -------
(DOLLARS IN MILLIONS EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
STATEMENT OF INCOME DATA(B):
Net sales and operating revenues --
Automotive............................ $ 3,237 $ 3,237 $ 3,226
Specialty Packaging................... -- 2,785 2,553
Other................................. -- 6 11
----------- ----------- -----------
Total................................. $ 3,237 $ 6,028 $ 5,790
=========== =========== ===========
Income from continuing operations before
interest expense, income taxes, and
minority interest --
Automotive.............................. $ 243 $ 248 $ 407
Specialty Packaging..................... -- 328 308
Other(c)................................ (21) (66) (14)
----------- ----------- -----------
Total................................. 222 510 701
Interest expense(d)........................ 153 202 182
Income tax expense (benefit)............... (25) 80 155
Minority interest.......................... -- 30 24
----------- ----------- -----------
Income (loss) from continuing operations... 94 198 340
Income (loss) from discontinued operations,
net of income tax(e)...................... NA 57 21
Extraordinary loss, net of income tax(f)... NA -- --
Cumulative effect of changes in accounting
principles, net of income tax(g).......... NA -- (46)
----------- -----------
Net income (loss).......................... NA 255 315
Preferred stock dividends.................. NA -- --
----------- -----------
Net income (loss) to common stock.......... NA $ 255 $ 315
=========== ===========
Average number of shares of common stock
outstanding--
Basic................................... 168,505,573 168,505,573 170,264,731
Diluted................................. 168,834,531 168,834,531 170,801,636
Earnings (loss) per average share of common
stock--
Basic:
Continuing operations................. $ .57 $ 1.18 $ 2.00
Discontinued operations(e)............ NA .34 .12
Extraordinary loss(f)................. NA -- --
Cumulative effect of changes in
accounting principles(g)............ NA -- (.27)
----------- -----------
NA $ 1.52 $ 1.85
=========== ===========
Diluted:
Continuing operations................. $ .57 $ 1.17 $ 1.99
Discontinued operations(e)............ NA .34 .12
Extraordinary loss(f)................. NA -- --
Cumulative effect of changes in
accounting principles(g)............ NA -- (.27)
----------- -----------
NA $ 1.51 $ 1.84
=========== ===========
Cash dividends per common share............ NA $ 1.20 $ 1.20
BALANCE SHEET DATA(B):
Net assets of discontinued
operations(e)........................... NA $ 366 $ 423
Total assets.............................. NA 7,774 7,455
Short-term debt(d)........................ NA 900 233
Long-term debt(d)......................... NA 1,983 2,205
Debt allocated to discontinued
operations(d)........................... NA 548 473
Minority interest......................... NA 421 424
Shareowners' equity....................... NA 2,504 2,528
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS DATA(B)
Net cash provided (used) by operating
activities.............................. NA $ 532 $ 519
Net cash used by investing activities..... NA (759) (897)
Net cash provided (used) by financing
activities.............................. NA 216 354
Capital expenditures for continuing
operations.............................. NA (389) (450)
OTHER DATA:
EBITDA(h)................................. $ 372 $ 835 $ 974
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(i)..... 2.03 2.02 3.06
<CAPTION>
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
---------------------------------------
1996(A) 1995 1994
------- ---- ----
(DOLLARS IN MILLIONS EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
STATEMENT OF INCOME DATA(B):
Net sales and operating revenues --
Automotive............................ $ 2,980 $ 2,479 $ 1,989
Specialty Packaging................... 1,987 845 636
Other................................. -- -- --
----------- ----------- -----------
Total................................. $ 4,967 $ 3,324 $ 2,625
=========== =========== ===========
Income from continuing operations before
interest expense, income taxes, and
minority interest --
Automotive.............................. $ 249 $ 240 $ 223
Specialty Packaging..................... 249 39 68
Other(c)................................ (22) 2 24
----------- ----------- -----------
Total................................. 476 281 315
Interest expense(d)........................ 162 132 81
Income tax expense (benefit)............... 146 92 71
Minority interest.......................... 21 23 --
----------- ----------- -----------
Income (loss) from continuing operations... 147 34 163
Income (loss) from discontinued operations,
net of income tax(e)...................... 499 701 289
Extraordinary loss, net of income tax(f)... (236) -- (5)
Cumulative effect of changes in accounting
principles, net of income tax(g).......... -- -- (39)
----------- ----------- -----------
Net income (loss).......................... 410 735 408
Preferred stock dividends.................. 12 12 60
----------- ----------- -----------
Net income (loss) to common stock.......... $ 398 $ 723 $ 348
=========== =========== ===========
Average number of shares of common stock
outstanding--
Basic................................... 169,609,373 172,764,198 162,307,189
Diluted................................. 170,526,112 173,511,654 162,912,425
Earnings (loss) per average share of common
stock--
Basic:
Continuing operations................. $ .87 $ .20 $ 1.01
Discontinued operations(e)............ 2.87 3.99 1.41
Extraordinary loss(f)................. (1.39) -- (.03)
Cumulative effect of changes in
accounting principles(g)............ -- -- (.24)
----------- ----------- -----------
$ 2.35 $ 4.19 $ 2.15
=========== =========== ===========
Diluted:
Continuing operations................. $ .86 $ .20 $ 1.00
Discontinued operations(e)............ 2.86 3.97 1.41
Extraordinary loss(f)................. (1.38) -- (.03)
Cumulative effect of changes in
accounting principles(g)............ -- -- (.24)
----------- ----------- -----------
$ 2.34 $ 4.17 $ 2.14
=========== =========== ===========
Cash dividends per common share............ $ 1.80 $ 1.60 $ 1.60
BALANCE SHEET DATA(B):
Net assets of discontinued
operations(e)........................... $ 459 $ 393 $ 236
Total assets.............................. 6,774 5,273 3,245
Short-term debt(d)........................ 196 314 81
Long-term debt(d)......................... 1,714 1,349 781
Debt allocated to discontinued
operations(d)........................... 394 369 285
Minority interest......................... 304 301 301
Shareowners' equity....................... 2,646 3,148 2,900
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS DATA(B)
Net cash provided (used) by operating
activities.............................. $ 253 $ 1,443 $ 450
Net cash used by investing activities..... (693) (1,146) (117)
Net cash provided (used) by financing
activities.............................. 147 (356) (151)
Capital expenditures for continuing
operations.............................. (404) (473) (248)
OTHER DATA:
EBITDA(h)................................. $ 701 $ 409 $ 403
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(i)..... 2.22 1.43 3.48
<CAPTION>
THREE MONTHS
ENDED MARCH 31,
---------------------------------------
PRO FORMA
1999 1999(A) 1998(A)
----------- ------- -------
(DOLLARS IN MILLIONS EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
STATEMENT OF INCOME DATA(B):
Net sales and operating revenues --
Automotive............................ $ 789 $ 789 $ 800
Specialty Packaging................... -- 666 630
Other................................. -- -- 3
----------- ----------- -----------
Total................................. $ 789 $ 1,455 $ 1,433
=========== =========== ===========
Income from continuing operations before
interest expense, income taxes, and
minority interest --
Automotive.............................. $ 56 $ 57 $ 89
Specialty Packaging..................... -- 83 74
Other(c)................................ (2) (40) (11)
----------- ----------- -----------
Total................................. 54 100 152
Interest expense(d)........................ 38 55 46
Income tax expense (benefit)............... 6 17 37
Minority interest.......................... -- 6 8
----------- ----------- -----------
Income (loss) from continuing operations... 10 22 61
Income (loss) from discontinued operations,
net of income tax(e)...................... NA (172) 14
Extraordinary loss, net of income tax(f)... NA (7) --
Cumulative effect of changes in accounting
principles, net of income tax(g).......... NA (134) --
----------- -----------
Net income (loss).......................... NA (291) 75
Preferred stock dividends.................. NA -- --
----------- -----------
Net income (loss) to common stock.......... NA $ (291) $ 75
=========== ===========
Average number of shares of common stock
outstanding--
Basic................................... 166,743,506 166,743,506 169,542,371
Diluted................................. 167,180,597 167,180,597 170,065,712
Earnings (loss) per average share of common
stock--
Basic:
Continuing operations................. $ .06 $ .13 $ .36
Discontinued operations(e)............ NA (1.03) .08
Extraordinary loss(f)................. NA (.04) --
Cumulative effect of changes in
accounting principles(g)............ NA (.80) --
----------- -----------
NA $ (1.74) $ .44
=========== ===========
Diluted:
Continuing operations................. $ .06 $ .13 $ .36
Discontinued operations(e)............ NA (1.03) .08
Extraordinary loss(f)................. NA (.04) --
Cumulative effect of changes in
accounting principles(g)............ NA (.80) --
----------- -----------
NA $ (1.74) $ .44
=========== ===========
Cash dividends per common share............ NA $ .30 $ .30
BALANCE SHEET DATA(B):
Net assets of discontinued
operations(e)........................... -- $ 372 $ 394
Total assets.............................. 3,101 7,529 7,634
Short-term debt(d)........................ -- 1,092 401
Long-term debt(d)......................... 1,800 2,014 2,223
Debt allocated to discontinued
operations(d)........................... -- 487 492
Minority interest......................... 14 422 422
Shareowners' equity....................... 471 2,096 2,528
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS DATA(B)
Net cash provided (used) by operating
activities.............................. NA $ (51) $ (34)
Net cash used by investing activities..... NA (77) (106)
Net cash provided (used) by financing
activities.............................. NA 132 128
Capital expenditures for continuing
operations.............................. NA (64) (86)
OTHER DATA:
EBITDA(h)................................. $ 89 $ 183 $ 231
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(i)..... 1.22 1.47 2.52
</TABLE>
(continued on next page)
19
<PAGE> 21
- -------------------------
Note: The Financial Statements of Tenneco Inc. and Consolidated Subsidiaries
referred to in the following notes are included in and incorporated by
reference from the Tenneco Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 14, 1999.
They cover the three years ended December 31, 1998 and the three months
ended March 31, 1999 and 1998.
(a) For a discussion of the significant items affecting comparability of the
financial information for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997, and 1996,
and for the three months ended March 31, 1999 and 1998, see "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations"
included in Tenneco's Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 14, 1999.
(b) During the periods presented, Tenneco completed numerous acquisitions. The
most significant acquisitions were Packaging's acquisitions of Mobil
Plastics for $1.3 billion in late 1995, Amoco Foam Products for $310 million
in August 1996, and the protective and flexible packaging businesses of N.V.
Koninklijke KNP BT for $380 million in April 1997, and Automotive's
acquisition of Clevite for $328 million in July 1996. See Notes to the
Financial Statements of Tenneco Inc. and Consolidated Subsidiaries for
additional information. See also "Description of Packaging -- Growth
Strategy" and "Description of Tenneco After the
Spin-off/Automotive -- Strategic Acquisitions and Alliances" included
elsewhere in this document.
(c) Historical and pro forma income from continuing operations before interest
expense, income taxes and minority interest for "Other" includes costs which
were incurred by Tenneco's corporate and administrative services operations
which were not allocated to Tenneco's operating segments. Tenneco expects
that these costs will differ for it following the spin-off. See
"Supplemental Consolidated Financial Data of Tenneco" included elsewhere in
this document for further information.
(d) Debt amounts for 1998, 1997, and 1996, and at March 31, 1999 and 1998, are
net of allocations of corporate debt to the net assets of Tenneco's
discontinued paperboard packaging segment. Debt amounts for 1995 and 1994
are net of allocations of corporate debt to the net assets of Tenneco's
discontinued paperboard packaging, energy and shipbuilding segments.
Interest expense for all periods is net of interest expense allocated to
income from discontinued operations. These allocations of debt and related
interest expense are based on the ratio of Tenneco's investment in the
paperboard packaging, energy and shipbuilding segments' respective net
assets to Tenneco's consolidated net assets plus debt. See Notes to the
Financial Statements of Tenneco Inc. and Consolidated Subsidiaries for
additional information. The pro forma debt balances reflect Tenneco's debt
after allocation of a portion of its debt to Packaging in connection with
the spin-off. See "The Spin-off" and "Description of Tenneco After the
Spin-off/Automotive -- Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements
of Tenneco" included elsewhere in this document.
(e) Discontinued operations reflected in the above periods consist of Tenneco's
(1) paperboard packaging segment, which was discontinued in June 1999, (2)
energy and shipbuilding segments, which were discontinued in December 1996,
(3) farm and construction equipment segment, which was discontinued in March
1996, and (4) chemicals and brakes operations, which were discontinued
during 1994. See Notes to the Financial Statements of Tenneco Inc. and
Consolidated Subsidiaries for additional information.
(f) Represents Tenneco's costs related to prepayment of debt, including the 1996
loss recognized in the realignment of Tenneco's consolidated debt preceding
its 1996 corporate reorganization and the 1999 loss recognized in connection
with the contribution of the containerboard assets to a new joint venture.
See the Notes to the Financial Statements of Tenneco Inc. and Consolidated
Subsidiaries.
(g) In 1999, Tenneco implemented the American Institute of Certified Public
Accountants Statement of Position 98-5, "Reporting on the Costs of Start-Up
Activities." In addition, effective January 1, 1999, Tenneco changed its
method of accounting for customer acquisition costs from a deferral method
to an expense-as-incurred method. In 1997, Tenneco implemented the Financial
Accounting Standards Board's Emerging Issues Task Force Issue 97-13,
"Accounting for Costs Incurred in Connection with a Consulting Contract that
Combines Business Process Reengineering and Information Technology
Transformation." In 1994, Tenneco adopted Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 112, "Employers' Accounting for Postemployment Benefits." See
the Notes to the Financial Statements of Tenneco Inc. and Consolidated
Subsidiaries for additional information regarding changes in accounting
principles.
(h) EBITDA represents income from continuing operations before interest expense,
income taxes, minority interest and depreciation and amortization. EBITDA is
not a calculation based upon GAAP. The amounts included in the EBITDA
calculation, however, are derived from amounts included in the consolidated
historical or pro forma statement of income data. EBITDA should not be
considered as an alternative to net income or operating income as an
indicator of the operating performance of Tenneco or as an alternative to
operating cash flows as a measure of liquidity. Tenneco has reported EBITDA
because it believes EBITDA is a measure commonly reported and widely used by
investors and other interested parties as an indicator of a company's
ability to incur and service debt. Tenneco believes EBITDA assists investors
in comparing a company's performance on a consistent basis without regard to
depreciation and amortization, which can vary significantly depending upon
accounting methods (particularly when acquisitions are involved) or
nonoperating factors. However, the EBITDA measure presented in this document
may not always be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other
companies due to differences in the components of the calculation.
(i) For purposes of computing this ratio, earnings generally consist of income
from continuing operations before income taxes and fixed charges (excluding
capitalized interest). Fixed charges consist of interest expense, preferred
stock dividend requirements of subsidiaries, the portion of rental expense
considered representative of the interest factor, and capitalized interest.
For purposes of computing these ratios, preferred stock dividends are
included in the calculations on a pre-tax basis. The pro forma ratios are
derived from the Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements of
Tenneco included elsewhere in this document.
20
<PAGE> 22
RISK FACTORS
You should carefully consider the following risk factors, in addition to
the other information contained in this document, before deciding to tender
original securities for exchange in the exchange offers. When you evaluate the
forward-looking statements in this document, you should carefully consider the
factors discussed below and the cautionary statements referred to in
"Forward-Looking Statements." Neither Tenneco nor Packaging makes any
representation as to the future value of either the new securities or the
original securities.
RISK FACTORS IF YOU EXCHANGE
RISKS RELATING TO THE NEW SECURITIES
HOLDERS OF PACKAGING'S NEW SECURITIES WILL BE SUBJECT TO RISK BECAUSE
PACKAGING WILL INITIALLY HAVE LESS REVENUES, CASH FLOWS AND ASSETS TO HELP
IT SATISFY ITS DEBT OBLIGATIONS THAN TENNECO CURRENTLY DOES.
Once the spin-off is completed, Packaging will have fewer assets and less
revenues and cash flows than Tenneco, the obligor of the original securities,
currently does. Tenneco is engaged in the automotive, packaging and
administrative services businesses. Packaging, however, will be engaged only in
Tenneco's current packaging and administrative services businesses. The cash
flows and assets of Tenneco's automotive business will not be available to
satisfy Packaging's obligations under its new securities. Tenneco will not
guarantee the new securities, and holders who receive new securities in exchange
for original securities will no longer be creditors of Tenneco. See "The
Spin-off."
PACKAGING CANNOT ASSURE YOU THAT ITS NEW SECURITIES WILL HAVE OR MAINTAIN
INVESTMENT-GRADE RATINGS, AND A REDUCTION IN THE NEW SECURITIES' RATINGS
WOULD ADVERSELY AFFECT THEIR VALUE.
Packaging expects that, subject to discussions with debt rating agencies,
its new securities will be rated investment grade. The failure of the new
securities to have an investment-grade rating, or a reduction in the rating of
the new securities, would have an adverse effect on their value. Packaging has
been advised by Moody's Investor Service, Inc. ("Moody's") and Standard & Poor's
Corporation ("S&P") that the new securities will have ratings of ____________ by
Moody's and ____________ by S&P. However, Packaging cannot assure you that the
new securities will actually have or be able to maintain these ratings.
A LIQUID TRADING MARKET FOR PACKAGING'S NEW SECURITIES MAY NOT DEVELOP AND
THE MARKET PRICE OF THE NEW SECURITIES COULD BE ADVERSELY AFFECTED.
There is no established trading market for Packaging's new securities. A
liquid trading market may not develop for the new securities, which would
adversely impact their market price. Packaging does not intend to apply for
listing of the new securities on the NYSE or any other securities exchange, or
for quotation through the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated
Quotation System.
The liquidity of any market and the market price for the new securities
will depend on, among other things: (a) the number of holders of the new
securities; (b) Packaging's performance; (c) the market for similar securities;
and (d) the interest of securities dealers in making a market in the new
securities. Even if a market for the new securities does develop, the new
securities may trade at a discount, depending on the factors described above.
UNDER SPECIFIED CIRCUMSTANCES, YOUR EXCHANGE OF TENNECO'S ORIGINAL
SECURITIES FOR PACKAGING'S NEW SECURITIES WILL BE TAXABLE.
Counsel to Tenneco is of the opinion that your exchange of original
securities for Packaging's new securities should be tax-free for U.S. federal
income tax purposes, except for any accrued interest and early exchange premium.
If, however, the spin-off does not qualify as tax-free for specified reasons,
you will recognize gain or loss as a result of your receipt of Packaging's new
securities in the exchange offers. You will also recognize this gain or loss if
either Tenneco's original securities or Packaging's new securities do not
qualify as "securities" for U.S. federal income tax purposes. See "-- Risk
Factors Related to the
21
<PAGE> 23
Spin-off" for a description of circumstances under which the spin-off may not
qualify as a tax-free distribution. See also "U.S. Federal Income Tax
Consequences."
RISKS RELATING TO PACKAGING'S BUSINESS
A LOSS IN MARKET SHARE COULD ADVERSELY AFFECT PACKAGING'S OPERATING RESULTS.
A loss in market share for Packaging's products or competitive pricing
pressures could adversely affect Packaging's results of operations and financial
condition. Packaging operates in markets that are highly competitive and faces
substantial competition throughout all of its product lines. Packaging's
competitors range from the largest packaging companies to small, emerging
companies. Some companies that compete with Packaging may have greater financial
and other resources than it does, while others are significantly smaller with
lower fixed costs and possibly greater operating flexibility. In addition to
price, competition with respect to many of Packaging's products is based on
quality, service supplier response time and timely and complete order
fulfillment. In addition, other packaging producers supply alternative materials
and structures and serve different geographic regions through various
distribution channels.
THE CYCLICAL DEMAND FOR PACKAGING PRODUCTS COULD ADVERSELY AFFECT ITS
OPERATING RESULTS.
Demand for Packaging's products is cyclical in nature because it follows
the demand for the goods that are packaged with its products or the demand for
certain services. Accordingly, Packaging's demand is subject to general economic
conditions that affect demand in the durable goods, consumer, building,
construction and automotive markets. Growth in the economy generally stimulates
demand for these products or services, while a weakening economy tends to
decrease demand. Consequently, adverse economic conditions could have a material
adverse effect on Packaging's operating results.
VOLATILE RAW MATERIAL PRICES COULD ADVERSELY AFFECT PACKAGING'S OPERATING
RESULTS.
Plastic resins, aluminum rollstock, linerboard and recycled fiber are the
basic raw materials used in the manufacture of most of Packaging's products. The
costs of these materials may be volatile and are a function of, among other
things, the manufacturing capacity for those materials and the costs of their
components. If Packaging fails to obtain price increases for its products in a
timely manner following a raw material cost increase, reduces its product prices
without a corresponding reduction in raw material costs or is unable to
renegotiate favorable raw material supply contracts, Packaging's operating
results could be adversely affected.
PACKAGING CANNOT ASSURE YOU THAT IT WILL SUCCESSFULLY INTEGRATE ACQUIRED
BUSINESSES OR THAT FUTURE ACQUISITIONS WILL NOT ADVERSELY AFFECT ITS
OPERATING RESULTS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION.
Packaging's growth strategy contemplates further acquisitions of specialty
packaging and consumer products businesses, as well as related businesses.
Pursuing an acquisition strategy could adversely affect Packaging's operating
results and financial condition because of:
- unanticipated liabilities;
- the diversion of management attention;
- increased goodwill amortization;
- higher interest costs; and
- dependence on retaining or hiring and training key personnel and
integrating the acquired business.
See "Description of Packaging -- Growth Strategy."
IF PACKAGING DOES NOT ADAPT TO TECHNOLOGICAL ADVANCES IN ITS INDUSTRY AS
QUICKLY AS ITS COMPETITORS, ITS OPERATING RESULTS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION
COULD BE ADVERSELY AFFECTED.
Packaging competes in markets and industries that require sophisticated
manufacturing systems and other advanced technology to deliver state-of-the-art
specialty packaging solutions. These systems and technologies will have to be
refined and updated as the underlying technologies advance. Packaging cannot
22
<PAGE> 24
assure you that, as systems and technologies become outdated, Packaging will be
able to replace them, to replace them as quickly as its competitors or to
develop and market new and better products in the future.
IF NOT FULLY RESOLVED, THE YEAR 2000 ISSUE COULD ADVERSELY AFFECT
PACKAGING'S FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.
Many computer software systems, as well as some hardware and equipment
utilizing date-sensitive data, were designed to use two-digit date fields.
Consequently, these systems and equipment will not be able to recognize dates
properly beyond the year 1999. Packaging has been working on its systems and
equipment, and Packaging believes that approximately 70% of its major business
applications systems and 90% of its manufacturing equipment had achieved Year
2000 compliance as of June 30, 1999. If Packaging is unable to complete on a
timely and cost-efficient basis the remediation or replacement of critical
systems or equipment not yet in compliance, or develop alternative procedures,
or if Packaging's major suppliers, financial institutions or others with whom it
conducts business are unsuccessful in implementing timely solutions, Year 2000
issues could have a material adverse effect on Packaging's financial condition
and its results of operations. Possible worst case scenarios include
interruptions in Packaging's ability to manufacture its products, process and
ship orders and bill and collect accounts receivable due to internal system
failures or the system failures of its suppliers or customers.
Based upon current estimates, Packaging believes that costs to address Year
2000 issues and to implement the necessary changes to its existing systems and
equipment, including costs incurred to date, will range from $25 to $30 million.
As of June 30, 1999, approximately $20 million of the costs had been incurred.
For more information, see "Description of Packaging -- Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
PACKAGING CANNOT ASSURE YOU THAT IT WILL BE ABLE TO SUCCESSFULLY TRANSITION
TO AN INDEPENDENT PUBLIC COMPANY.
After the spin-off, Packaging's major operations will consist of Tenneco's
packaging business. Packaging has never operated as a stand-alone company and
historically has been able to rely, to some degree, on the earnings, assets and
cash flow of Tenneco's other businesses for capital requirements and certain
administrative services. Accordingly, Packaging's pro forma combined financial
statements included in this document may not necessarily reflect the results of
operations and financial condition that would have been achieved, if Packaging
had operated independently during the periods presented.
PACKAGING IS SUBJECT TO RISKS RELATED TO ITS INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS.
Packaging has manufacturing and distribution facilities in many countries,
principally in North America and Europe. International operations are subject to
various risks which could have a material adverse effect on those operations or
Packaging's as a whole, including:
- exposure to local economic conditions;
- exposure to local political conditions (including the risk of seizure of
assets by a foreign government);
- currency exchange rate fluctuations;
- controls on the repatriation of cash; and
- export and import restrictions.
23
<PAGE> 25
RISK FACTORS IF YOU DO NOT EXCHANGE
RISKS RELATING TO THE ORIGINAL SECURITIES THAT REMAIN OUTSTANDING
WHEN THE SPIN-OFF IS COMPLETED, ANY OF TENNECO'S ORIGINAL SECURITIES NOT
EXCHANGED WILL BE UNSECURED AND EFFECTIVELY RANK BEHIND NEW AUTOMOTIVE
SECURED BORROWINGS, WHICH COULD LIMIT THEIR COLLECTIBILITY IN THE EVENT OF
BANKRUPTCY.
Tenneco expects that the new credit facility to be entered into by
Automotive in connection with the spin-off will be secured by the capital stock
of various Automotive subsidiaries. The original securities that remain
outstanding after the exchange offers and spin-off are not and will not be
supported by similar security. Because this security will allow the lender to
enforce its rights by taking control of the subsidiaries, original securities
that remain outstanding after the exchange offers will be structurally
subordinated (in other words, rank behind as to payment) to the rights of the
lenders for Automotive's new credit facility. This could limit their
collectibility in the event of bankruptcy.
TENNECO EXPECTS THAT THE ORIGINAL SECURITIES WILL NOT MAINTAIN
INVESTMENT-GRADE RATINGS AFTER THE EXCHANGE OFFERS AND SPIN-OFF, AND THAT
THEIR VALUE COULD BE ADVERSELY AFFECTED.
Tenneco expects that the ratings of the original securities that which
remain outstanding after the exchange offers and spin-off will be lower than the
current ratings of the original securities and will not be investment-grade. Any
reduction in the rating of these securities could adversely affect their value.
TENNECO EXPECTS THAT A LIMITED TRADING MARKET FOR THE ORIGINAL SECURITIES
WILL EXIST AFTER THE EXCHANGE OFFERS AND THAT THE VALUE OF THESE SECURITIES
COULD BE ADVERSELY AFFECTED.
Tenneco expects that a limited trading market will exist for the original
securities that remain outstanding after the exchange offers. A limited trading
market could adversely affect the liquidity, market value and price volatility
of these securities. Tenneco expects the market for these securities to become
more limited because there will be fewer holders and a smaller outstanding
principal amount available for trading. In addition, some of the original
securities are listed on the NYSE. Under current NYSE rules, debt securities may
be delisted if the aggregate market value or principal amount of publicly held
debt securities is less than $1 million. Tenneco plans to apply for delisting of
any original securities that remain outstanding after the exchange offers. These
factors could further reduce the trading market for these securities.
WHEN THE SPIN-OFF IS COMPLETED, YOUR CREDIT RISK COULD INCREASE IF YOU DO
NOT TENDER BECAUSE AUTOMOTIVE WILL HAVE A SUBSTANTIAL AMOUNT OF DEBT. THIS
DEBT COULD ADVERSELY AFFECT AUTOMOTIVE'S OPERATING FLEXIBILITY AND PUT IT AT
A COMPETITIVE DISADVANTAGE.
When the spin-off is completed, Tenneco (in other words, Automotive) will
have a substantial amount of debt. Tenneco expects that Automotive would have
had indebtedness for money borrowed of $1.8 billion at March 31, 1999 if the
spin-off had occurred on that date. See "Description of Tenneco After the
Spin-off/Automotive -- Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements of
Tenneco."
Automotive's substantial debt after the spin-off could have adverse
consequences for Automotive and increase your credit risk if you do not tender
in the exchange offers. These consequences may include:
- making it more difficult for Automotive to satisfy its obligations under
the original securities;
- making it more difficult for Automotive to obtain additional financing
for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or general
corporate purposes;
- requiring a substantial portion of Automotive's cash flow to be dedicated
to debt service payments instead of other purposes;
- increasing Automotive's vulnerability to general adverse economic and
industry conditions;
24
<PAGE> 26
- limiting Automotive's financial flexibility in planning for and reacting
to changes in the industry in which it competes;
- placing Automotive at a disadvantage as compared to less leveraged
competitors; and
- limiting Automotive's ability to borrow additional funds and increasing
the cost of borrowing.
After the spin-off, Automotive's ability to pay principal and interest on
the original securities and satisfy its other debt service obligations will
depend on its future operating performance. If Automotive is unable to generate
sufficient cash flow or make future borrowings, it may be unable to service its
debt or to fund its other liquidity needs.
AUTOMOTIVE'S OPERATIONS AFTER THE SPIN-OFF MAY BE SUBSTANTIALLY RESTRICTED
BY THE TERMS OF ITS DEBT, WHICH COULD ADVERSELY AFFECT AUTOMOTIVE AND
INCREASE YOUR CREDIT RISK IF YOU DO NOT TENDER IN THE EXCHANGE OFFERS.
Tenneco expects that the agreements governing the new borrowings that
Automotive will be making in connection with the spin-off will include a number
of significant financial and other restrictive covenants. These covenants could
adversely affect Automotive, and adversely affect holders of original securities
remaining after the exchange offers, by limiting Automotive's ability to plan
for or react to market conditions or to meet its capital needs. Tenneco expects
that these covenants will, among other things, restrict Automotive's ability to:
- - dispose of assets;
- - incur liens, guarantees or additional debt;
- - engage in sale-leaseback transactions;
- - pay dividends or make distributions;
- - enter into investments or acquisitions;
- - engage in transactions with affiliates;
- - repurchase or redeem capital stock; and
- - engage in mergers or consolidations.
IF YOU DO NOT TENDER, THE PROPOSED AMENDMENTS COULD INCREASE YOUR CREDIT
RISK BY ELIMINATING OPERATING RESTRICTIONS CONTAINED IN THE ORIGINAL
INDENTURE.
Original securities not purchased in the exchange offers will remain
outstanding after the spin-off as obligations of Tenneco (in other words,
Automotive). If the required consents are received and the proposed amendments
take effect, the original indenture will be amended to eliminate the
restrictions on Automotive's operations. Any actions that Automotive may take as
a result of these amendments could increase your credit risk or otherwise
adversely affect your interests if you do not tender. This is because the
original indenture, as amended, will continue to govern the terms of all of the
original securities that remain outstanding after the exchange offers.
For example, the proposed amendments will permit the spin-off of Packaging
without compliance with a covenant that might, if held to apply to the spin-off,
require Packaging to become the obligor of Tenneco's original securities
(Tenneco and Packaging believe the application of this covenant is uncertain in
these circumstances). The proposed amendments will also allow Automotive to make
new borrowings in connection with the spin-off that are secured by the capital
stock of various Automotive subsidiaries. For a description of the proposed
amendments, see "The Proposed Amendments."
AUTOMOTIVE MAY BE ADVERSELY AFFECTED IF IT IS UNABLE TO COMPLY WITH
FINANCIAL COVENANTS IN ITS NEW FINANCING ARRANGEMENTS.
Tenneco expects that some of the new borrowings Automotive will be making
in connection with the spin-off will require it to comply with many specified
financial ratios. Automotive's failure to comply with these financial ratios
could result in an event of default which, if not cured or waived, could have a
material adverse effect on Automotive.
25
<PAGE> 27
DESPITE ITS DEBT LEVELS AFTER THE SPIN-OFF, AUTOMOTIVE MAY STILL BE ABLE TO
INCUR SIGNIFICANTLY MORE DEBT.
Despite the restrictions and limitations described above, Automotive may be
able to incur significant additional indebtedness after the spin-off. The new
credit facility Automotive will enter into in connection with the spin-off is
expected to permit additional borrowings of approximately $ million after
the spin-off, and the indenture governing the subordinated debt Automotive will
issue in connection with the spin-off will also permit Automotive to incur
additional indebtedness. If new debt is added to Automotive's debt levels after
the spin-off, the related risks that Automotive faces could increase.
AFTER THE SPIN-OFF, AUTOMOTIVE WILL INITIALLY HAVE LOWER REVENUES, CASH FLOW
AND ASSETS TO HELP IT SATISFY ITS DEBT OBLIGATIONS THAN TENNECO CURRENTLY
DOES.
Upon the spin-off, Automotive will have fewer assets and less revenues than
Tenneco currently does. Tenneco, the obligor under the original securities,
currently has an automotive and packaging business and administrative services
operations. When the spin-off is completed, however, Automotive will be engaged
only in Tenneco's current automotive business. The cash flow and assets of
Tenneco's packaging business and administrative services operations will not be
available to satisfy obligations under the original securities that remain
outstanding. See "The Spin-off."
RISKS RELATING TO AUTOMOTIVE'S BUSINESS
AUTOMOTIVE MAY BE ADVERSELY AFFECTED BY CONSOLIDATION AMONG AUTOMOTIVE PARTS
CUSTOMERS AND SUPPLIERS.
Automotive's financial condition and results of operations could be
adversely affected because the customer base for automotive parts is
consolidating in both the original equipment market and aftermarket. As a
result, Automotive is competing for business from fewer customers. Due to the
cost focus of these major customers, Automotive has been, and expects to
continue to be, required to reduce prices. Automotive cannot be certain that it
will be able to generate cost savings and operational improvements in the future
that are sufficient to offset price reductions required by existing customers
and necessary to win additional business.
Furthermore, the trend towards consolidation among automotive parts
suppliers is resulting in fewer, larger suppliers who benefit from purchasing
and distribution economies of scale. If Automotive cannot achieve cost savings
and operational improvements sufficient to allow it to compete favorably in the
future with these larger companies, its financial condition and results of
operations could be adversely affected. See "Description of Tenneco After the
Spin-off/Automotive -- Industry Trends."
AUTOMOTIVE IS DEPENDENT ON ITS LARGE CUSTOMERS FOR FUTURE REVENUES.
Automotive depends on major vehicle manufacturers for a substantial portion
of its sales. For example, during 1998 Ford and DaimlerChrysler accounted for
12.8% and 10.9% of Automotive's total sales, respectively. Although Automotive
believes that it generally enjoys good relations with its vehicle manufacturer
customers, loss of all or a substantial portion of Automotive's sales to any of
its large volume customers could have a material adverse effect on Automotive's
financial condition and results of operations. Automotive may make fewer sales
to these customers for a variety of reasons, including: (a) loss of awarded
business; (b) reduced or delayed customer requirements; or (c) strikes or other
work stoppages affecting production by the customers. See "Description of
Tenneco After the Spin-off/ Automotive -- Analysis of Automotive's Revenues."
AUTOMOTIVE MAY NOT BE ABLE TO SUCCESSFULLY RESPOND TO THE CHANGING
DISTRIBUTION CHANNELS FOR AFTERMARKET PRODUCTS.
Major automotive aftermarket retailers (such as AutoZone and Advance Auto)
are attempting to increase their commercial sales by selling directly to
automotive parts installers in addition to individual consumers. These
installers have historically purchased from their local warehouse distributors
and jobbers,
26
<PAGE> 28
who are Automotive's more traditional customers. Tenneco cannot assure you that
Automotive will be able to maintain or increase aftermarket sales through
increasing its sales to retailers. Furthermore, because of the cost focus of
major retailers, Automotive has been, and expects to continue to be, required to
offer price concessions. Automotive's failure to maintain or increase
aftermarket sales, or to offset the impact of any reduced sales or pricing
through cost improvements, could have an adverse impact on its business and
operating results.
AUTOMOTIVE MAY BE UNABLE TO COMPETE IN THE HIGHLY COMPETITIVE AUTOMOTIVE
PARTS INDUSTRY.
The automotive parts industry is highly competitive. Although the overall
number of competitors has decreased due to ongoing industry consolidation,
Automotive faces significant competition within each of its major product areas.
The principal competitive factors are price, quality, service, product
performance, design and engineering capabilities, new product innovation and
timely delivery. For more information about the automotive parts industry, see
"Description of Tenneco After the Spin-off/Automotive -- Overview of Automotive
Parts Industry." Tenneco cannot assure you that Automotive will be able to
continue to compete favorably in this competitive market or that increased
competition will not have a material adverse effect on Automotive's business.
AUTOMOTIVE MAY BE ADVERSELY AFFECTED IF IT IS UNABLE TO REALIZE ITS BUSINESS
STRATEGY OF IMPROVING OPERATING PERFORMANCE.
Automotive has either implemented or plans to implement several important
strategic initiatives designed to improve its operating performance. The failure
to achieve the goals of these initiatives could have a material adverse effect
on Automotive's business, particularly since Automotive relies on these
initiatives to offset pricing pressures from its customers. Tenneco cannot
assure you that Automotive will be able to successfully implement or realize the
expected benefits of any of these initiatives or that Automotive will be able to
sustain improvements made to date. See "Description of Tenneco After the
Spin-off/Automotive -- Business Strategy."
AUTOMOTIVE IS SUBJECT TO RISKS RELATED TO ITS INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS.
Automotive has manufacturing and distribution facilities in many countries,
principally in North America, Europe and Latin America, and sells its products
worldwide. International operations are subject to certain risks which could
have a material adverse effect on those operations or Automotive's business as a
whole, including:
- exposure to local economic conditions;
- exposure to local political conditions (including the risk of seizure of
assets by foreign government);
- currency exchange rate fluctuations;
- controls on the repatriation of cash; and
- export and import restrictions.
EXCHANGE RATE FLUCTUATIONS COULD ADVERSELY AFFECT AUTOMOTIVE'S FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.
As a result of its international operations, Automotive generates a
significant portion of its revenues and incurs a significant portion of its
expenses in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. To the extent Automotive is
unable to match revenues received in foreign currencies with costs paid in the
same currency, exchange rate fluctuations in that currency could have a material
adverse effect on Automotive's business. Automotive generally seeks to mitigate
the effect of exchange rate fluctuations through the use of foreign currency
borrowings and derivative financial instruments, but cannot assure you that it
will be successful in these efforts.
The financial condition and results of operations of some of Automotive's
operating entities are reported in foreign currencies and then translated into
U.S. dollars at the applicable exchange rate for
27
<PAGE> 29
inclusion in Automotive's consolidated financial statements. As a result,
appreciation of the U.S. dollar against these foreign currencies will have a
negative impact on Automotive's reported revenues and operating profits while
depreciation of the U.S. dollar against these foreign currencies will have a
positive effect on reported revenues and operating profit. Automotive does not
generally seek to mitigate this translation effect through the use of derivative
financial instruments. For more information about the impact of exchange rate
fluctuations on Tenneco and Automotive, see "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Conditions and Results of Operations" of Tenneco included
in Tenneco's Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 14, 1999, which is
incorporated by reference in this document.
THE CYCLICALITY OF AUTOMOTIVE PRODUCTION AND SALES COULD ADVERSELY AFFECT
AUTOMOTIVE'S BUSINESS.
A decline in automotive sales and production would likely cause a decline
in Automotive's sales to vehicle manufacturers, and could result in a decline in
Automotive's results of operations and financial condition. The automotive
industry has been characterized historically by periodic fluctuations in overall
demand for vehicles due to, among other things, changes in general economic
conditions and consumer preferences. These fluctuations generally result in
corresponding fluctuations in demand for Automotive's products. The cyclical
nature of the automotive industry presents a risk that is outside Automotive's
control and that cannot be accurately predicted.
LONGER PRODUCT LIVES OF AUTOMOTIVE PARTS ARE ADVERSELY AFFECTING AFTERMARKET
DEMAND FOR SOME OF AUTOMOTIVE'S PRODUCTS.
The average useful life of automotive parts has been steadily increasing in
recent years due to innovations in products and technologies. The longer product
lives allow vehicle owners to replace parts of their vehicles less often. As a
result, a portion of sales in the aftermarket has been displaced. Additional
increases in the average useful lives of automotive parts are likely to
adversely affect the demand for Automotive's aftermarket products. Aftermarket
sales represented approximately 39% of Automotive's revenues for 1998. See
"Description of Tenneco After the Spin-off/Automotive -- Industry Trends."
AUTOMOTIVE'S BUSINESS COULD BE ADVERSELY AFFECTED BY LABOR DISRUPTIONS.
Substantially all of the hourly employees of North American vehicle
manufacturers are represented by the United Automobile, Aerospace and
Agricultural Implement Workers of America (UAW) under collective bargaining
agreements. In addition, vehicle manufacturers and their employees in other
countries are also subject to labor agreements. A work stoppage or strike at the
production facilities of a significant customer, at Automotive's facilities or
at a significant supplier could have an adverse impact on Automotive. The
contracts between the UAW and each of the primary U.S. vehicle manufacturers
expire later this year, and Tenneco cannot assure you that work stoppages or
strikes will not occur as part of the new contract negotiations.
TENNECO CANNOT ASSURE YOU THAT AUTOMOTIVE WILL BE ABLE TO SUCCESSFULLY
TRANSITION TO AN INDEPENDENT PUBLIC COMPANY.
Upon completion of the spin-off, Tenneco's major operations will consist
solely of Automotive. Automotive has never operated as a stand-alone company and
has historically been able to rely, to some degree, on the earnings, assets and
cash flow of Packaging's business for capital requirements and some
administrative services. Accordingly, the pro forma consolidated financial
statements for Tenneco included in this document may not necessarily reflect the
results of operations and financial condition that would have been achieved if
Automotive had operated independently during the periods presented.
IF NOT FULLY RESOLVED, THE YEAR 2000 ISSUE COULD ADVERSELY AFFECT
AUTOMOTIVE'S FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.
Many computer software systems, as well as some hardware and equipment
utilizing date-sensitive data, were designed to use two-digit date fields.
Consequently, these systems and equipment will not be able to recognize dates
properly beyond the year 1999. Automotive has been working on its systems and
equipment and, as of June 30, 1999, Automotive believes that 100% of its major
business applications
28
<PAGE> 30
systems and approximately 95% of its manufacturing equipment had achieved Year
2000 compliance. If Automotive is unable to complete on a timely and
cost-efficient basis the remediation or replacement of critical systems or
equipment not yet in compliance, or develop alternative procedures, or if
Automotive's major suppliers, financial institutions or others with whom it
conducts business are unsuccessful in implementing timely solutions, Year 2000
issues could have a material adverse effect on Automotive's financial condition
and results of operations. Possible worst case scenarios include interruptions
in Automotive's ability to manufacture its products, process and ship orders,
and properly bill and collect accounts receivable due to internal system
failures or the system failures of suppliers or customers.
Based upon current estimates, Automotive believes that costs to address
Year 2000 issues and to implement the necessary changes to its existing systems
and equipment, including costs incurred to date, will range from $15 to $20
million. As of June 30, 1999, approximately $12 million of the costs had been
incurred.
RISK FACTORS RELATING TO THE SPIN-OFF
IF THE SPIN-OFF DOES NOT QUALIFY AS TAX-FREE, AUTOMOTIVE AND PACKAGING COULD
BE ADVERSELY AFFECTED BY THE RESULTING CORPORATE TAX LIABILITY.
If the spin-off does not qualify as a tax-free distribution for U.S.
federal income tax purposes, then, in general, a very substantial corporate tax
would be payable by the consolidated tax group of which Tenneco is the common
parent. Each member of Tenneco's consolidated group, including Packaging, would
be severally liable for that tax. Packaging and Automotive will enter into a tax
sharing agreement in connection with the spin-off regarding the allocation and,
in some circumstances, sharing of that potential tax liability between them. See
"The Spin-off -- Relationship Between Automotive and Packaging After the
Spin-off." If the spin-off did not qualify as a tax-free distribution, the
resulting tax liability would have a material adverse effect on Packaging and/or
Automotive.
Tenneco has requested a letter ruling from the Internal Revenue Service
("IRS") to the effect that, among other things, the spin-off will qualify as a
tax-free distribution and accordingly will not be taxable to Tenneco or its
stockholders. The ruling, assuming it is received, will be based upon various
factual representations and assumptions. Tenneco and Packaging are not aware of
any facts or circumstances that would cause the representations and assumptions
to be untrue or incomplete in a material respect. If, however, any of those
factual representations and assumptions were untrue or incomplete in a material
respect, or the facts upon which that ruling was based are materially different
from the facts at the time of the spin-off, the spin-off could become taxable to
Tenneco or its stockholders. If the spin-off does not qualify as tax-free for
these reasons, your exchange of original securities for new securities would
become taxable for U.S. federal income tax purposes. See "-- Risk Factors if You
Exchange."
Furthermore, if the spin-off otherwise qualifies as a tax-free distribution
but there is a change in control of Packaging or Automotive that is considered
part of a plan or a series of transactions related to the spin-off, Tenneco
(after the spin-off, Automotive) would incur a very substantial tax liability on
the distribution of Packaging common stock to its stockholders. Packaging would
be responsible for the resulting tax liability in the case of a Packaging change
of control, and Automotive would be responsible for the resulting tax liability
in the case of an Automotive change of control. In these circumstances, however,
securityholders of Automotive and Packaging would not recognize gain or loss as
a result of the spin-off. See "U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences."
PACKAGING AND AUTOMOTIVE COULD BE ADVERSELY AFFECTED IF THE SPIN-OFF, THE
CORPORATE RESTRUCTURING TRANSACTIONS OR THE DEBT REALIGNMENT ARE NOT VALID
UNDER FRAUDULENT TRANSFER OR LEGAL DIVIDEND STATUTES.
In connection with the spin-off, Tenneco will undertake numerous corporate
restructuring transactions and realign its debt, which, along with the spin-off,
are subject to federal and state fraudulent conveyance laws. Under these laws,
if a court determines that one of the parties to these transactions did not
receive fair consideration and, at the time, was insolvent, had unreasonably
small capital or was unable to pay its debts as they came due, the court could
reverse the transactions or the spin-off or impose liability on the
29
<PAGE> 31
parties. The resulting complications and costs could have a material adverse
effect on Packaging and Automotive.
In addition, the corporate restructuring transactions, debt realignment and
spin-off are subject to state corporate distribution statutes. For example,
under Delaware law, a corporation may only pay dividends to its stockholders
either: (1) out of its surplus (net assets minus capital); or (2) if there is no
surplus, out of its net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is
declared and/or the preceding fiscal year (subject to some restrictions).
Although all distributions are intended to be made entirely from surplus,
Tenneco and Packaging cannot assure you that a court will not later determine
that the spin-off, one or more of the corporate restructuring transactions or
the debt realignment was unlawful under state corporate law. This could allow
the court to reverse the transactions. The resulting complications and costs
could have a material adverse effect on Packaging and Automotive.
Before the spin-off, Tenneco expects to obtain an opinion from a
third-party financial advisor. This opinion will confirm that Packaging and
Automotive will be solvent after giving effect to the spin-off and that the
spin-off is permissible under Delaware corporate law. Tenneco and Packaging
cannot assure you, however, that a court would find the financial advisor's
opinion to be binding on creditors of Automotive or Packaging or would reach the
same conclusions provided in the opinion.
30
<PAGE> 32
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This document contains forward-looking statements. The words "will," "may,"
"designed to," "outlook," "believes," "should be," "anticipates," "plans,"
"expects," "intends" and "estimates," and similar expressions, identify these
forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are contained
principally under the headings "Summary," "Risk Factors," "Description of
Packaging" and "Description of Tenneco After the Spin-off/Automotive." Although
Tenneco and Packaging believe that the expectations reflected in these
forward-looking statements are based on reasonable assumptions, these
expectations may not prove to be correct. Because these forward-looking
statements are also subject to risks and uncertainties, actual results may
differ materially from the expectations expressed in the forward-looking
statements. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ
materially from the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements
include those described in "Risk Factors," as well as:
- general economic, business and market conditions;
- operating hazards associated with the Packaging or Automotive business;
- labor disruptions at Packaging, Automotive or with any of their
significant customers or suppliers;
- customer acceptance of new products;
- capital availability or costs, including changes in interest rates or
market perceptions of Packaging or Automotive;
- changes by the Financial Accounting Standards Board or the Securities and
Exchange Commission of authoritative generally accepted accounting
principles or policies;
- the impact of laws and regulations, including environmental laws and
regulations; and
- the occurrence or non-occurrence of circumstances beyond the control of
Tenneco or Packaging.
31
<PAGE> 33
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
Packaging has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"Commission") a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 covering
the offering of the new securities. Packaging has also filed with the Commission
a registration statement under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the
"Exchange Act") covering its common stock (which will be distributed to Tenneco
stockholders in the spin-off). This document does not contain all of the
information included in these registration statements and their associated
exhibits and schedules. For further information about Packaging and the new
securities, reference is made to these registration statements and their
associated exhibits and schedules. Statements contained in this document
concerning the contents of any contract or other document are not necessarily
complete. If Packaging has filed any contract or other document as an exhibit to
the registration statement covering the new securities, you should read the
exhibit for a more complete understanding of the contract or document involved.
Each statement in this document regarding a contract or other document is
qualified in all respects by reference to the actual document.
Tenneco files periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with
the Commission in accordance with the requirements of the Exchange Act.
Following the spin-off, Packaging also will be subject to the reporting
requirements of the Exchange Act and will file periodic reports, proxy
statements and other information with the Commission.
You may inspect and copy Tenneco's and Packaging's filings with the
Commission at the public reference facilities maintained by the Commission at
Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, and
at the Commission's regional offices located at 7 World Trade Center, 13th
Floor, New York, New York 10048, and 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400,
Chicago, Illinois 60661-2511. You may also obtain copies of those filings at
prescribed rates by (a) calling the Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330, or (b) writing
to the Public Reference Section of the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20549. You may also access the filings electronically on the
Commission's website at (http://www.sec.gov). Because Tenneco's common stock is
listed on the New York, Chicago and Pacific Stock Exchanges, you may review
reports and other information concerning Tenneco at these exchanges. Application
will be made to list Packaging's common stock on the NYSE, and you may review
reports and other information concerning Packaging at the NYSE, 20 Broad Street,
New York, New York 10005.
In addition, Tenneco maintains a website where you can find information
about Tenneco, Packaging and Automotive at http://www.tenneco.com.
INCORPORATION OF INFORMATION BY REFERENCE
The following documents filed with the Commission by Tenneco (File No.
1-12387) or Packaging, as applicable, are incorporated by reference into this
document and shall be deemed to be a part hereof:
(a) Tenneco's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
December 31, 1998;
(b) Tenneco's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter
ended March 31, 1999;
(c) Tenneco's Definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of
Stockholders held on May 11, 1999;
(d) Tenneco's Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 12, 1999;
(e) Tenneco's Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 14, 1999, which
includes financial and other information that supersedes the
comparable information in Tenneco's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998 and Tenneco's Quarterly
Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 1999;
and
(f) All documents subsequently filed by Tenneco or Packaging pursuant
to Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act after the
date of this document and prior to the termination of the offering
of the new securities.
32
<PAGE> 34
This document incorporates business and financial information about Tenneco
and Packaging that is not included in or delivered with this document. The
documents specified above, which have been or will be filed by Tenneco or
Packaging with the Commission, are incorporated by reference into this document.
The information contained in those documents is considered to be part of this
document, except that the information contained in later-dated documents will
supplement, modify, or supersede, as applicable, the information contained in
earlier-dated documents. Subject to the above statements, all information
appearing in this document is qualified in its entirety by the information
appearing in the documents incorporated into this document by reference.
33
<PAGE> 35
THE EXCHANGE OFFERS AND CONSENT SOLICITATION
Tenneco is offering to exchange Packaging's new securities for any and all
of Tenneco's original securities that are validly tendered before the applicable
expiration time and not withdrawn. The terms and conditions of these exchange
offers are described in this document and in the accompanying letter of
consent/transmittal. Concurrently with the exchange offers, Tenneco is
soliciting consents from the holders of the original securities to the proposed
amendments to the original indenture. Tenneco will accept tenders of original
securities only in principal amounts of $1,000 or integral multiples of $1,000.
If you hold original securities, you may participate in the exchange offers
by following the procedures described in this document. If you tender original
securities, you will be required, as a condition to a valid tender, to consent
to the proposed amendments with respect to the original securities you tendered.
Your proper tender of original securities will constitute your automatic consent
to the proposed amendments and to the execution of a supplement to the original
indenture to effect the proposed amendments. See "-- The Consent Solicitation."
TERMS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFERS
Subject to the terms and conditions described in this document and in the
accompanying letter of consent/transmittal, for each $1,000 principal amount of
original securities validly tendered and accepted for exchange, Tenneco is
offering (1) $1,000 principal amount of the corresponding new securities for
that series of original securities, as shown in the table below, plus (2) the
early exchange premium shown in the table below for holders who tender their
original securities before the early exchange time. See "-- The Consent
Solicitation."
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR EACH: THE EXCHANGING HOLDER WILL RECEIVE:
----------------------- -----------------------------------------
AGGREGATE $1,000 PRINCIPAL AMOUNT $1,000 PRINCIPAL AMOUNT EARLY
CUSIP PRINCIPAL OF TENNECO'S OF PACKAGING'S EXCHANGE
NO.* AMOUNT ORIGINAL SECURITIES NEW SECURITIES PREMIUM**
- ----- --------- ----------------------- ----------------------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
</TABLE>
[to be provided by amendment]
- ---------------
* CUSIP numbers are provided solely as a convenience. No representation is made
as to the correctness or accuracy of any of the CUSIP numbers set forth in
this document, and the terms of the exchange offers shall not be affected by
any defect in or omission of CUSIP numbers.
** Tenneco will pay the early exchange premium only for original securities
validly tendered before the early exchange time, and only if Tenneco accepts
those original securities for exchange.
In each case, Tenneco will pay accrued but unpaid interest on the original
securities exchanged in the exchange offers through the date Tenneco accepts
them for exchange. In general, this payment will be made to the holder who
tendered the original securities. If, however, Tenneco accepts for exchange any
series of original securities on or before an interest payment date for that
series but after the record date for that interest payment date, Tenneco will
pay the accrued but unpaid interest to the holder of those original securities
as of that record date (if different from the holder who tenders).
Interest will cease to accrue on original securities exchanged in the
exchange offers from and after the date Tenneco accepts them. Interest on the
new securities will accrue at the applicable rate from and including their
issuance date.
Tenneco reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to purchase or make
offers to purchase any original securities that remain outstanding after the
exchange offers on terms that could differ from the terms of the exchange
offers. Tenneco will not make any purchase or offer except in accordance with
applicable law.
After the exchange offers, Tenneco will extinguish the original securities
accepted by it for exchange.
34
<PAGE> 36
THE CONSENT SOLICITATION
As part of the exchange offers, Tenneco is soliciting consents to proposed
amendments to the original indenture under which Tenneco issued the original
securities. Tenneco is making the consent solicitation on the terms and subject
to the conditions described in this document. See "The Proposed Amendments."
YOUR VALID TENDER OF ORIGINAL SECURITIES BEFORE THE EARLY EXCHANGE TIME
WILL CONSTITUTE AN AUTOMATIC CONSENT TO THE PROPOSED AMENDMENTS WITH RESPECT TO
THOSE ORIGINAL SECURITIES. YOU MAY NOT DELIVER CONSENTS WITHOUT TENDERING YOUR
ORIGINAL SECURITIES AND YOU MAY NOT REVOKE CONSENTS WITHOUT WITHDRAWING THE
RELATED ORIGINAL SECURITIES FROM THE EXCHANGE OFFERS. SEE "-- WITHDRAWAL
RIGHTS."
To amend the original indenture, Tenneco must receive consents from the
registered holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of all
series of outstanding securities issued under the original indenture (excluding
securities held at the time by Tenneco or its affiliates), voting as a single
class. The aggregate principal amount of securities outstanding under the
original indenture is $2,459,848,000, which comprises $ of original
securities that are subject to the exchange offers and $ of other debt
securities that are subject to Tenneco's concurrent cash tender offers. Tenneco
is making the cash tender offers by means of a separate offer to purchase and
consent solicitation document. To participate in the cash tender offers, holders
will be required to consent to the proposed amendments.
Tenneco is offering to pay the early exchange premium described above to
holders who validly consent to the proposed amendments before the early exchange
time. Tenneco will make this payment only if it accepts the original securities
to which the consent relates in the exchange offers. Tenneco will not make the
payment to holders who tender their original securities after the early exchange
time. Tenneco will make no separate payments for consents received in the
consent solicitation.
If the proposed amendments to the original indenture become effective, they
will bind all original securities that remain outstanding after the exchange
offers, even if the holder of those securities did not consent to the proposed
amendments. Accordingly, you could suffer adverse consequences if you choose not
to tender your original securities. See "Risk Factors -- Risk Factors if You Do
Not Exchange."
EXPIRATION TIME; EARLY EXCHANGE TIME; EXTENSIONS; TERMINATION; AMENDMENTS
Each of the exchange offers will commence at 9:00 a.m., New York City time,
on , 1999 and will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time,
, 1999, unless Tenneco extends any exchange offer in its sole
discretion. As used in this document, the term "expiration time" refers to 5:00
p.m., New York City time, on , 1999 or, if an exchange offer is
extended, the latest date and time to which that exchange offer is extended.
Each exchange offer is subject to Tenneco's right, in its sole discretion, to
the extent that it is legally permitted to do so, to terminate or amend any
exchange offer at any time as discussed below.
The consent solicitation will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on
, 1999, unless Tenneco extends the consent solicitation in its sole
discretion. As used in this document, the term "early exchange time" refers to
5:00 p.m., New York City time, on , 1999 or, if extended, the
latest date and time to which the consent solicitation is extended. The consent
solicitation is subject to Tenneco's right, in its sole discretion, to the
extent that it is legally permitted to do so, to terminate or amend the consent
solicitation at any time as discussed below.
Tenneco expressly reserves the right, in its sole discretion, subject to
applicable law, at any time or from time to time, to:
- terminate any of the exchange offers or the consent solicitation and
not accept for exchange any original securities if any of the
conditions provided below under "-- Conditions to the Exchange Offers
and Consent Solicitation" are not satisfied and are not waived by
Tenneco;
- waive any condition to any exchange offer and accept all original
securities previously tendered for exchange pursuant to that exchange
offer or waive any condition to the consent solicitation;
35
<PAGE> 37
- extend the expiration time of any of the exchange offers or the early
exchange time and retain all original securities tendered in that
exchange offer, subject, however, to any withdrawal rights of holders,
as described under "-- Withdrawal Rights;"
- amend any exchange offer in any respect until the original securities
are accepted for exchange;
- amend the consent solicitation in any respect until the withdrawal
time; and/or
- not accept original securities tendered pursuant to an exchange offer
at any time before the expiration time for that exchange offer as a
result of an invalid tender, withdrawal or the occurrence of certain
other events as described herein.
The exchange agent may retain your tendered original securities if Tenneco (a)
extends any exchange offer or the consent solicitation, (b) delays the
acceptance of original securities for exchange, or (c) is unable to accept
original securities for exchange pursuant to any exchange offer. You may not
withdraw those original securities, except to the extent you are entitled to
withdrawal rights as described under "-- Withdrawal Rights." However the
exchange agent's right to retain your tendered securities in these circumstances
is subject to Rule 14e-1(c) under the Exchange Act. Rule 14e-1(c) requires that
a bidder pay the consideration offered or return the securities deposited by or
on behalf of holders of securities promptly after the termination or withdrawal
of a tender offer.
Tenneco can extend, terminate or amend any of the exchange offers or the
consent solicitation by giving written or oral notice to the exchange agent,
which will be followed as promptly as practicable by a public announcement. In
the case of an extension, a public announcement will be issued before 9:00 a.m.,
New York City time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled
expiration time of the exchange offer(s) being extended or the previously
scheduled early exchange time, as applicable. Tenneco will have no obligation to
publish, advertise or otherwise communicate a public announcement regarding
extension, amendment or termination other than by making a release to the Dow
Jones News Service or otherwise as required by law. All original securities
tendered pursuant to an exchange offer before any extension and not subsequently
withdrawn will remain subject to that exchange offer.
The terms of any extension or amendment of any exchange offer or the
consent solicitation may vary from the original exchange offers and consent
solicitation depending on factors such as prevailing interest rates and the
principal amount of original securities previously tendered. If Tenneco amends
the terms of any exchange offer before its expiration time, the amendment will
apply to all original securities of the same series tendered pursuant to that
exchange offer but will not, unless expressly provided, apply to any other
exchange offer. Tenneco does not presently intend to change the consideration
currently offered.
If Tenneco makes a material change in the terms of any exchange offer or
the information concerning any exchange offer or waives any condition of any
exchange offer that results in a material change to the circumstances of that
exchange offer, Tenneco will circulate additional exchange offer materials if
and to the extent required by applicable law. In those circumstances, Tenneco
will also extend the exchange offer if and to the extent required by applicable
law in order to permit holders of the original securities subject to that
exchange offer adequate time to consider the additional materials.
If Tenneco makes a material change in the terms of the consent solicitation
or the information concerning the consent solicitation or waives any condition
of the consent solicitation that results in a material change to the
circumstances of the consent solicitation, Tenneco will circulate additional
consent solicitation materials if and to the extent required by applicable law.
In those circumstances, Tenneco will also extend the consent solicitation if and
to the extent required by applicable law to allow holders of the original
securities adequate time to consider the additional materials. If any material
change occurs after the withdrawal time, Tenneco may decide to re-solicit
consents.
If Tenneco decreases the principal amount of original securities sought in
any exchange offer or increases or decreases the consideration offered to
holders of original securities subject to any exchange offer, Tenneco will, to
the extent required by applicable law, cause that exchange offer to be extended
so that it remains open at least ten business days from the date that Tenneco
first publishes, sends or gives notice of the change. For purposes of this
paragraph, "business day" has the meaning set forth in
36
<PAGE> 38
Rule 14d-1(e)(6) under the Exchange Act. The minimum period that an exchange
offer or the consent solicitation must remain open following any other material
change in the terms of or information concerning the exchange offer or consent
solicitation depends upon the facts and circumstances, including the relative
materiality of those terms or information.
EFFECT OF TENDER
Your tender of original securities in the exchange offers will constitute a
binding agreement between you and Tenneco upon the terms and subject to the
conditions of the exchange offers described in this document and the
accompanying letter of consent/transmittal. Your tender of original securities
will also constitute your agreement to deliver to Tenneco good and marketable
title to the tendered original securities free and clear of all liens, charges,
adverse claims, encumbrances, interests and restrictions of any kind.
ACCEPTANCE OF CONSENTS AND ORIGINAL SECURITIES; DELIVERY OF EXCHANGE
CONSIDERATION
Tenneco will purchase by accepting for exchange and will promptly pay for
all original securities validly tendered (and not withdrawn or, if withdrawn,
validly retendered) in the exchange offers and the consent solicitation. This
purchase and payment will be made only upon the terms and subject to the
conditions of each exchange offer and the consent solicitation (including, the
terms and conditions of any extension or amendment thereof) and applicable law.
Tenneco will make payment for the original securities by depositing with the
exchange agent: (1) new securities; (2) cash for the payment of any applicable
early exchange premium; and (3) cash for the payment of any applicable accrued
but unpaid interest on original securities. The exchange agent will act as agent
for the tendering holders for the purpose of receiving payments and/or new
securities from Tenneco and then transmitting payments and/or new securities to
or at the direction of those holders.
For purposes of the exchange offers, Tenneco will be deemed to have
accepted tendered original securities for exchange when Tenneco gives oral or
written notice of acceptance to the exchange agent. For purposes of the consent
solicitation, consents received by the exchange agent will be deemed to have
been accepted when (1) Tenneco and the trustee under the original indenture
execute the supplemental indenture containing the proposed amendments, which is
expected to occur promptly after the withdrawal time, and (2) Tenneco has
accepted the tendered original securities underlying those consents for exchange
in the exchange offer.
Subject to Rule 14e-1(c) under the Exchange Act, Tenneco may delay
acceptance of original securities tendered for exchange or payment for original
securities accepted for exchange if any of the conditions of the exchange offers
are not satisfied or waived or in order to comply, in whole or in part, with
applicable law. Tenneco may do this in its sole discretion. Tenneco will pay for
original securities accepted for exchange only after the exchange agent
receives, at its address on the back cover page of this document: (1)
certificates for all physically delivered original securities in proper form for
transfer or confirmation of a book-entry transfer of original securities into
the exchange agent's account at The Depository Trust Company according to the
procedures described in this document; (2) a properly completed and duly
executed letter of consent/transmittal or properly transmitted "agent's message"
(as described below); and (3) any other documents required by the accompanying
letter of consent/ transmittal, in each case together with any applicable
signature guarantees. IN NO EVENT WILL INTEREST ON ANY PAYMENTS BE MADE IF THERE
IS ANY DELAY IN MAKING THOSE PAYMENTS.
If Tenneco does not accept any of your tendered original securities for
exchange, or if you submit to the exchange agent original securities in a
principal amount greater than the principal amount indicated as being tendered,
Tenneco will issue to you an original security for the principal amount not
accepted for exchange or tendered. Tenneco will do this without expense to you
as promptly as practicable following the expiration or termination of the
exchange offers.
Tenneco may transfer or assign, in whole at any time or in part from time
to time, to one or more of its affiliates, the right to acquire original
securities tendered in any exchange offer. No transfer or
37
<PAGE> 39
assignment will relieve Tenneco of its obligations under that exchange offer or
prejudice your rights to receive new securities (and any applicable accrued
interest and early exchange premium) in exchange for original securities validly
tendered and accepted for exchange in that exchange offer.
PROCEDURES FOR TENDERING ORIGINAL SECURITIES AND GIVING CONSENTS
If you hold original securities and wish to receive the early exchange
premium, you must tender your original securities using the procedures described
in this document and in the accompanying letter of consent/transmittal before
the early exchange time. Your proper tender of original securities will
constitute your automatic consent to the proposed amendments. If you hold
original securities and do not wish to receive the early exchange premium but
still wish to participate in the exchange offers, you must tender your original
securities using in the procedures described in this document and in the
accompanying letter of consent/transmittal before the applicable expiration
time.
Only registered holders are authorized to tender their original securities
and consent to the proposed amendments. The procedures by which original
securities may be tendered and consents given by beneficial owners that are not
registered holders will depend upon the manner in which the original securities
are held, as described below.
TENDER OF ORIGINAL SECURITIES HELD THROUGH A NOMINEE. If you are a
beneficial owner of original securities that are held of record by a custodian
bank, depositary, broker, trust company or other nominee and you wish to tender
original securities, you should contact the record holder promptly and instruct
the record holder to tender the original securities and deliver a consent on
your behalf using one of the procedures described in this document. A letter of
instructions is contained in the solicitation materials provided with this
document which you may use to instruct the record holder to tender original
securities and deliver consent.
TENDER OF ORIGINAL SECURITIES HELD WITH DTC. Pursuant to authority granted
by The Depository Trust Company ("DTC"), if you are a DTC participant that has
original securities credited to your DTC account (and thereby held of record by
DTC's nominee), you may directly tender those original securities and deliver
consents as if you were the record holder. Because of this, references in this
document to registered or record holders include DTC participants with original
securities credited to their accounts. Within two business days after the date
of this document, the exchange agent will establish accounts with respect to the
original securities at DTC for purposes of the exchange offers. Any participant
in DTC may tender original securities and deliver consents by:
- effecting a book-entry transfer of all original securities to be tendered
in the exchange offers into the account of The Chase Manhattan Bank, as
exchange agent, at DTC, using DTC's procedures for transfer; and
- either (1) effecting an agent's message (as described below), or (2)
completing and signing the accompanying letter of consent/transmittal
according to the instructions and delivering it, together with any
signature guarantees and other required documents, to the exchange agent
at its address on the back cover page of this document.
Timely book-entry delivery requires receipt by the exchange agent of a
book-entry confirmation confirming the book-entry transfer of original
securities into the exchange agent's account at DTC before the early exchange
time (to receive the applicable new securities and early exchange premium) or
the applicable expiration time (to receive the applicable new securities, but
not the early exchange premium). Even if delivery of original securities is
effected through book-entry transfer into the exchange agent's account at DTC,
an agent's message or a completed letter of consent/transmittal (or a facsimile
thereof), together with any required signature guarantees and other required
documents, must be delivered or transmitted to and received by the exchange
agent at its address on the back cover page of this document before the early
exchange time (to receive the applicable new securities and early exchange
premium) or the applicable expiration time (to receive the applicable new
securities, but not the early exchange premium). A tender of original securities
for exchange will not be considered valid until these items are
38
<PAGE> 40
received by the exchange agent. Delivery of a letter of consent/transmittal or
other documents to DTC will not be considered a valid delivery to the exchange
agent.
The exchange agent and DTC have confirmed that the exchange offers are
eligible for DTC's Automated Tender Offer Program. Accordingly, DTC participants
may electronically transmit their acceptance of any exchange offer and thereby
provide consent to the proposed amendments with respect to the original
securities tendered, by causing DTC to transfer original securities to the
exchange agent using DTC's Automated Tender Offer Program procedures for
transfer. DTC will then send an agent's message to the exchange agent. This
electronic acceptance will be in lieu of completing, signing and delivering the
letter of consent/transmittal.
An "agent's message" is a message which states that DTC has received an
express acknowledgment from a DTC participant tendering original securities that
the participant has received and agrees to be bound by the terms of the letter
of consent/transmittal and that Tenneco may enforce the agreement against the
participant. The agent's message is transmitted by DTC to, and received by, the
exchange agent and forms a part of the book-entry confirmation.
All of the original securities held through DTC have been issued in the
form of global notes registered in the name of Cede & Co., DTC's nominee. Upon
consummation of the exchange offers, the aggregate principal amounts of these
global notes will be reduced to represent the aggregate principal amount of
original securities not tendered and accepted.
TENDER OF ORIGINAL SECURITIES HELD IN PHYSICAL FORM. If you hold original
securities in physical form, you must comply with the following instructions to
tender original securities in the exchange offers:
- complete and sign the accompanying letter of consent/transmittal
according to its instructions; and
- deliver the following to the exchange agent at the address on the back
cover page of this document before the early exchange time or expiration
time, as applicable -- (1) a properly completed and duly executed letter
of consent/transmittal (or a facsimile thereof), with any required
signature guarantees, (2) any other documents required by the letter of
consent/transmittal, and (3) the original securities in physical form
suitable for transfer.
To validly tender original securities that are not registered in your name,
you must follow special instructions described below under "-- Proper Execution
and Delivery of Letters of Consent/Transmittal."
LETTERS OF CONSENT/TRANSMITTAL AND PHYSICAL SECURITIES MUST BE SENT ONLY TO
THE EXCHANGE AGENT. DO NOT SEND LETTERS OF CONSENT/TRANSMITTAL OR PHYSICAL
SECURITIES TO TENNECO, PACKAGING, THE INFORMATION AGENT, DTC OR THE DEALER
MANAGERS.
THE EXCHANGE OFFERS AND CONSENT SOLICITATION DO NOT PROVIDE FOR THE
TENDERING OF ORIGINAL SECURITIES OR THE DELIVERY OF CONSENTS BY USE OF A NOTICE
OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY.
PROPER EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF LETTERS OF CONSENT/TRANSMITTAL. If you
wish to participate in the exchange offers or consent solicitation, delivery of
your original securities, signature guarantees and the other required documents
are your responsibility. Delivery is not complete until the required items are
actually received by the exchange agent. If you mail these items, Tenneco
recommends that you (1) use registered mail with return receipt requested,
properly insured, and (2) mail the required items sufficiently in advance of the
early exchange time or expiration time, as desired, to allow enough time to
ensure timely delivery.
Except as otherwise provided below, all signatures on a letter of
consent/transmittal or a notice of withdrawal must be guaranteed by a recognized
participant in the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program, the NYSE
Medallion Signature Program or the Stock Exchange Medallion Program. Signatures
on a letter of consent/transmittal need not be guaranteed if:
- the letter of consent/transmittal is signed by the registered physical
holder(s) of the original securities or by a participant in DTC whose
name appears on a security position listing as the
39
<PAGE> 41
owner of the original securities and the holder(s) have not completed the
portion entitled "Special Issuance Instructions" or "Special Delivery
Instructions" on the letter of consent/transmittal; or
- the original securities are tendered for the account of an "eligible
institution." See Instruction 2 in the letter of consent/transmittal.
An "eligible institution" is one of the following firms or other entities
identified in Rule 17Ad-15 under the Exchange Act (as the terms are defined in
the Rule): (a) a bank; (b) a broker, dealer, municipal securities dealer,
municipal securities broker, government securities dealer or government
securities broker; (c) a credit union; (d) a national securities exchange,
registered securities association or clearing agency; or (e) a savings
institution.
If the letter of consent/transmittal is signed by the registered holder(s)
of original securities tendered, the signature(s) must correspond with the
name(s) as written on the face of the original securities without alteration,
enlargement or any change whatsoever. If any of the original securities tendered
are held by two or more registered holders, all of the registered holders must
sign the letter of consent/transmittal. If any of the original securities are
registered in different names on different original securities, the holders must
complete, sign and submit as many separate letters of consent/transmittal as
there are different registrations of certificates.
In the following cases, the certificates for original securities that are
tendered must be endorsed or accompanied by an appropriate instrument of
transfer, signed exactly as the name of the registered owner appears on the
certificates, with the signatures on the certificates or instruments of transfer
guaranteed:
- if the certificates for new securities issued in the exchange offers are
to be registered in the name of, or payments are to be made to, a person
other than the person whose signature is on the letter of
consent/transmittal;
- if original securities that are not exchanged are to be returned to a
person other than the registered owner; or
- if a letter of consent/transmittal is signed by a person other than the
registered holder(s) of the original securities tendered.
In addition, a tender of original securities before the early exchange time by
someone other than the registered holder must be accompanied by either a valid
proxy of, or a consent signed by, the registered holder(s). This is because
original securities may not be tendered before the early exchange time without
also delivering a consent with respect to those original securities, and only
registered holders are entitled to deliver consents. The signature on the proxy
or consent must be guaranteed.
Tenneco will not accept any alternative, conditional, irregular or
contingent tenders. By executing the letter of consent/transmittal (or facsimile
thereof) or transmitting an agent's message, you waive any right to receive any
notice of the acceptance of your original securities for exchange.
You should indicate in the applicable box in the letter of
consent/transmittal the name and address to which payments, certificates
evidencing new securities and/or substitute certificates evidencing original
securities for amounts not exchanged are to be issued or sent, if different from
yours. To issue securities in a different name, the exchange agent must receive
the employer identification or social security number of the new person named
and a Substitute Form W-9 for this new person must be completed. If you do not
give these instructions, payments, new securities and original securities not
exchanged will be delivered to the registered holder of original securities
tendered at the address listed in the register maintained by the trustee for
those original securities. In the case of original securities tendered by
book-entry transfer into the exchange agent's account at DTC, the original
securities will be credited to the account maintained at DTC from which the
original securities were delivered.
DETERMINATION OF VALIDITY. Tenneco will determine, in its sole discretion,
all questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of receipt)
and acceptance of tendered original securities using the procedures described
above. Tenneco's determination will be final and binding. Tenneco reserves the
40
<PAGE> 42
absolute right to reject any or all tenders of original securities determined by
it not to be in proper form or the acceptance of which may be unlawful in the
opinion of counsel for Tenneco. Tenneco also reserves the absolute right, in its
sole discretion, subject to applicable law, to waive any defects or
irregularities of any tender of original securities, whether or not similar
defects or irregularities are waived in the case of other tendered securities.
Tenneco's interpretation of the terms and conditions of the exchange offers,
including the instructions in the letter of consent/transmittal, will be final
and binding.
Tenneco, the exchange agent, the information agent, DTC and the dealer
managers are not under any duty to notify you of defects in your tender and will
not be liable if they fail to so notify you. Unless waived, you must cure any
irregularities in your tender within the time Tenneco determines. Your tender of
original securities will not be considered valid until those irregularities have
been cured or waived. The exchange agent will return any original securities
that are not properly tendered if the irregularities have not been cured or
waived. The original securities will be returned to you, unless otherwise
provided in the letter of consent/transmittal, as soon as practicable following
the applicable expiration time.
TRANSFER TAXES. Tenneco will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to
the transfer and sale of original securities to Tenneco in the exchange offers.
If transfer taxes are imposed for any other reason, the amount of those transfer
taxes (whether imposed on the registered holder or any other persons) will be
payable by the tendering holder. Other reasons transfer taxes could be imposed
include: (a) if new securities and/or substitute original securities for
original securities not exchanged are to be delivered to, or are to be
registered or issued in the name of, any person other than the registered holder
of the original securities tendered, or (b) if tendered original securities are
registered in the name of any person other than the person signing the letter of
consent/transmittal. If satisfactory evidence of payment of or exemption from
those transfer taxes is not submitted with the letter of consent/transmittal,
the amount of those transfer taxes will be billed directly to the tendering
holder.
BACKUP U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX WITHHOLDING. U.S. federal income tax law
requires that a holder of original securities that are accepted for exchange
provide the exchange agent (as payor) with the holder's correct taxpayer
identification number or otherwise establish a basis for an exemption from
backup withholding. In the case of a holder who is an individual, this
identification number is his or her social security number. Exempt holders
(including, among others, all corporations and certain foreign individuals) are
not subject to these backup withholding and reporting requirements. If you do
not provide the exchange agent with your correct taxpayer identification number
or an adequate basis for an exemption, you may be subject to a penalty imposed
by the IRS and amounts paid to you in the exchange offers may be subject to 31%
backup withholding. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, you may
obtain a refund from the IRS.
To prevent backup U.S. federal income tax withholding, you must complete
the IRS Substitute Form W-9 provided in the letter of consent/transmittal and
provide either (a) your correct taxpayer identification number and certain other
information under penalties of perjury, or (b) an adequate basis for an
exemption. For a discussion of other federal income tax consequences of the
exchange offers, see "U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences."
CONDITIONS TO THE EXCHANGE OFFERS AND CONSENT SOLICITATION
Notwithstanding any other provision of the exchange offers or consent
solicitation (or any extensions or amendments thereof), and in addition to (and
not in limitation of) Tenneco's rights to extend or amend any exchange offer or
the consent solicitation at any time in its sole discretion, Tenneco will not be
required to accept, exchange or make any payment for any original securities
tendered for exchange and may terminate any exchange offer and the consent
solicitation if, at or before the applicable expiration time:
- Tenneco does not receive the required consents or Tenneco and the trustee
under the original indenture have not executed and delivered the
supplemental indenture providing for the proposed amendments in the
manner described in this document;
41
<PAGE> 43
- all conditions to Tenneco's concurrent cash tender offers have not been
satisfied;
- any condition to the spin-off of Packaging remains unsatisfied (see "The
Spin-off -- Conditions to the Spin-off");
- any action has been taken or threatened, or any statute, rule,
regulation, judgment, order, stay, decree or injunction has been
promulgated, enacted, entered, enforced or deemed applicable to the
spin-off or any transaction undertaken in connection with the spin-off,
including the debt realignment, exchange offers and cash tender offers
(collectively, the "transactions"), by or before any court or
governmental, regulatory or administrative agency or authority or
tribunal, domestic or foreign, which either:
-- challenges the making of any of these transactions or might directly
or indirectly prohibit, prevent, restrict or delay consummation of
any of these transactions or otherwise adversely affects in any
material manner any component of these transactions; or
-- in the sole judgment of Tenneco, could materially adversely affect
the business, financial condition, income, operations, properties,
assets, liabilities or prospects of Tenneco and its subsidiaries,
taken as a whole, or Packaging and its subsidiaries, taken as a
whole, in each case before and after giving effect to these
transactions, or Automotive and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole,
or materially impair the contemplated benefits of any of these
transactions to Tenneco and/or Packaging;
- any event affecting the business or financial affairs of Tenneco or any
of its subsidiaries has occurred or is likely to occur that, in the sole
judgment of Tenneco, would or might prohibit, prevent, restrict or delay
consummation of any of the transactions described in the preceding
paragraph, or that will, or is reasonably likely to, materially impair
the contemplated benefits of any of these transactions to Tenneco or
Packaging, or might be material to holders of original securities in
determining whether to accept the exchange offers or consent
solicitation;
- there has occurred:
-- any general suspension of or limitation on trading in securities on
the NYSE or in the over-the-counter market (whether or not
mandatory);
-- a material impairment in the trading market for debt securities;
-- a declaration of a banking moratorium or any suspension of payments
in respect of banks by federal or state authorities in the United
States (whether or not mandatory);
-- a commencement or escalation of a war, armed hostilities or other
national or international crisis directly or indirectly relating to
the United States;
-- any limitation (whether or not mandatory) by any governmental
authority on, or other event having a reasonable likelihood of
affecting, the extension of credit by banks or other lending
institutions in the United States; or
-- any significant adverse change in United States securities or
financial markets generally or the material acceleration or
worsening of an adverse change in the United States securities or
financial markets which existed at the time of the exchange offers;
or
- the trustee under the original indenture has either:
-- objected to or taken any action that could, in the sole judgment of
Tenneco, adversely affect the consummation of, the spin-off or any
other transaction undertaken in connection with the spin-off or
Tenneco's ability to effect the proposed amendments;
-- taken any action that challenges the validity or effectiveness of
the procedures used by Tenneco in soliciting the consents to the
proposed amendments (including the form thereof); or
42
<PAGE> 44
-- taken any action that challenges the validity or effectiveness of
the procedures used by Tenneco in making or completing the exchange
offers or concurrent cash tender offers.
Tenneco's concurrent cash tender offers are subject to substantially the
same conditions as the exchange offers.
The foregoing conditions are for the sole benefit of Tenneco and may be
waived by Tenneco, in whole or in part, in its sole discretion. Any
determination made by Tenneco concerning an event, development or circumstance
described or referred to above will be final and binding on all parties.
WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS
Subject to applicable law, you may withdraw tenders of original securities
and revoke the related consents at any time before the withdrawal time (but not
after, except as otherwise described below). A valid withdrawal of tendered
original securities made before the withdrawal time is an automatic revocation
of the related consent. If, after the withdrawal time, Tenneco reduces the
principal amount of original securities subject to any exchange offer or reduces
the consideration offered in any exchange offer, then original securities
previously tendered in that exchange offer may be validly withdrawn for ten
business days after the date that Tenneco first publishes or sends notice to
holders of the reduction. In addition, you may validly withdraw tenders of
original securities if the related exchange offer is terminated without any
original securities being accepted for exchange.
For a withdrawal to be effective, (a) the exchange agent must receive a
written notice of withdrawal at its address on the back cover of this document,
or (b) the appropriate procedures of DTC's Automated Tender Offer Program must
be complied with. Any notice of withdrawal must:
- specify the name of the person who deposited the original securities to
be withdrawn;
- identify the original securities to be withdrawn (including the
certificate number or numbers and principal amount of those original
securities);
- be signed by the holder in the same manner as the signature on the letter
of consent/transmittal by which those original securities were tendered
(including any required signature guarantees) or be accompanied by a bond
power in the name of the person withdrawing the tender, in satisfactory
form as determined by Tenneco in its sole discretion, duly executed by
the registered holder, with the signature guaranteed;
- specify the name in which those original securities are to be registered,
if different from the person who tendered those original securities using
the instruments of transfer; and
- if original securities have been tendered using the procedures for
book-entry transfer described above, specify the name and number of the
account at DTC to be credited with the withdrawn original securities and
otherwise comply with the DTC procedures.
A purported notice of withdrawal which lacks any of the required
information will not be an effective withdrawal of a previous tender.
Any permitted withdrawals may not be rescinded, and any original securities
withdrawn will not be considered validly tendered for purposes of the exchange
offer. However, withdrawn securities may again be tendered by completing the
procedures for tendering before the early exchange time or expiration time, as
applicable.
Any tendered original securities that are withdrawn will be returned to you
free of charge as soon as practicable after withdrawal. If your original
securities were tendered by book-entry transfer into the exchange agent's
account at DTC, the original securities will be credited to an account
maintained with DTC for the original securities as soon as practicable after
withdrawal.
TENNECO WILL DETERMINE, IN ITS SOLE DISCRETION, ALL QUESTIONS AS TO THE
VALIDITY (INCLUDING TIME OF RECEIPT) OF NOTICES OF WITHDRAWAL. TENNECO'S
DETERMINATION WILL BE FINAL AND BINDING. NONE OF TENNECO,
43
<PAGE> 45
PACKAGING, THE EXCHANGE AGENT, DTC, THE DEALER MANAGERS AND ANY OTHER PERSON ARE
UNDER ANY DUTY TO NOTIFY YOU OF ANY DEFECTS OR IRREGULARITIES IN ANY NOTICE OF
WITHDRAWAL. NONE OF THEM WILL BE LIABLE TO YOU IF THEY FAIL TO NOTIFY YOU OF ANY
DEFECTS OR IRREGULARITIES IN A NOTICE OF WITHDRAWAL.
DEALER MANAGERS
Tenneco and Packaging have engaged Morgan Stanley Dean Witter and Credit
Suisse First Boston to act as dealer managers in connection with the exchange
offers and to provide financial advisory services to Tenneco and Packaging in
connection with the exchange offers. If you have questions concerning the terms
of the exchange offers or consent solicitation, you may contact the dealer
managers at the addresses and telephone numbers on the back cover page of this
document.
Tenneco and Packaging have agreed to pay the dealer managers predetermined
compensation for the dealer managers' financial advisory services and to
reimburse the dealer managers for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses,
including reasonable fees and expenses of legal counsel. Tenneco and Packaging
have agreed to indemnify the dealer managers against certain liabilities,
including certain liabilities under the federal securities laws. The dealer
managers have provided in the past, and currently are providing, other
investment banking and financial advisory services to Tenneco and its
affiliates.
Morgan Stanley Dean Witter and Credit Suisse First Boston are also acting
as dealer managers in connection with Tenneco's cash tender offers.
EXCHANGE AGENT
The Chase Manhattan Bank has been appointed as exchange agent for the
exchange offers. You and your broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or
other nominee should send letters of consent/ transmittal and all correspondence
in connection with the exchange offers to the exchange agent at the address and
telephone numbers on the back cover page of this document.
If you have questions concerning tender procedures, you should contact the
exchange agent at the address and telephone number on the back cover page of
this document for instructions.
INFORMATION AGENT
Georgeson & Company Inc. has been appointed as information agent for the
exchange offers. You may direct requests for assistance or additional copies of
this document or the letter of consent/transmittal to the information agent at
the address and telephone number on the back cover page of this document. You
may also contact your broker, dealer, commercial bank or trust company for
assistance concerning the exchange offers.
TRUSTEE
The Chase Manhattan Bank is serving as the trustee under the original
indenture and will also serve as the trustee for the new securities. All
deliveries, correspondence and questions sent or presented to the trustee
relating to the exchange offers should be directed to the trustee at 55 Water
Street, Room 234, North Building, New York, New York 10041.
Tenneco and Packaging maintain, or may, in the future, maintain, normal
banking relationships with The Chase Manhattan Bank in the ordinary course of
business.
FEES AND EXPENSES
Tenneco will pay the exchange agent, the information agent and the trustee
under the original indenture reasonable and customary fees for their services
and will reimburse them for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in
connection with their services. Tenneco will also pay brokerage houses and other
custodians, nominees and fiduciaries the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses
incurred by them in forwarding copies of this document and related materials to
the beneficial owners of original securities, and in
44
<PAGE> 46
handling or forwarding tenders for their customers. All these fees and expenses
will be paid by Tenneco, subject to the allocation of consolidated Tenneco debt
contemplated by the debt realignment. See "The Spin-off--Debt Realignment."
MARKET AND TRADING INFORMATION
The [to be provided by amendment] are listed and traded on the NYSE. The
following table sets forth, for the calendar periods indicated, the high and low
closing sales prices for these listed securities, as reported by IDD Information
Services:
[To be provided by amendment]
*There were no reported sales of this series of original securities during
the indicated period.
Tenneco and Packaging cannot assure you that the listed securities will be
traded following the exchange offers or at what prices they would trade. After
the exchange offers are completed, Tenneco intends to seek delisting of the
listed securities on the NYSE. See "Risk Factors -- Risk Factors if You Do Not
Exchange." IF YOU HOLD LISTED ORIGINAL SECURITIES, YOU ARE URGED TO OBTAIN
CURRENT INFORMATION REGARDING THE MARKET PRICES OF THE LISTED SECURITIES.
The [to be provided by amendment] are traded in the over-the-counter
market, to the extent trading occurs. These unlisted securities are not actively
traded and, in general, trading of these securities has been limited and
sporadic and information concerning trading prices and volumes may be difficult
to obtain. Tenneco and Packaging cannot assure you that the unlisted securities
will be traded following the exchange offers or at what prices they would trade.
See "Risk Factors -- Risk Factors if You Do Not Exchange." IF YOU HOLD UNLISTED
ORIGINAL SECURITIES, YOU ARE URGED TO OBTAIN THE BEST AVAILABLE INFORMATION
REGARDING THE MARKET PRICES OF THE UNLISTED SECURITIES.
ACCOUNTING TREATMENT OF THE EXCHANGE OFFERS
The new securities will be recorded by Packaging based on either the fair
value of the new securities or the net carrying amount of Tenneco's original
securities, depending on whether Packaging's new securities are determined to be
"substantially different" than Tenneco's original securities. If the new
securities are "substantially different," the new securities will be recorded at
their fair value and the difference between the fair value of the new securities
and the net carrying amount of the original securities will be recognized as an
extraordinary charge by Tenneco. If the new securities are not "substantially
different," the new securities will be recorded at the net carrying amount of
Tenneco's original securities and no accounting gain or loss will be recognized
by Packaging on the exchange (except for transaction costs). The new securities
will be considered "substantially different" if the present values of the cash
flows, including principal and interest, under the terms of the new securities
(plus any amounts paid by Tenneco as early exchange premium) are at least 10%
different from the present value of the remaining cash flows under the original
securities. For accounting purposes, Packaging will consider the and
series of new securities to be "substantially different" and the and
series of new securities as not "substantially different."
45
<PAGE> 47
THE PROPOSED AMENDMENTS
To tender original securities for exchange in the exchange offers, you must
consent to the proposed amendments to the original indenture. The proposed
amendments constitute a single proposal and a tendering holder must consent to
the proposed amendments as an entirety, and may not consent selectively with
respect to some of the proposed amendments.
The proposed amendments will be included in a supplement to the original
indenture that will be signed by Tenneco and the trustee on or promptly
following Tenneco's receipt of the required consents and the withdrawal time.
Accordingly, Tenneco expects to sign the supplemental indenture before the
exchange offers expire. The proposed amendments will not take effect, however,
until Tenneco accepts for exchange or purchase debt securities issued under the
original indenture that represent at least the required consents, whether
tendered in the exchange offers or Tenneco's cash tender offers. See "The
Exchange Offers and Consent Solicitation -- The Consent Solicitation."
As described below, a limited waiver of some provisions of the original
indenture will apply between the time Tenneco executes the supplemental
indenture and the time it closes on the exchange and cash tender offers. This
waiver will terminate if the proposed amendments do not take effect.
ELIMINATION OF OPERATING COVENANTS
The following is a brief description of the proposed amendments to the
original indenture. The summaries are qualified in their entireties by reference
to the full and complete terms of the original indenture, as well as the
proposed supplemental indenture, copies of which can be obtained without charge
from the information agent. A copy of the original indenture and proposed
supplemental indenture is also exhibit and , respectively, to the
registration statement of which this document is a part. These proposed
amendments may have adverse consequences for you if you do not participate in
the exchange offers. See "Risk Factors -- Risk Factors if You Do Not Exchange."
The proposed amendments would eliminate the following restrictive operating
covenants contained in the original indenture.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SECTION OF
ORIGINAL INDENTURE TITLE AND DESCRIPTION OF SECTION
- ------------------ --------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Section 3.6 Negative Pledge; Limitation on Sale and Leaseback
Transactions.
Provides that the issuer (Tenneco Inc.) will not
issue, assume, incur or guarantee, and will not permit
any restricted subsidiary (generally any subsidiary
that operates a principal manufacturing property) to
issue, assume, incur or guarantee, any debt upon any
principal manufacturing property (generally any U.S.
manufacturing plant or research and development
facility, unless the issuer's Board of Directors
determines that plant or facility is not of material
importance). Also provides that the issuer will not,
and will not permit any restricted subsidiary to,
enter into any arrangement with any person or entity
providing for the leasing of any principal
manufacturing property, where the property has been or
is to be sold or transferred by the issuer or the
restricted subsidiary with the intention of taking
back a lease on the property.
</TABLE>
46
<PAGE> 48
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SECTION OF
ORIGINAL INDENTURE TITLE AND DESCRIPTION OF SECTION
- ------------------ --------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Section 9.1 Covenant Not to Merge, Consolidate, Sell or Convey
Property Except Under Certain Conditions.
Provides that the issuer will not merge or consolidate
with any other person or entity or sell, lease or
convey all or substantially all of its assets unless
(a) the issuer is the continuing corporation, or the
successor or transferee corporation is organized under
United States law and expressly assumes the payment of
principal and interest on all securities and coupons
outstanding under the original indenture and the
performance and observance of all covenants and
conditions of the original indenture, by supplemental
indenture, and (b) the issuer or the successor or
transferee is not, immediately after giving effect to
the transaction, in default in the performance of any
of those covenants or conditions.
Section 9.2 Successor Corporation Substituted.
Describes the substitution of the successor or
transferee corporation for the issuer under the
original indenture in the event of any consolidation,
merger, sale, lease or conveyance described in Section
9.2 of the original indenture.
Section 9.3 Opinion of Counsel Delivered to Trustee.
Provides that the trustee may receive an opinion of
counsel as conclusive evidence that any consolidation,
merger, sale, lease or conveyance described in Section
9.1 of the original indenture, and any substitution of
the successor or transferee corporation for the issuer
under Section 9.2 of the original indenture, complies
with the applicable provisions.
</TABLE>
The proposed amendments would also eliminate any references in the original
indenture and the original securities to the sections specified above, including
any sentences or provisions that refer or give effect exclusively to the
sections specified above. The proposed amendments would also eliminate any
defined terms in the original indenture that are used solely in those deleted
sentences, provisions, sections or subsections. The text of the proposed
amendments is set forth in Annex A.
WAIVER
To avoid the possibility of a default under the original indenture in
connection with the spin-off and the transactions that will be undertaken to
complete the spin-off, a waiver of the covenants to be eliminated by the
proposed amendments will take effect immediately upon the execution of the
supplemental indenture as described above. If, however, securities representing
at least the required consents are not accepted for exchange or purchase, as the
case may be, because the related exchange offers, cash tender offers or consent
solicitation are terminated or withdrawn, the proposed amendments will not
become operative. In this event, the waiver will also cease to be operative as
to any transactions that occurred during the period the waiver was in effect.
The text of the waiver is set forth in Annex A.
47
<PAGE> 49
DESCRIPTION OF THE NEW SECURITIES
The new securities will be issued under an indenture between Packaging and
The Chase Manhattan Bank, as trustee (the "new trustee"), as supplemented by
supplemental indentures providing for the terms of the new securities. This
indenture, as it may be further amended or supplemented from time to time, is
referred to in this document as the "new indenture." The terms of the new
securities will include those stated in the new indenture and those made a part
of the new securities by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939.
A copy of the new indenture, including the supplemental indentures
providing for the new securities, are filed as exhibits through to the
registration statement in which this document is included. The following
summaries of provisions of the new indenture do not include all of the
information included in the new indenture and are subject to, and qualified in
their entirety by reference to, the detailed provisions of the new indenture.
You should read the new indenture carefully and in its entirety because the
new indenture, and not this description, will define your rights as a holder of
new securities. You may obtain a copy of the new indenture by request directed
to Tenneco's address included on page 4 of this document. As used under this
caption, the term "debt securities" means all evidences of indebtedness for
money borrowed which may be issued under the new indenture and the term
"Packaging" refers only to Tenneco Packaging Inc., and not any of its
subsidiaries.
GENERAL
The new indenture will not limit the amount of debt securities that may be
issued and will provide that debt securities may be issued under the new
indenture from time to time in one or more series. The debt securities will be
unsubordinated and unsecured obligations of Packaging and will rank equally with
all other unsubordinated and unsecured obligations of Packaging. This would
include, for example, accounts payable to suppliers and other general creditors
of Packaging. In addition, the new indenture will generally not limit the amount
of other indebtedness or securities that Packaging or its subsidiaries may
issue. However, the issuance, assumption or guarantee of specified secured debt
will be subject to the restrictions described under "-- Some Important Covenants
of Packaging." There are no provisions of the new indenture that will afford
holders of new securities protection in the event of a highly leveraged
transaction involving Packaging.
NEW SECURITIES
[To be provided by amendment]
SOME IMPORTANT COVENANTS OF PACKAGING
Negative Pledge. The new indenture will provide that Packaging will not,
and will not permit any restricted subsidiary (generally defined as a subsidiary
that operates a principal manufacturing property, as described below) to, issue,
assume, incur or guarantee specified types of secured debt without providing
that the outstanding debt securities be secured equally and ratably with that
secured debt. The restriction applies to any debt secured by a mortgage, pledge,
lien or other encumbrance on any principal manufacturing property (generally
defined as any U.S. manufacturing plant or testing or research and development
facility, unless Packaging's Board of Directors determines it is not of material
importance) of Packaging or any restricted subsidiary or on any shares of
capital stock or debt of any restricted subsidiary. This restriction will not
apply if, after giving effect to the contemplated transaction, the aggregate
amount of all such secured debt incurred after the initial date of the new
indenture, together with all Attributable Debt (as defined below) of Packaging
and its subsidiaries in respect of specified sale and leaseback transactions
involving principal manufacturing properties, would not exceed 15% of the
Consolidated Net
48
<PAGE> 50
Tangible Assets (as defined below) of Packaging and its consolidated
subsidiaries. This restriction will also not apply in the case of:
(a) the creation of encumbrances on any principal manufacturing
property acquired after the initial date of the new indenture to secure
payment of all or any part of the purchase price of that property or
construction of fixed improvements on that property (before, at the time of
or within 180 days after the latest of the acquisition, completion of
construction or commencement of commercial operation of that property), or
existing encumbrances on any principal manufacturing property acquired by
Packaging or a restricted subsidiary, so long as the encumbrance does not
apply to any improved property previously owned by Packaging or a
restricted subsidiary;
(b) encumbrances on any principal manufacturing property of a
corporation that is merged into or consolidated with Packaging or a
restricted subsidiary or substantially all of the assets of which are
acquired by Packaging or a restricted subsidiary;
(c) encumbrances in favor of governmental bodies to secure partial,
progress, advance or other payments under any contract or statute, or to
secure any debt incurred or guaranteed for the purpose of financing all or
any part of the cost of acquiring, constructing or improving the property
subject to those encumbrances;
(d) encumbrances on particular property to secure or provide funds for
all or any part of the cost of exploration, drilling, mining, development,
maintenance or operation of that property intended to obtain or increase
the production of specified natural resources from that property;
(e) encumbrances securing debt owed by a restricted subsidiary to
Packaging or another restricted subsidiary;
(f) encumbrances on any principal manufacturing property of Packaging
or a restricted subsidiary that were in existence on the initial date of
the new indenture;
(g) specified extensions, renewals or replacements of encumbrances
described above; and
(h) Permitted Mortgages (as defined below).
(Section 3.6(a) of the new indenture.) The new indenture will not restrict the
incurrence of unsecured debt by Packaging or any of its subsidiaries.
Restrictions on Sale and Leaseback Transactions. The new indenture will
prohibit Packaging and any restricted subsidiary from entering into any sale and
leaseback transaction involving any principal manufacturing property that has
been or is to be sold or transferred by Packaging or any restricted subsidiary,
unless:
(a) Packaging or the restricted subsidiary would be entitled to create
secured debt on that property, as described in clauses (a)-(h) under "--
Negative Pledge," in an amount equal to the Attributable Debt with respect
to the sale and leaseback transaction, without equally and ratably securing
all outstanding debt securities under the new indenture;
(b) since the date of the new indenture and during the period 12
months before and ending 12 months after a sale and leaseback transaction,
Packaging or the restricted subsidiary makes expenditures for principal
manufacturing properties in an amount equal to the net proceeds of the sale
and leaseback transaction and elects to designate that amount as a credit
against the sale and leaseback transaction; or
(c) to the extent not credited as described above, Packaging applies
an amount equal to the Attributable Debt with respect to the sale and
leaseback transaction to the retirement of long-term consolidated debt.
(Section 3.6(c) of the new indenture.) This restriction will not apply to any
sale and leaseback transaction (a) between Packaging and a restricted subsidiary
or between restricted subsidiaries, (b) involving the taking back of a lease for
a period of three years or less, or (c) if, after giving effect to a sale and
49
<PAGE> 51
leaseback transaction, permitted secured debt, plus Attributable Debt of
Packaging and its subsidiaries in respect of sale and leaseback transactions
involving principal manufacturing properties, would not exceed 15% of the
Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of Packaging and its consolidated subsidiaries.
There will be no covenants or other provisions in the new indenture
providing for a put or increased interest or that would otherwise provide
holders of new securities with additional protection in the event of a
recapitalization transaction, a change of control of Packaging or a highly
leveraged transaction.
The following terms which are used in the new indenture have the meanings
described below:
"Attributable Debt" means the total net amount of the rent required to
be paid during the remaining term of any lease, discounted at the weighted
average rate per year then borne by the outstanding debt securities.
(Section 1.1 of the new indenture.)
"Consolidated Net Tangible Assets" means the total assets shown on the
consolidated balance sheet of Packaging and its consolidated subsidiaries
for the most recent fiscal quarter, after deducting the amount of all
current liabilities and intangible assets. (Section 1.1 of the new
indenture.)
"Permitted Mortgage" means:
(a) any governmental, mechanics', materialmen's, carriers' or
similar lien created in the ordinary course of business which is not yet
due or which is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings
and any undetermined lien which is incidental to construction;
(b) any right reserved to, or vested in, any municipality or public
authority by the terms of any right, power, franchise, grant, license,
permit or by any provision of law, to purchase or recapture or to
designate a purchaser of, any property;
(c) any lien of taxes and assessments which is (1) for the current
year, or (2) not at the time delinquent or (3) delinquent but the
validity of which is being contested at the time by Packaging or any
Subsidiary in good faith;
(d) any lien arising from or in connection with a conveyance by
Packaging or any subsidiary of any production payment with respect to
oil, gas, natural gas, carbon dioxide, sulphur, helium, coal, metals,
minerals, steam, timber or other natural resources;
(e) any lien to secure obligations imposed by statute or
governmental regulations; or
(f) any lien of, or to secure performance of, leases (other than
leases relating to a sale and leaseback transaction). (Section 1.1 of
the new indenture.)
CONSOLIDATION, MERGER AND SALE OF ASSETS
The new indenture will provide that Packaging may not merge or consolidate
with any other person or entity, or sell, lease or convey all or substantially
all of its assets to any person or entity, unless (a) either Packaging is the
continuing entity or the successor, transferee or lessee is a corporation
organized under the laws of the United States, any State or the District of
Columbia and expressly assumes Packaging's obligations under the debt securities
and new indenture, and (b) immediately after giving effect to the transaction,
Packaging or the successor, transferee or lessee is not in default of any of
those obligations. (Section 9.1 of the new indenture.) The new indenture will
also provide that any successor, transferee or lessee corporation in one of
those transactions be substituted for Packaging under the new indenture and the
debt securities. (Section 9.2 of the new indenture.)
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
Any one of the following will constitute an "event of default" under the
new indenture with respect to debt securities of any series:
(a) Packaging's failure to pay any interest on that series when due
and continuance of that default for 30 days;
50
<PAGE> 52
(b) Packaging's failure to pay principal of that series when due;
(c) in general, Packaging's failure to observe or perform any of its
other covenants in the new indenture for 60 days after written notice as
provided in the new indenture (unless the default is expressly covered by
another provision of the new indenture);
(d) events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of Packaging;
or
(e) any other event of default provided in the supplemental indenture
with respect to debt securities of that series. (Section 5.1 of the new
indenture.)
If any event of default occurs and is continuing, either the new trustee or
the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding
debt securities of each affected series, voting as a single class, may by
written notice declare the principal amount of and accrued interest on all the
debt securities of each affected series to be due and payable immediately. If
the debt securities of an affected series are original issue discount debt
securities, only that portion of the principal amount as is specified in the
terms of that series may be declared due and payable. The holders of a majority
in aggregate principal amount of outstanding debt securities of that series may,
under limited circumstances, rescind and annul that acceleration. (Section 5.1
of the new indenture.)
Under the new indenture, the new trustee will generally be required to give
the holders of affected debt securities notice of known defaults within 90 days
after the default, unless the default is cured or waived. Except in the case of
a payment default, however, the new trustee may withhold the notice in the
interests of the holders of the affected series of debt securities. (Section
5.11 of the new indenture.) The new indenture will provide that the holders of a
majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding debt securities of
each series affected (with all those series voting as a single class) may direct
the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available
to the new trustee for such series, or exercising any trust or power conferred
on the new trustee. (Section 5.9 of the new indenture.)
In general, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount
outstanding of all series of debt securities with respect to which an event of
default has occurred (voting as a single class), may waive any event of default
with respect to that series. This majority action cannot, however, waive
defaults under specified covenants related to the payment terms of the debt
securities. (Section 5.10 of the new indenture.)
The new indenture will require Packaging to file annually with the new
trustee a certificate as to Packaging's compliance with all conditions and
covenants of the new indenture. (Section 3.5 of the new indenture.)
MODIFICATION OF THE NEW INDENTURE
The new indenture will permit Packaging and the new trustee to enter into
one or more supplemental indentures without the consent of the holders of any
debt securities in order:
(a) to transfer or pledge any property to the new trustee as security
for the debt securities;
(b) to substitute a permitted successor corporation for Packaging;
(c) to add to the Packaging's covenants further covenants or
provisions to protect the holders of debt securities;
(d) to establish the form or terms of debt securities;
(e) to provide for successor trustees; or
(f) to cure any ambiguity, correct any defective provisions or to make
any other provisions as Packaging determines necessary or desirable, as
long as the action does not adversely affect the interests of any holder of
debt securities of any series. (Section 8.1 of the new indenture.)
51
<PAGE> 53
The new indenture will also permit Packaging and the new trustee, with the
consent of the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the
outstanding series of debt securities affected (voting as one class), to execute
supplemental indentures that change the terms of the new indenture or modify the
rights of debt holders. However, without the consent of the holder of each
affected debt security, this majority action cannot:
(a) extend the time for payment of principal or interest on any debt
security;
(b) reduce the principal of, or the rate of interest on, any debt
security;
(c) reduce the amount of premium, if any, payable upon the redemption
of any debt security;
(d) reduce the amount of principal payable upon acceleration of the
maturity of any original issue discount security;
(e) change the currency or currency unit in which any debt security or
any premium or interest is payable;
(f) impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any
payment on or relating to any debt security; or
(g) reduce the percentage consent required to modify or amend the new
indenture. (Section 8.2 of the new indenture.)
DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
The new indenture will allow Packaging to deposit funds in trust and as a
result either (a) be discharged from all obligations under the debt securities
of any series, except for limited administrative obligations ("defeasance"), or
(b) be released from complying with specified covenants of the indenture,
including those described under "-- Some Important Covenants of Packaging" and
"-- Consolidation, Merger and Sale of Assets" ("covenant defeasance"). For
defeasance or covenant defeasance with respect to any series of debt, Packaging
must deposit, in trust with the new trustee, money or U.S. government
obligations that through the payment of interest and principal according to
their terms will provide money in an amount sufficient to make all payments on
that series of debt when they are due. If the defeasance is to occur at least
one year before the debt securities become due and payable or are to be
redeemed, the defeasance may only be established if Packaging delivers an
opinion of counsel stating that the holders of the debt securities will not have
a taxable event for federal income tax purposes as a result of the defeasance.
In addition, the opinion of counsel must be based upon a ruling of the IRS or a
change in applicable federal income tax law occurring after the date of the new
indenture. (Article 10 of the new indenture.)
THE NEW TRUSTEE
The Chase Manhattan Bank will be the new trustee under the new indenture.
Packaging may also maintain banking and other commercial relationships with the
new trustee in the ordinary course of business.
BOOK-ENTRY SYSTEM
Packaging will initially issue the new securities in the form of one or
more global securities that will be deposited with DTC and registered in the
name of Cede & Co., DTC's nominee. Accordingly, beneficial interests in the
global securities will be shown on, and transfer will be effected only through,
records maintained by DTC and its participants. You may hold beneficial
interests in the global securities directly through DTC if you have an account
with DTC or indirectly through an organization which has an account with DTC.
Unless and until it is exchanged in whole or in part for new securities of that
series in definitive form, a global security may not be transferred except as a
whole to a nominee of DTC for that global security, or by a nominee of DTC to
DTC or another nominee of DTC, or by DTC or any such nominee to a successor
depository or a nominee of a successor depository.
52
<PAGE> 54
DTC has advised Packaging that DTC is a limited-purpose trust company
organized under the Banking Law of the State of New York, a member of the
Federal Reserve System, a "clearing corporation" within the meaning of the New
York Uniform Commercial Code, and a "clearing agency" registered pursuant to the
provisions of Section 17A of the Exchange Act. DTC was created to hold the
securities of institutions that have accounts with DTC ("participants") and to
facilitate the clearance and settlement of securities transactions among its
participants in such securities through electronic book-entry changes in
accounts of the participants, eliminating the need for physical movement of
securities certificates. DTC's participants include securities brokers and
dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations, and certain other
organizations. Access to DTC's book-entry system is also available to others,
such as banks, brokers, dealers, and trust companies (collectively, the
"indirect participants") that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship
with a participant, either directly or indirectly.
Packaging expects that upon the deposit of the global securities with DTC,
DTC will credit on its book-entry registration and transfer system the principal
amount of new securities represented by those global securities to the accounts
of direct participants. Ownership of beneficial interests in the global
securities will be limited to direct participants or persons that may hold
interests through direct participants. Ownership of beneficial interests in the
global securities will be shown on, and the transfer of those ownership
interests will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC (with respect
to direct participants' interest), the direct participants and the indirect
participants (with respect to the owners of beneficial interests in the global
securities other than direct participants). The laws of some jurisdictions may
require that purchasers of securities take physical delivery of the securities
in definitive form. These limits and laws may impair your ability to transfer or
pledge beneficial interests in the global securities.
So long as DTC or a nominee of DTC is the registered holder and owner of
the global securities, DTC or the nominee, for all purposes will be considered
the sole owner or holder of the global securities under the new indenture.
Except as described below, owners of a beneficial interest in the global
securities will not be entitled to have the new securities represented by the
global securities registered in their names, will not receive or be entitled to
receive physical delivery of certified new securities, and will not be
considered to be the owner or holder of any new securities represented by the
global securities. Accordingly, each person owning a beneficial interest in the
global securities must rely on the procedures of DTC and, if a person is not a
direct participant in the book-entry registration and transfer system of DTC, on
the procedures of the direct participant through which that person owns its
interest, to exercise any rights of an owner or holder of the new securities.
Packaging will make principal and interest payments on the new securities
registered in the name of DTC's nominee to DTC's nominee as the registered owner
of the global securities. Under the terms of the new securities, Packaging and
the new trustee will treat the persons in whose names the new securities are
registered as the owners of those new securities for the purpose of receiving
payment of principal and interest on those new securities and for all other
purposes. Therefore, Packaging, the new trustee and any paying agent will not
have any direct responsibility or liability for the payment of principal or
interest on the new securities to owners of beneficial interests in the global
securities.
Packaging expects that DTC will, upon receipt of any payment of principal
or interest, credit direct participants' accounts on the payment date according
to their respective holdings of beneficial interests in the global securities as
shown on DTC's records. Payments by direct and indirect participants to owners
of beneficial interests in the global securities will be governed by standing
instructions and customary practices, as is the case with securities held for
the accounts of customers in bearer form or registered in "street name," and
will be the responsibility of the direct and indirect participants. These
payments by direct and indirect participants will not be the responsibility of
DTC, the new trustee, or Packaging, subject to any statutory requirements that
may be in effect.
Neither Packaging, the New Trustee, any paying agent nor the registrar will
have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to
or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests in the global
securities, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to
such beneficial ownership interests.
53
<PAGE> 55
Although DTC has agreed to the procedures described above in order to
facilitate transfers of interests in the global securities among participants of
DTC, it is under no obligation to perform or continue to perform these
procedures, and these procedures may be discontinued at any time. None of
Packaging, the new trustee, the registrar, or any paying agent for the exchange
securities will have any responsibility or liability for the performance by DTC
or its direct or indirect participants of their respective obligations under the
rules and procedures governing their operations.
PHYSICAL SECURITIES
Following initial issuance, you may obtain physical new securities in
exchange for global securities in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples
of $1,000 if:
(1) DTC notifies Packaging that it is unwilling or unable to continue
as depositary for the global securities or if at any time DTC
ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act
and a successor depositary is not appointed by Packaging within 90
days of that notice;
(2) Packaging in its discretion at any time determines not to have all
of the new securities represented by the global securities; or
(3) an event of default has occurred and is continuing under the new
indenture.
Any new security that is exchangeable according to the sentence above is
exchangeable for certificated new securities issuable in authorized
denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 and registered in such
names as DTC shall direct. Subject to the above, the global securities are not
exchangeable, except for global securities of the same aggregate denomination to
be registered in the name of DTC or its nominee.
PAYMENT
Packaging will pay principal of and interest on new securities represented
by a global security according to accordance with the applicable requirements of
DTC for the global securities. The payment of principal of and interest on any
other new securities will be made at the office or agency of Packaging
maintained for that purpose or, at Packaging's option, by mailing a check to the
holder's registered address.
54
<PAGE> 56
THE SPIN-OFF
Before the spin-off, Tenneco and Packaging will enter into a distribution
agreement to establish the terms of the spin-off and govern various aspects of
the post-spin-off relationship between Packaging and Tenneco (Automotive, after
the spin-off). In addition, Automotive and Packaging will enter into ancillary
agreements to facilitate further the separation of Tenneco's automotive and
packaging businesses and to govern additional aspects of the ongoing
relationship between Packaging and Automotive.
In this document, descriptions of provisions of the distribution agreement
and ancillary agreements are only summaries and do not purport to be complete.
These descriptions are qualified in their entirety by reference to the complete
texts of the distribution agreement and the ancillary agreements. The forms of
the distribution agreement and each of the ancillary agreements are included as
exhibits through to the registration statement under the Securities Act of
1933 in which this document is included.
REASONS FOR THE SPIN-OFF
The spin-off is designed to separate Tenneco's packaging business from its
automotive business, each of which have distinct financial, investment and
operating characteristics, so that each can adopt strategies and pursue
objectives appropriate to its specific needs. The spin-off will:
- enable each company to concentrate its attention and financial resources
on its own core business and provide independent access to capital
markets;
- permit investors to make more focused investment decisions based on the
specific attributes of each of the two businesses and enhance the
likelihood that each company will achieve appropriate market valuation;
and
- facilitate employee compensation programs custom-tailored to the
operations of each business, including an employee stock ownership plan
for Automotive and stock-based and other incentive programs, which will
more directly reward employees of each business based on the success of
that business.
MANNER OF SPIN-OFF
According to the distribution agreement, the Tenneco board of directors
will formally declare the dividend necessary to effect the spin-off. At that
time, the Tenneco board of directors will also set the effective date of the
spin-off and the date and time for determination of those Tenneco stockholders
entitled to participate in the spin-off. Subject to the conditions described
below, on the spin-off date, those same Tenneco stockholders will each receive
one share of Packaging common stock for each share of Tenneco common stock they
owned as of that determination time.
CORPORATE RESTRUCTURING TRANSACTIONS
Before the spin-off, Tenneco will effect various corporate restructuring
transactions designed to restructure its existing businesses so that, in
general, the assets, liabilities and operations of (a) its packaging business
and administrative services operations, will be owned and operated, directly or
indirectly, by Packaging and (b) its automotive business will be owned and
operated, directly and indirectly, by Tenneco and its non-packaging
subsidiaries.
Packaging's assets upon completion of these corporate restructuring
transactions generally will be:
- those assets related to the conduct of Tenneco's past and current
packaging businesses and administrative services operations, as reflected
on the unaudited pro forma combined balance sheet of Packaging as of
March 31, 1999 (see "Description of Packaging -- Unaudited Pro Forma
Combined Financial Statements of Packaging");
55
<PAGE> 57
- those assets that were acquired after the March 31, 1999 and are of a
nature or type that would have been included on Packaging's March 31,
1999 pro forma balance sheet had they been acquired earlier; and
- all rights expressly allocated to Packaging and its subsidiaries under
the distribution agreement or any of the ancillary agreements.
Automotive's assets upon completion of these corporate restructuring
transactions generally will be:
- all of Tenneco's assets not expressly allocated to Packaging or its
subsidiaries as described above.
Packaging's liabilities generally will include:
- those liabilities related to the packaging assets described above and the
current and past conduct of Tenneco's packaging businesses and
administrative services operations, including liabilities reflected on
the Packaging March 31, 1999 pro forma balance sheet that remain
outstanding as of the spin-off date, plus subsequently incurred or
accrued liabilities determined on a basis consistent with the
determination of liabilities on that pro forma balance sheet;
- liabilities for possible violations of securities laws in connection with
the spin-off; and
- those other liabilities expressly allocated to Packaging or its
subsidiaries under the distribution agreement or any ancillary agreement.
Automotive's liabilities generally will include:
- those liabilities related to the automotive assets described above and
the current and past conduct of Tenneco's automotive business, including
liabilities reflected on the March 31, 1999 unaudited pro forma
consolidated balance sheet of Tenneco that remain outstanding as of the
spin-off date, plus subsequently incurred or accrued liabilities
determined on a basis consistent with the determination of liabilities on
that pro forma balance sheet (see "Description of Tenneco After the
Spin-off/Automotive -- Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial
Statement of Tenneco");
- those liabilities expressly allocated to Automotive or its subsidiaries
under the distribution agreement or any ancillary agreement; and
- all other liabilities of Tenneco or any of its subsidiaries which do not
constitute packaging liabilities.
DEBT REALIGNMENT
After the spin-off, Automotive and Packaging each will, in general, be
responsible for the debts, liabilities and obligations related to the business
or businesses that it owns and operates following completion of the corporate
restructuring transactions. See "-- Corporate Restructuring Transactions."
Tenneco's historical practice, however, has been to incur debt for its
consolidated group at the parent-company level or at a limited number of
subsidiaries, rather than at the operating-company level, and to centrally
manage various cash functions.
Accordingly, the distribution agreement will provide for the realignment of
Tenneco's debt before the spin-off. The purpose of this debt realignment is to
allocate the debt between Packaging and Automotive before the companies are
separated. The exchange offers and cash tender offers are components of this
debt realignment.
The specific goal of the debt realignment will be to reach approximately
the relative allocation between Packaging and Automotive of Tenneco's debt at
the time of the spin-off (after giving effect to the repurchase of subsidiary
preferred stock and payment of transaction fees and expenses) that is reflected
in the March 31, 1999 pro forma balance sheets of Packaging and Tenneco included
elsewhere in this document. See "Description of Packaging -- Unaudited Pro Forma
Combined Financial Statements of Packaging" and "Description of Tenneco After
the Spin-off/Automotive -- Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements
of Tenneco." These pro forma balance sheets will also be attached to
56
<PAGE> 58
the distribution agreement as exhibits. Packaging and Automotive will agree in
the distribution agreement to use their respective reasonable commercial efforts
to achieve this relative allocation.
If the debt realignment and spin-off had occurred on March 31, 1999,
Packaging would have had pro forma debt for money borrowed of about $1.9 billion
and Automotive would have had pro forma debt for money borrowed of about $1.8
billion, after giving effect to the contribution of the containerboard assets to
the new joint venture and sale of the folding carton assets. The pro forma debt
amount for Packaging does not reflect the application of any proceeds from its
planned sale of its containerboard joint venture interest, which is not part of
the debt realignment. If this sale is completed before the spin-off, the net
proceeds will be used to retire the Tenneco debt that otherwise would be
allocated to Packaging in the debt realignment. If the sale occurs after the
spin-off, the net proceeds will be used to retire Packaging debt. See
"Description of Packaging -- Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements
of Packaging" and "Description of Tenneco After the
Spin-off/Automotive -- Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements of
Tenneco."
The debt realignment is expected to be accomplished through some
combination of tender offers, exchange offers, prepayments and other
refinancings. In addition to the exchange offers described in this document,
Tenneco expects to undertake the following as part of the debt realignment: (1)
Tenneco will offer to purchase for cash approximately $ million of its
public debt (pursuant to the cash tender offers); (2) Tenneco will repay in cash
other existing non-public debt; and (3) Tenneco will repurchase outstanding
subsidiary preferred stock. These payments are expected to be financed by (a)
internally generated cash, (b) borrowings by Automotive under a new credit
facility and new subordinated debt financing be entered into by Automotive in
connection with the spin-off and (c) borrowings by Packaging under a new credit
facility to be entered into by Packaging in connection with the spin-off. See
"Description of Packaging -- New Financing" and "Description of Tenneco After
the Spin-off/ Automotive -- New Financing."
Accordingly, after giving effect to the debt realignment and the spin-off,
Automotive will be responsible for all of Tenneco's existing public debt that
remains outstanding and any borrowings under the new Automotive credit facility
and subordinated debt financing described above. Packaging will be responsible
for the new securities and any borrowings under the new Packaging credit
facility described above. Completion of the debt realignment is a condition to
Tenneco's obligation to complete the spin-off, although Tenneco may substitute
one or more different financing transactions for any of the components of the
debt realignment described above.
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN AUTOMOTIVE AND PACKAGING AFTER THE SPIN-OFF
Below are descriptions of the distribution agreement and principal
ancillary agreements that Automotive and Packaging will enter into in connection
with the spin-off. These agreements are intended to facilitate the separation of
Tenneco's packaging business from its automotive business and to facilitate the
operation of each of Automotive and Packaging as separate companies.
DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT
In addition to providing for the terms of the spin-off and the various
actions to be taken before the spin-off, the distribution agreement will contain
other provisions governing the relationship between Automotive and Packaging
before and after the spin-off.
Responsibility for Liabilities. The distribution agreement will provide
that after the spin-off date: (a) Automotive will assume, pay, perform and
discharge its allocated liabilities according to their terms, and (b) Packaging
will assume, pay, perform and discharge its allocated liabilities according to
their terms. See "-- Corporate Restructuring Transactions." The distribution
agreement will provide for cross-indemnities so that: (a) Automotive must
indemnify Packaging (and its respective subsidiaries, directors, officers,
employees and agents, and other related parties) against all losses arising out
of or in connection with Automotive's allocated liabilities or the breach of the
distribution agreement or any ancillary agreement by Automotive; and (b)
Packaging must indemnify Automotive (and its respective subsidiaries,
57
<PAGE> 59
directors, officers, employees and agents, and other related parties) against
all losses arising out of or in connection with Packaging's allocated
liabilities or the breach of the distribution agreement or any ancillary
agreement by Packaging.
Further Assurances. Automotive and Packaging have each agreed to use all
reasonable efforts to take all action reasonably necessary or advisable to
consummate the transactions contemplated by and carry out the purposes of the
distribution agreement.
Information Sharing. The distribution agreement will provide for the
transfer and sharing of books and records between Automotive and Packaging and
grants each party access to specified information in the other's possession,
subject to certain confidentiality requirements and legal privilege issues.
Insurance. Before the spin-off, Tenneco will restructure its insurance
programs so that coverage is provided to Automotive and Packaging after the
spin-off separately under different programs. The restructured programs will
provide separate coverage for Automotive and Packaging retroactively to December
1996. The distribution agreement will provide coverage for Packaging and
Automotive for the period before December 1996 through Tenneco's pre-existing
policies.
Intercompany Accounts. According to the distribution agreement, in general
all intercompany receivables, payables and loans between Tenneco's automotive
business, on the one hand, and its packaging business and administrative
services operations, on the other hand, that did not arise from ordinary trading
transactions will be settled, capitalized or converted into ordinary trade
obligations as of the close of business on the spin-off date. Further, all
intercompany agreements between these businesses, other than those contemplated
in connection with the spin-off and certain trade supply agreements, will be
terminated.
Expenses. Each of Tenneco and Packaging has agreed to pay the fees, costs
and expenses associated with the spin-off that are incurred by it before the
spin-off. Because a majority of these expenses will be incurred directly by
Tenneco, Tenneco will use a portion of the funds borrowed by Automotive and
Packaging as part of the debt realignment to fund these payments. Accordingly,
the allocation of debt described above under "-- Debt Realignment" includes
additional debt incurred to fund these fees, costs and expenses.
Directors. When the spin-off is completed, Packaging and Automotive will
share four common directors, Dana G. Mead, Paul T. Stecko, Mark Andrews and
Roger B. Porter. Each company will adopt policies and procedures for its board
of directors to limit the involvement of Messrs. Mead, Stecko, Andrews and
Porter in situations that could give rise to potential conflicts of interest,
including requesting them to abstain from voting as a director of either
Packaging or Automotive on matters which present a conflict of interest between
the companies. Tenneco and Packaging believe that the number of these conflict
situations will be minimal.
HUMAN RESOURCES AGREEMENT
The human resources agreement to be entered into between Automotive and
Packaging will govern labor, employment, compensation and benefit matters in
connection with the spin-off. Under the human resources agreement, after the
spin-off date, each of Automotive and Packaging will:
- continue employment of each of their respective retained employees,
subject to their rights to terminate employees, with the same
compensation as before the spin-off date;
- continue to honor all related existing collective bargaining agreements;
- recognize related incumbent labor organizations; and
- continue sponsorship of hourly employee benefit plans.
Packaging will become the sponsor of the Tenneco Inc. Retirement Plan (the
"TRP") and of the Tenneco Inc. Thrift Plan (the "Tenneco Thrift Plan") on the
spin-off date. Automotive will establish a thrift plan similar to the Tenneco
Thrift Plan to which the account balances of retained and former employees of
Automotive in the Tenneco Thrift Plan will be transferred. The benefits accrued
by
58
<PAGE> 60
Automotive employees in the TRP will be frozen as of the last day of the
calendar month including the spin-off date, and Packaging will amend the TRP to
provide that all benefits accrued through that day by Automotive employees are
fully vested and non-forfeitable. Automotive will retain and assume employment
contracts with specified individuals related to Tenneco's automotive business.
Packaging will assume all liabilities under the Tenneco Inc. Supplemental
Executive Retirement Plan under the human resources agreement; provided,
however, that Automotive will reimburse Packaging for payments Packaging makes
under that plan for the benefit of Automotive employees. Generally, each of
Automotive and Packaging will retain liabilities with respect to the welfare
benefits of its current and former employees and their dependents. In addition,
as the spin-off date, participation by retained and former employees of
Automotive in the Tenneco Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan will be discontinued.
Under the human resources agreement, Tenneco will cause all outstanding
restricted stock and performance share equivalent unit awards to become fully
earned and vested before the spin-off. Tenneco common stock options held by
Packaging employees will be replaced by options to purchase shares of Packaging
common stock on terms economically equivalent to the old Tenneco options.
TAX SHARING AGREEMENT
The tax sharing agreement to be entered into between Automotive and
Packaging will provide for the allocation of tax liabilities between the parties
arising before, as a result of and after the spin-off. As a general rule,
Automotive will be liable for all taxes not specifically allocated to Packaging
under the terms of the tax sharing agreement. Generally, Packaging will be
liable for taxes imposed exclusively on Packaging and its affiliates engaged in
the packaging and administrative services businesses (the "Packaging group"). In
the case of U.S. federal income taxes imposed on the combined activities of
Automotive and the Packaging group, Packaging will generally be liable to
Automotive for federal income taxes attributable to the activities of the
Packaging group. Liability for foreign income taxes and non-income taxes will
generally be allocated to the legal entity on which the taxes are imposed. In
the case of state income taxes imposed on the combined activities of the
business groups, Packaging will generally be liable for the tax that would be
imposed if the Packaging group had filed combined returns for its group.
In general, and except as provided below, any taxes imposed on or resulting
from any or all of the spin-off, the corporate restructuring transactions and
the debt realignment ("transaction taxes") will be the responsibility of the
legal entity on which the taxes are imposed. However, if any transaction taxes
arise due to any action taken or permitted by Automotive or Packaging that is
inconsistent with any representations or warranties made in connection with the
IRS letter ruling requested by Tenneco in connection with the spin-off, that
entity (Automotive or Packaging) will be responsible for the resulting tax
liability. Additionally, if any transaction taxes arise under Section 355(e) of
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), as a result of a 50%
ownership shift (as defined below), then the resulting corporate tax burden will
be borne by the entity (Automotive or Packaging) that experienced the 50%
ownership shift. Any income tax liability that results from the spin-off,
corporate restructuring transactions or debt realignment, but which is not due
to either a 50% ownership shift or an action that is inconsistent with the tax
treatment contemplated in the IRS letter ruling request, will be shared equally
by Automotive and Packaging.
Section 355(e) of the Code, which was enacted in 1997, generally provides
that a company that distributes shares of a subsidiary in a spin-off that is
otherwise tax-free will incur federal income tax liability if 50% or more, by
vote or value, of the capital stock of either the company making the
distribution or the spun-off subsidiary is acquired (a "50% ownership shift") by
one or more persons acting together pursuant to a plan or series of related
transactions that includes the spin-off. This provision can be triggered by
certain reorganizations involving the acquisition of the assets of the company
making the distribution or the spun-off subsidiary. There is a presumption that
any 50% ownership shift that occurs within two years before or after the
spin-off is pursuant to a plan that includes the spin-off. However, the
presumption may be rebutted by establishing that the spin-off and the
acquisitions are not part of a plan or series of related transactions.
59
<PAGE> 61
Each of Automotive and Packaging will agree not to take or permit actions
inconsistent or partially inconsistent with the IRS letter ruling request on or
before the period ending two calendar years from the date of the spin-off,
unless the action has been consented to by the other. These agreements could
restrict the ability of Automotive or Packaging to engage in certain corporate
transactions, redeem stock, dispose of assets except in the ordinary course of
business or be the target of an acquisition transaction during that period.
TRANSITION SERVICES AGREEMENT
Tenneco's administrative services operations currently provide a number of
services to Tenneco's operating units. These services include (a) financial
accounting services; (b) employee benefits administration for all major salaried
and hourly benefit plans; (c) human resources and payroll services; (d)
mainframes and distributed systems operations; (e) telecommunications and
network operations and management; (f) help desk support; and (g) disaster
recovery support. When the spin-off is complete, Tenneco's administrative
services operations will be a part of Packaging. Accordingly, Automotive and
Packaging will enter into a transition services agreement under which Packaging
will continue to provide Automotive with specified administrative services for
an initial period of years beginning on the date of the spin-off. After the
initial -year period, Automotive may elect to have Packaging continue to
provide specified services for up to additional -year periods at a price to
be negotiated by the parties. During any extension, Automotive may discontinue
using and paying for any or all of the services on 120 days notice to Packaging.
Because Automotive will retain a portion of the administrative support for
Tenneco's European operations, however, Automotive will also agree to provide
Packaging with specified administrative services for its European operations for
an initial period of six months beginning on the date of the spin-off. After the
initial six-month period, Packaging may elect to have Automotive continue to
provide specified services for up to six months on a month-to-month basis. The
price for all services will be negotiated between the parties and be based on
the full cost for the services.
TRADEMARK LICENSE AGREEMENT
After the spin-off, Packaging will hold the rights to various trademarks,
servicemarks, tradenames and similar intellectual property, including rights in
the marks "Tenneco," "Ten" and "Tenn" alone and in combination with other terms
and/or symbols and variations thereof (collectively, the "Trademarks"), in the
United States and throughout the world. In connection with the spin-off,
Automotive will enter into a trademark license agreement. Under this agreement,
Packaging will grant to Automotive a perpetual, exclusive, royalty-free license
to use the Trademarks with respect to automotive businesses, subject to quality
standards and other conditions.
CONDITIONS TO THE SPIN-OFF
The spin-off is conditioned on, among other things, formal declaration of
the spin-off by the Tenneco Board of Directors. Other conditions to the spin-off
will include:
- execution and delivery of the ancillary agreements and completion of
various pre-spin-off transactions (such as the corporate restructuring
transactions and the debt realignment);
- a determination to the effect that for federal income tax purposes, (1)
the spin-off will be tax-free to Tenneco and its stockholders under
Section 355(a) and Section 361(c)(1) of the Code, and (2) certain
internal restructuring transactions involving Tenneco or its subsidiaries
to be effected by the corporate restructuring transactions will also be
tax-free (Tenneco has requested a letter ruling from the IRS);
- approval for listing on the NYSE of the Packaging common stock;
- registration of the Packaging common stock under the Exchange Act;
- receipt of all material consents to the corporate restructuring
transactions, the spin-off and transactions contemplated in the
distribution agreement; and
60
<PAGE> 62
- the absence of any prohibition of the spin-off by any law or governmental
authority.
Even if all the conditions to the spin-off are satisfied, Tenneco has
reserved the right to, under certain circumstances, amend or terminate the
distribution agreement and the related transactions. The Tenneco board of
directors has not attempted to identify or establish objective criteria for
evaluating the particular types of events or conditions that would cause the
Tenneco Board of Directors to consider amending or terminating the spin-off. See
"-- Relationship Between Automotive and Packaging After the Spin-off --
Distribution Agreement." Although the conditions described above may be waived
by Tenneco to the extent permitted by law, the Tenneco board of directors
presently has no intention to proceed with the spin-off unless each of these
conditions is satisfied.
AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF THE DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT
Before the spin-off, the distribution agreement may be amended or
terminated by Tenneco in its discretion. After the spin-off, the distribution
agreement may be amended or terminated only by a written agreement signed by
Automotive and Packaging. Some amendments or terminations after the spin-off
will also require the consent of third-party beneficiaries to the extent that
the distribution agreement has expressly guaranteed them rights.
61
<PAGE> 63
DESCRIPTION OF PACKAGING
GENERAL
Packaging is a global supplier of specialty packaging and consumer products
with 1998 revenues of approximately $2.8 billion. Packaging operates 89
manufacturing facilities throughout the world and employs over 15,000 people.
Packaging is currently owned by Tenneco and will be an independent, publicly
traded company upon completion of the spin-off. See "The Spin-off."
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth the unaudited historical capitalization of
Packaging as of March 31, 1999, and unaudited pro forma capitalization of
Packaging as of March 31, 1999 after giving effect to the contribution of
Packaging's containerboard assets to a new joint venture, the sale of
Packaging's folding carton assets, the debt realignment and the spin-off and
related transactions, each as if they occurred on that date. The pro forma
capitalization reflects debt allocated to Packaging in the debt realignment
before application of any proceeds from Packaging's planned sale of its
remaining interest in its containerboard joint venture. You should read this
table in conjunction with the "Combined Financial Statements of The Businesses
of Tenneco Packaging" and related notes, the "Unaudited Pro Forma Combined
Financial Statements of Packaging" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations" of Packaging, each contained
elsewhere in this document.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PACKAGING
------------------------
MARCH 31, 1999
------------------------
HISTORICAL PRO FORMA
---------- ---------
(IN MILLIONS)
<S> <C> <C>
Short-term debt:
Allocated from Tenneco.................................... $ 713(a) $ --
Borrowings under new Packaging credit facility............ -- 878
Other..................................................... 11 11
------ ------
724 889(b)
------ ------
Long-term debt:
Allocated from Tenneco.................................... 1,317(a) --
New securities............................................ -- 980(c)
Other..................................................... 20 20
------ ------
1,337 1,000(b)
------ ------
Total debt before allocation to discontinued operations... 2,061 1,889
Debt allocated to discontinued operations................. 487(a) --
------ ------
Total debt.................................................. 2,548 1,889(b)
------ ------
Minority interest........................................... 14 14
------ ------
Common stock................................................ -- 2
Paid-in capital............................................. -- 1,446
Retained earnings........................................... -- --
Combined equity............................................. 1,470 --
------ ------
Total equity......................................... 1,470 1,448
------ ------
Total capitalization........................................ $4,032 $3,351
====== ======
</TABLE>
- -------------------------
(a) Represents debt allocated to Packaging from Tenneco based on the portion of
Tenneco's investment in Packaging which Tenneco deemed to be debt. This
allocation is generally based on the ratio of Packaging's net assets to
Tenneco's consolidated net assets plus debt. Tenneco's historical practice
has been to incur debt for its consolidated group at the parent company
level or at a limited number of subsidiaries, rather than at the operating
company level, and to centrally manage various cash functions. Management
believes that the historical allocation of corporate debt is reasonable.
This historical allocation, however, is not indicative of the total amount
of debt that Packaging will have upon completion of the debt realignment, or
of the debt that may be incurred by Packaging as a separate public entity.
(b) Represents debt allocated to Packaging in the debt realignment before
application of any proceeds from Packaging's planned sale of its remaining
interest in its containerboard joint venture. Packaging expects the sale to
be completed before the spin-off, with
62
<PAGE> 64
the net proceeds used to retire the Tenneco debt that would otherwise be
allocated to Packaging in the debt realignment. If the sale occurs after the
spin-off, the net proceeds will be used to retire Packaging debt.
(c) Represents the $ million aggregate principal amount of new securities
assumed to be exchanged pursuant to the exchange offers, which will be
recorded based on the net carrying amount of the original securities upon
consummation of the exchange offers. At this time, Packaging and Tenneco
cannot determine the ultimate amount of original securities that will be
exchanged, and that amount could vary significantly. The pro forma
capitalization assumes that 100% of the original securities are exchanged
for new securities in the exchange offers and that such new securities are
not "substantially different" from the original securities. See "Accounting
Treatment for the Exchange Offers."
63
<PAGE> 65
NEW FINANCING
In addition to the new securities that will be outstanding after the
exchange offers, Packaging intends to enter into a revolving credit facility in
connection with the spin-off. This facility will allow it to borrow money, repay
the borrowings, and borrow again up to the maximum amount of the facility.
Packaging expects that a syndicate of banks will commit to provide up to $
million of financing for the revolving credit facility on an unsecured basis.
Bank of America will arrange the facility with the bank syndicate and will act
as administrative agent for the banks. Packaging expects that the credit
facility will terminate in .
Packaging expects to make its initial borrowings under the credit facility
shortly before the spin-off. Tenneco and Packaging intend to use the proceeds of
these initial borrowings to fund a portion of Tenneco's debt realignment. See
"The Spin-off -- Debt Realignment." After the spin-off, additional borrowings
may be used for general corporate purposes.
Packaging expects borrowings under the credit facility will bear interest
at . The credit facility will contain customary representations and
warranties. It also will include typical covenants and default provisions,
including .
64
<PAGE> 66
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF PACKAGING
The following Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Balance Sheet of Packaging as of
March 31, 1999, and the Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Statements of Income for
the three months ended March 31, 1999 and the year ended December 31, 1998,
reflect the effects of:
- the contribution of Packaging's containerboard assets to a new joint
venture and the sale of Packaging's folding carton assets (collectively,
the "Paperboard Transactions");
- the debt realignment; and
- the spin-off of Packaging and the related transactions.
The Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Balance Sheet has been prepared as if
these transactions occurred on March 31, 1999; the Unaudited Pro Forma Combined
Statements of Income have been prepared as if these transactions occurred as of
January 1, 1998. The Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements are not
necessarily indicative of the results that would have actually occurred if these
transactions had been consummated as of March 31, 1999 or January 1, 1998, or
results which may be attained in the future.
The Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements were derived from the
historical Combined Financial Statements of The Businesses of Tenneco Packaging
included elsewhere in this document. Net assets included in these historical
financial statements that are not already owned directly or indirectly by
Packaging will be transferred to Packaging before the spin-off as part of the
corporate restructuring transactions. The accounting for the transfer of assets
and liabilities pursuant to the corporate restructuring transactions represents
a reorganization of companies under common control and, accordingly, all assets
and liabilities are reflected at their historical cost in Packaging's historical
combined financial statements.
The pro forma adjustments, as described in the Notes to the Unaudited Pro
Forma Combined Financial Statements, are based upon available information and
upon certain assumptions that management believes are reasonable. Packaging's
pro forma debt and interest expense balances do not give effect to the
application of any proceeds from Packaging's planned sale of its remaining
interest in the joint venture. Packaging expects the sale to be completed before
the spin-off, with the net proceeds used to retire the Tenneco debt that would
otherwise be allocated to Packaging in the debt realignment. If the sale does
not occur before the spin-off, the net proceeds will be used to retire Packaging
debt. You should also read the Combined Financial Statements of The Businesses
of Tenneco Packaging, and related notes, included elsewhere in this document.
65
<PAGE> 67
PACKAGING
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED BALANCE SHEET
MARCH 31, 1999
(IN MILLIONS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENTS
-----------------------------------------------
SPIN-OFF PACKAGING
PACKAGING PAPERBOARD DEBT AND RELATED PRO FORMA
HISTORICAL TRANSACTIONS REALIGNMENT TRANSACTIONS COMBINED
ASSETS ---------- ------------ ----------- ------------ ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Current assets:
Cash and temporary cash
investments..................................... $ 7 $ 781(a) $ -- $ -- $ 7
(781)(a)
73(b)
(73)(b)
Receivables....................................... 385 -- -- 88(d) 473
Inventories....................................... 440 -- -- -- 440
Prepayments and other............................. 49 -- -- -- 49
------ ------ ------ ------- ------
Total current assets.......................... 881 -- -- 88 969
Plant, property, and equipment, net................. 1,495 -- -- -- 1,495
Goodwill and intangibles, net....................... 1,034 -- -- -- 1,034
Other assets and deferred charges................... 889 -- 19(c) 85(h) 993
Net assets of discontinued
operations........................................ 372 (359)(a) -- -- 194
194(a)
(13)(b)
------ ------ ------ ------- ------
Total assets.................................. $4,671 $ (178) $ 19 $ 173 $4,685
====== ====== ====== ======= ======
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Short-term debt................................... $ 724 $ -- $ 165(c) $ -- $ 889(f)
Trade payables.................................... 282 -- -- -- 282
Other current liabilities......................... 378 15(b) -- -- 393
------ ------ ------ ------- ------
Total current liabilities..................... 1,384 15 165 -- 1,564
Long-term debt...................................... 1,337 482 (819)(c) -- 1,000(f)
Deferred income taxes............................... 263 159(a) -- 34(h) 456
Other liabilities and deferred credits.............. 203 -- -- -- 203
Minority interest................................... 14 -- -- -- 14
Equity:
Combined equity................................... 1,470 (73)(b) 673(c) 88(d) --
20(b) 51(h)
(781)(a) (1,448)(e)
Common stock...................................... -- -- -- 2(e) 2
Paid-in capital................................... -- -- -- 1,446(e) 1,446
Retained earnings................................. -- -- -- --(e) --
------ ------ ------ ------- ------
Total liabilities and equity.................. $4,671 $ (178) $ 19 $ 173 $4,685
====== ====== ====== ======= ======
</TABLE>
See the accompanying Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements.
66
<PAGE> 68
PACKAGING
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF INCOME
THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1999
(MILLIONS EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENTS
--------------------------
SPIN-OFF PACKAGING
PACKAGING DEBT AND RELATED PRO FORMA
HISTORICAL REALIGNMENT TRANSACTIONS COMBINED
---------- ----------- ------------ ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
REVENUES
Net sales and operating revenues.......... $ 666 $-- $-- $ 666
Other income, net......................... (15) -- -- (15)
------------ --- --- ------------
651 -- -- 651
------------ --- --- ------------
COSTS AND EXPENSES
Cost of sales (exclusive of depreciation
shown below)........................... 444 -- -- 444
Engineering, research, and development.... 7 -- -- 7
Selling, general, and administrative...... 107 -- (1)(h) 106
Depreciation and amortization............. 48 -- -- 48
------------ --- --- ------------
606 -- (1) 605
------------ --- --- ------------
INCOME BEFORE INTEREST EXPENSE, INCOME
TAXES, AND MINORITY INTEREST.............. 45 -- 1 46(j)
Interest expense............................ 36 (3)(g) -- 33(f)
Income tax expense.......................... 3 1(i) -- 4
Minority interest........................... -- -- -- --
------------ --- --- ------------
INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS........... $ 6 $ 2 $ 1 $ 9(f)
============ === === ============
EARNINGS PER SHARE
Average shares of common stock --
Basic................................ 166,743,506 166,743,506
Diluted.............................. 167,180,597 167,180,597
Income from continuing operations
Basic................................ $ 0.03 $ 0.05
Diluted.............................. $ 0.03 $ 0.05
</TABLE>
See the accompanying Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements.
67
<PAGE> 69
PACKAGING
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF INCOME
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998
(MILLIONS EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENTS
---------------------------
SPIN-OFF PACKAGING
PACKAGING DEBT AND RELATED PRO FORMA
HISTORICAL REALIGNMENT TRANSACTIONS COMBINED
---------- ----------- ------------ ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
REVENUES
Net sales and operating revenues..... $ 2,791 $ -- $ -- $ 2,791
Other income, net.................... (3) -- -- (3)
------------ ---- ---- ------------
2,788 -- -- 2,788
------------ ---- ---- ------------
COSTS AND EXPENSES
Cost of sales (exclusive of
depreciation shown below)......... 1,870 -- -- 1,870
Engineering, research, and
development....................... 33 -- -- 33
Selling, general, and
administrative.................... 427 -- (5)(h) 422
Depreciation and amortization........ 175 -- -- 175
------------ ---- ---- ------------
2,505 -- (5) 2,500
------------ ---- ---- ------------
INCOME BEFORE INTEREST EXPENSE, INCOME
TAXES, AND MINORITY INTEREST......... 283 -- 5 288(j)
Interest expense....................... 133 --(g) -- 133
Income tax expense..................... 67 -- 2(i) 69
Minority interest...................... 1 -- -- 1
------------ ---- ---- ------------
INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS...... $ 82 $ -- $ 3 $ 85
============ ==== ==== ============
EARNINGS PER SHARE
Average shares of common stock --
Basic........................... 168,505,573 168,505,573
Diluted......................... 168,834,531 168,834,531
Income from continuing operations --
Basic........................... $ 0.49 $ 0.50
Diluted......................... $ 0.49 $ 0.50
</TABLE>
See the accompanying Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements.
68
<PAGE> 70
PACKAGING
NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA
COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(a) To reflect the contribution of Packaging's containerboard assets to a new
joint venture in exchange for cash and debt assumption totaling
approximately $2 billion plus a 45 percent common equity interest in the
joint venture (now 43 percent due to subsequent management equity
issuances). Before the transaction, Packaging: (1) borrowed $1,760 million
and used a portion of those borrowings to acquire assets used by the
containerboard business under operating leases and timber cutting rights
($1,108 million) and to purchase containerboard business accounts receivable
that had previously been sold to a third party ($118 million); and (2)
contributed the containerboard business assets (including those acquired as
described in (1) above) to the joint venture subject to the new indebtedness
and the containerboard business liabilities in exchange for $247 million in
cash and an interest in the joint venture valued at $194 million. Cash
proceeds received by Packaging totaled $781 million, consisting of the $247
million cash payment above and $534 million of proceeds remaining from the
new borrowings after the acquisition of the assets described in (1) above.
The proceeds were remitted to Tenneco and used to repay a portion of
Tenneco's short-term debt. The contribution and assumption of liabilities is
subject to a post-closing adjustment based on the net working capital of the
containerboard business as of the contribution date.
(b) To reflect the sale of the folding carton assets and the remittance of the
proceeds from the sale to Tenneco. Tenneco used the net proceeds to repay a
portion of its short-term debt.
(c) To reflect debt allocated to Packaging in the debt realignment. Pro forma
long-term debt includes $980 million of new securities ($ million
aggregate principal amount) assumed to be exchanged in the exchange offers,
and $20 million of long-term debt of Packaging subsidiaries. Pro forma
short-term debt includes $878 million borrowed under Packaging's new credit
facility to be entered into as part of this debt realignment. At this time,
Packaging and Tenneco cannot determine the ultimate amount of the original
securities which will be exchanged into new securities, and this amount
could vary significantly. These pro forma adjustments assume that 100% of
the original securities subject to the exchange offers will be exchanged for
new securities and the new securities will be recorded at the net carrying
amount of the original securities (in other words, the new securities are
assumed not to be "substantially different;" see "Accounting Treatment of
the Exchange Offers"). Other costs will be incurred by Packaging in
connection with the corporate restructuring transactions and the spin-off
which Packaging estimates will be approximately $20 million after-tax. The
effects on Packaging's debt of these costs has been reflected in this pro
forma adjustment. However, these charges have not been included in the
unaudited pro forma combined statement of income.
(d) To reflect the purchase of Packaging accounts receivable at fair value which
had previously been sold to a third party.
(e) To reflect the spin-off of Packaging common stock to holders of Tenneco
common stock at an exchange ratio of one share of Packaging common stock for
each share of Tenneco common stock.
(f) The Packaging pro forma debt balances do not give effect to the application
of any proceeds from the planned sale of Packaging's remaining interest in
Packaging's containerboard joint venture. Packaging expects the sale to be
completed before the spin-off, with the proceeds used to repay the Tenneco
debt that would otherwise be allocated to Packaging in the debt realignment.
If the sale occurs after the spin-off, the net proceeds will be used to
retire Packaging debt. For each $50 million of after-tax proceeds received
from the sale, pro forma interest expense would be reduced by approximately
$3 million on an annual basis and pro forma income from continuing
operations would be increased by approximately $2 million on an annual
basis, or $0.01 per diluted common share.
(g) To reflect the adjustment to interest expense from the allocation of Tenneco
debt to Packaging in the debt realignment. For purposes of this pro forma
adjustment, the new securities and Packaging's new
69
<PAGE> 71
PACKAGING
NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA
COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
credit facility to be entered into as part of the debt realignment are
assumed to bear interest at a weighted average annual effective interest
rate of 7 3/4% and 6 1/4%, respectively. In addition, the pro forma
adjustment to interest expense includes commitment fees on the unused
borrowing capacity of Packaging's new credit facility and amortization of
the deferred debt financing costs related to the original securities and
Packaging's new credit facility. A 1/8% change in the assumed interest rates
would change annual pro forma interest expense by approximately $3 million,
before the effect of income taxes.
(h) To reflect the transfer to Packaging of prepaid pension costs attributable
to Automotive employees and the corresponding reduction in net periodic
pension costs and the increase in prepaid pension cost attributable to the
curtailment of the pension benefits related to Automotive employees.
Automotive employees will no longer participate in the Tenneco Inc.
Retirement Plan following the spin-off and Packaging will become the sponsor
of this plan. These prepaid pension costs will be transferred to Packaging
in connection with the corporate restructuring transactions. Packaging
estimates that a curtailment gain of approximately $30 million will be
recognized relating to the freezing of Automotive employees' pension
benefits in connection with the spin-off. This gain has not been included in
the unaudited pro forma combined statements of income.
(i) To reflect the income tax expense effects of pro forma adjustments at an
assumed statutory tax rate of 40%.
70
<PAGE> 72
SUPPLEMENTAL COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA OF PACKAGING
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Packaging's historical and pro forma earnings before interest expense,
income taxes and minority interest ("EBIT") include certain costs which Tenneco
incurred at the corporate level but did not allocate to its operating divisions.
These included administrative services costs, corporate overhead costs, and
other costs related to Tenneco's operation as a public company. Packaging
believes that costs incurred following the spin-off will differ from those costs
reflected in its historical combined statements of income. The following
adjustments do not qualify as pro forma adjustments under Article 11 of
Regulation S-X. However, Packaging believes this analysis is important in
understanding Packaging's results of operations following the spin-off.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED THREE MONTHS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 1998 MARCH 31, 1999
----------------- ------------------
(MILLIONS EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S> <C> <C>
Pro forma EBIT......................................... $288 $ 46
Adjustments:
Incremental billing to Automotive for administrative
services(a)....................................... 28 7
Non-recurring restructuring charge(b)................ 32 29
Tenneco corporate overhead reductions and cost
savings from restructuring(c)..................... 25 5
---- -----
Adjusted pro forma EBIT................................ 373 87
Depreciation and amortization.......................... 175 48
---- -----
Adjusted pro forma EBITDA(d)........................... $548 $ 135
==== =====
Adjusted pro forma earnings from continuing operations
per share --
Basic................................................ $.80 $ .20
==== =====
Diluted.............................................. $.80 $ .20
==== =====
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(a) Packaging's historical combined financial statements include costs
associated with Tenneco's administrative services operations.
Although the Tenneco administrative services operations currently
provide a number of services to Tenneco's operating units, some of
these corporate level costs were not previously allocated to
Tenneco's operating segments. Packaging and Tenneco (that is
Automotive) will enter into a transition services agreement under
which Packaging will continue to provide Automotive with specified
administrative services for an initial period of [ ] years
beginning on the date of the spin-off. Although the price for all
services has not yet been negotiated between the parties, Packaging
estimates that it would have billed Automotive an additional $28
million for administrative services in 1998 based on the full cost
for providing the services.
(b) During 1998 and the first quarter of 1999, Packaging adopted
restructuring plans to eliminate production lines at two plants,
exit four joint ventures and reduce costs associated with
Packaging's businesses and corporate functions. Charges of $32
million and $29 million were recorded in the fourth quarter 1998 and
first quarter 1999, respectively, for severance benefits, exit
costs, and asset impairments. These charges are reflected in
Packaging's historical combined operating income. Packaging believes
these charges should be added back in analyzing recurring EBIT.
(c) Packaging's historical combined financial statements also include
certain costs incurred by Tenneco related to corporate functions,
including public company costs and costs resulting from Tenneco's
holding company structure which were not previously allocated to
Tenneco's operating segments. On an annualized basis, Packaging
currently estimates that stand-alone corporate overhead costs will
be approximately $12 million less than those reflected in the
historical combined financial statements resulting from a smaller
and less complex corporate structure. Also, the restructuring
described in footnote (b) above is expected to result in reduced
cost of sales and selling, general, and administrative expenses.
71
<PAGE> 73
(d) EBITDA represents income from continuing operations before interest
expense, income taxes, minority interest and depreciation and
amortization. EBITDA is not a calculation based upon GAAP. The
amounts included in this EBITDA calculation, however, are derived
from amounts included in the Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Statements
of Income, adjusted for the items listed above. EBITDA should not be
considered as an alternative to income from continuing operations as
an indicator of the operating performance of Packaging, or as an
alternative to operating cash flows as a measure of liquidity.
Packaging has reported EBITDA because it believes EBITDA is a
measure commonly reported and widely used by investors and other
interested parties as an indicator of a company's ability to incur
and service debt. Packaging believes EBITDA assists investors in
comparing a company's performance on a consistent basis without
regard to depreciation and amortization, which can vary
significantly depending upon accounting methods (particularly when
acquisitions are involved) or nonoperating factors. However, the
EBITDA measure presented in this document may not always be
comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies
due to differences in the components of the calculation.
We believe that opportunities exist to reduce the costs associated with our
administrative services operations and corporate overhead expenses. We are
formulating plans designed to achieve these cost reductions over the next two
years.
PRO FORMA CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth the unaudited pro forma capitalization of
Packaging as of March 31, 1999 after giving effect to the contribution of
Packaging's containerboard assets to a new joint venture, the sale of
Packaging's folding carton assets, the debt realignment and the spin-off and
related transactions, each as if they occurred on that date. The pro forma
capitalization reflects Tenneco's debt allocated to Packaging in the debt
realignment before application of any proceeds from Packaging's planned sale of
its remaining interest in its containerboard joint venture.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
MARCH 31,
1999
-------------
PRO FORMA
(IN MILLIONS)
<S> <C>
Short-term debt:
Borrowings under new Packaging credit facility............ $ 878
Other..................................................... 11
------
889(a)
------
Long-term debt:
New securities............................................ 980
Other..................................................... 20
------
1,000(a)
------
Total debt.................................................. 1,889
------
Minority interest........................................... 14
------
Common stock................................................ 2
Paid-in capital............................................. 1,446
Retained earnings........................................... --
------
Total equity......................................... 1,448
------
Total capitalization........................................ $3,351
======
</TABLE>
- -------------------------
(a) Represents debt allocated to Packaging in the debt realignment before
application of any proceeds from Packaging's planned sale of its remaining
interest in its containerboard joint venture. Packaging expects the sale to
be completed before the spin-off, with the net proceeds used to retire the
Tenneco debt that would otherwise be allocated to Packaging in the debt
realignment. If the sale occurs after the spin-off, the net proceeds will be
used to retire Packaging debt.
72
<PAGE> 74
COMBINED SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA OF PACKAGING
The following combined selected financial data as of December 31, 1998 and
1997, and for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997, and 1996, were derived
from the audited Combined Financial Statements of The Businesses of Tenneco
Packaging. The following combined selected financial data as of December 31,
1996, 1995, and 1994, and for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1994, are
unaudited and were derived from Tenneco's accounting records. The following
combined selected financial data as of and for each of the three months ended
March 31, 1999 and 1998 were derived from the unaudited Combined Financial
Statements of The Businesses of Tenneco Packaging.
In the opinion of Packaging's management, the combined selected financial
data of Packaging as of December 31, 1996, 1995, and 1994, and for the years
ended December 31, 1995 and 1994, and as of and for the three months ended March
31, 1999 and 1998, include all adjusting entries, consisting only of normal
recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly the information set forth.
You should not regard the results of operations for the three months ended March
31, 1999 as indicative of the results that may be expected for the full year.
There is other information Packaging believes is relevant to understanding
its results of operations following the spin-off. These items relate to
corporate overhead incurred by Tenneco and its administrative services
operations that Packaging expects will differ following the spin-off. For
further information you should see "Supplemental Combined Financial Data of
Packaging" included elsewhere in this document.
You should read all of this information in conjunction with "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" of
Packaging and the Combined Financial Statements of The Businesses of Tenneco
Packaging, and related notes, included elsewhere in this document.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1998(A) 1997(A) 1996(A) 1995 1994
------- ------- ------- ---- ----
(DOLLARS IN MILLIONS EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
STATEMENTS OF INCOME
DATA(B):
Net sales and operating
revenues --
Specialty............. $ 2,785 $ 2,553 $ 1,987 $ 845 $ 636
Other................. 6 10 -- -- --
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Total............... $ 2,791 $ 2,563 $ 1,987 $ 845 $ 636
============ ============ ============ ============ ============
Income from continuing
operations before
interest expense, income
taxes, and minority
interest --
Specialty............. $ 328 $ 308 $ 249 $ 39 $ 68
Other(c).............. (45) (2) (15) (6) 17
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Total............... 283 306 234 33 85
Interest expense(d)....... 133 124 102 91 48
Income tax expense
(benefit)............... 67 75 67 (3) 19
Minority interest......... 1 1 -- -- --
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Income (loss) from
continuing operations... 82 106 65 (55) 18
Income (loss) from
discontinued operations,
net of income tax(e).... 57 21 71 224 75
Extraordinary loss, net of
income tax(f)........... -- -- (2) -- --
Cumulative effect of
changes in accounting
principles, net of
income tax(g)........... -- (38) -- -- --
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Net income (loss)......... $ 139 $ 89 $ 134 $ 169 $ 93
============ ============ ============ ============ ============
(continued on next page)
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
THREE MONTHS
ENDED
MARCH 31,
---------------------------
1999(A) 1998(A)
------- -------
(DOLLARS IN MILLIONS EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) >
<S> <C> <C>
STATEMENTS OF INCOME
DATA(B):
Net sales and operating
revenues --
Specialty............. $ 666 $ 630
Other................. -- 3
------------ ------------
Total............... $ 666 $ 633
============ ============
Income from continuing
operations before
interest expense, income
taxes, and minority
interest --
Specialty............. $ 83 $ 74
Other(c).............. (38) (5)
------------ ------------
Total............... 45 69
Interest expense(d)....... 36 33
Income tax expense
(benefit)............... 3 18
Minority interest......... -- --
------------ ------------
Income (loss) from
continuing operations... 6 18
Income (loss) from
discontinued operations,
net of income tax(e).... (172) 14
Extraordinary loss, net of
income tax(f)........... (7) --
Cumulative effect of
changes in accounting
principles, net of
income tax(g)........... (32) --
------------ ------------
Net income (loss)......... $ (205) $ 32
============ ============
</TABLE>
73
<PAGE> 75
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1998(A) 1997(A) 1996(A) 1995 1994
------- ------- ------- ---- ----
(DOLLARS IN MILLIONS EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Average number of shares of
common stock
outstanding(h) --
Basic..................... 168,505,573 170,264,731 169,609,373 172,764,198 162,307,189
Diluted................... 168,834,531 170,801,636 170,526,112 173,511,654 162,912,425
Earnings (loss) per average
share of common
stock(h) --
Basic:
Continuing operations... $ .49 $ .63 $ .38 $ (.32) $ .11
Discontinued
operations(e)......... .34 .12 .42 1.30 .46
Extraordinary loss(f)... -- -- (.01) -- --
Cumulative effect of
changes in accounting
principles(g)......... -- (.23) -- -- --
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
$ .83 $ .52 $ .79 $ .98 $ .57
============ ============ ============ ============ ============
Diluted:
Continuing operations... $ .49 $ .63 $ .38 $ (.32) $ .11
Discontinued
operations(e)......... .34 .12 .42 1.29 .46
Extraordinary loss(f)... -- -- (.01) -- --
Cumulative effect of
changes in accounting
principles(g)......... -- (.23) -- -- --
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
$ .83 $ .52 $ .79 $ .97 $ .57
============ ============ ============ ============ ============
BALANCE SHEET DATA(B):
Net assets of discontinued
operations(e)........... $ 366 $ 423 $ 459 $ 393 $ 236
Total assets.............. 4,798 4,618 4,028 3,358 1,630
Short-term debt(d)........ 595 158 123 205 49
Long-term debt(d)......... 1,312 1,492 1,073 880 478
Debt allocated to
discontinued
operations(d)........... 548 473 394 369 285
Minority interest......... 14 15 -- -- --
Combined equity........... 1,776 1,839 1,843 1,531 703
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
DATA(B):
Net cash provided (used)
by operating
activities.............. $ 577 $ 405 $ 263 $ 479 $ 283
Net cash provided (used)
by investing
activities.............. (514) (654) (669) (1,791) (146)
Net cash provided (used)
by financing
activities.............. (67) 239 399 1,327 (142)
Capital expenditures for
continuing operations... (194) (229) (216) (265) (134)
OTHER DATA:
EBITDA(i)................. $ 458 $ 469 $ 365 $ 78 $ 121
Ratio of earnings to fixed
charges(j).............. 1.99 2.31 2.15 NM 1.72
<CAPTION>
THREE MONTHS
ENDED
MARCH 31,
---------------------------
1999(A) 1998(A)
------- -------
(DOLLARS IN MILLIONS EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S> <C> <C>
Average number of shares of
common stock
outstanding(h) --
Basic..................... 166,743,506 169,542,371
Diluted................... 167,180,597 170,065,712
Earnings (loss) per average
share of common
stock(h) --
Basic:
Continuing operations... $ .03 $ .11
Discontinued
operations(e)......... (1.03) .08
Extraordinary loss(f)... (.04) --
Cumulative effect of
changes in accounting
principles(g)......... (.19) --
------------ ------------
$ (1.23) $ .19
============ ============
Diluted:
Continuing operations... $ .03 $ .11
Discontinued
operations(e)......... (1.03) .08
Extraordinary loss(f)... (.04) --
Cumulative effect of
changes in accounting
principles(g)......... (.19) --
------------ ------------
$ (1.23) $ .19
============ ============
BALANCE SHEET DATA(B):
Net assets of discontinued
operations(e)........... $ 372 $ 394
Total assets.............. 4,671 4,673
Short-term debt(d)........ 724 270
Long-term debt(d)......... 1,337 1,496
Debt allocated to
discontinued
operations(d)........... 487 492
Minority interest......... 14 15
Combined equity........... 1,470 1,833
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
DATA(B):
Net cash provided (used)
by operating
activities.............. $ 30 $ 82
Net cash provided (used)
by investing
activities.............. (50) (66)
Net cash provided (used)
by financing
activities.............. 18 (18)
Capital expenditures for
continuing operations... (29) (46)
OTHER DATA:
EBITDA(i)................. $ 93 $ 113
Ratio of earnings to fixed
charges(j).............. 1.23 2.00
</TABLE>
- -------------------------
(a) For a discussion of the significant items affecting comparability of the
financial information for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997, and 1996,
and for the three months ended March 31, 1999 and 1998, see "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations"
included elsewhere in this document.
(b) During the periods presented, Packaging completed numerous acquisitions, the
most significant of which were the acquisitions of Mobil Plastics for $1.3
billion in late 1995, Amoco Foam Products for $310 million in August 1996,
and the protective and flexible packaging business of N.V. Koninklijke KNP
BT for $380 million in April 1997. See Note 6 to the Combined Financial
Statements of The Businesses of Tenneco Packaging. See also, "Description of
Packaging -- Growth Strategy" and "Description of Packaging -- Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
(c) Income from continuing operations before interest expense, income taxes and
minority interest for "Other" includes costs which were incurred by
Tenneco's corporate and administrative services operations which were not
allocated to Tenneco's operating segments. Because these functions will be a
part of Packaging upon the spin-off, they are included in Packaging's
(continued on next page)
74
<PAGE> 76
historical combined financial statements. Packaging expects its costs for these
functions will differ following the spin-off. See "Supplemental Combined
Financial Data of Packaging" included elsewhere in this document for further
information.
(d) Tenneco's historical practice has been to incur indebtedness for its
consolidated group at the parent company level or at a limited number of
subsidiaries, rather than at the operating company level, and to centrally
manage various cash functions. Accordingly, historical amounts include debt
and related interest expense allocated to Packaging from Tenneco based on
the portion of Tenneco's investment in Packaging which Tenneco deemed to be
debt. This allocation is generally based upon the ratio of Packaging's net
assets to Tenneco's consolidated net assets plus debt. An allocation of debt
and its related interest expense has also been made to Packaging's
discontinued operations based on the ratio of the discontinued operations'
net assets to Packaging's combined net assets plus debt. Management believes
that the historical allocation of corporate debt and interest expense is
reasonable. This historical allocation is not, however, indicative of the
total amount of debt that Packaging will have upon completion of the debt
realignment or of the debt and interest that may be incurred by Packaging as
a separate public entity. See the Combined Financial Statements of The
Businesses of Tenneco Packaging included elsewhere in this document.
(e) Discontinued operations for the periods presented consist of Packaging's
paperboard packaging segment, which was discontinued in June 1999 following
the decision to sell Packaging's remaining interest in Packaging's
containerboard joint venture. Loss from discontinued operations for the
three months ended March 31, 1999 included an after-tax loss of $178
million, or $1.07 per diluted common share, resulting from the contribution
of Packaging's containerboard assets to the joint venture. See Note 7 to the
Combined Financial Statements of the Businesses of Tenneco Packaging
included elsewhere in this document.
(f) Represents Packaging's costs related to prepayment of debt. See Note 7 to
the Combined Financial Statements of The Businesses of Tenneco Packaging
included elsewhere in this document.
(g) In 1999, Packaging implemented the American Institute of Certified Public
Accountants Statement of Position No. 98-5, "Reporting on the Costs of
Start-Up Activities." In 1997, Packaging implemented the Financial
Accounting Standards Board's Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 97-13,
"Accounting for Costs Incurred in Connection with a Consulting Contract that
Combines Business Process Reengineering and Information Technology
Transformation." See Note 3 to the Combined Financial Statements of The
Businesses of Tenneco Packaging included elsewhere in this document for
additional information regarding changes in accounting principles.
(h) In the spin-off, Tenneco stockholders will receive one share of Packaging
common stock for each share of Tenneco common stock outstanding.
Accordingly, basic and diluted earnings per share for Packaging were
calculated using Tenneco's historical weighted average shares outstanding
and weighted average shares outstanding adjusted to include estimates of
additional shares that would be issued if potentially dilutive common shares
had been issued, respectively.
(i) EBITDA represents income from continuing operations before interest expense,
income taxes, minority interest and depreciation and amortization. EBITDA is
not a calculation based upon GAAP. The amounts included in the EBITDA
calculation, however, are derived from amounts included in the Combined
Statements of Income of The Businesses of Tenneco Packaging included
elsewhere in this document. EBITDA should not be considered as an
alternative to net income or operating income as an indicator of the
operating performance of Packaging, or as an alternative to operating cash
flows as a measure of liquidity. Packaging has reported EBITDA because it
believes EBITDA is a measure commonly reported and widely used by investors
and other interested parties as an indicator of a company's ability to incur
and service debt. Packaging believes EBITDA assists investors in comparing a
company's performance on a consistent basis without regard to depreciation
and amortization, which can vary significantly depending upon accounting
methods (particularly when acquisitions are involved) or nonoperating
factors. However, the EBITDA measure presented in this document may not
always be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other
companies due to differences in the components of the calculation.
(j) For purposes of computing this ratio, earnings generally consist of income
from continuing operations before income taxes and fixed charges (excluding
capitalized interest). Fixed charges consist of interest expense, the
portion of rental expense considered representative of the interest factor
and capitalized interest. The historical ratios are based upon the amount of
interest expense on corporate debt allocated to Packaging by Tenneco as
discussed in (d) above. For the year ended December 31, 1995, earnings were
inadequate to cover fixed charges by $59 million.
75
<PAGE> 77
INDUSTRY OVERVIEW AND KEY TERMS
Many of the markets Packaging serves are growing faster than the overall
United States gross domestic product. Most of our revenue comes from products
made from different types of plastics, with the balance coming from paper and
aluminum products. According to A.C. Neilsen, the unit volume growth trend as of
June 12, 1999 for the zippered food storage bag market is 6% per year.
Additionally, unit volume in the market for foam disposable foodservice
packaging is projected to grow 6-7% annually for the next five years, according
to a study prepared by a market research group. Several markets within the
protective packaging industry are growing 6-8% per year in sales according to
U.S. Industry and Trade Outlook '99.
Specialty packaging is an industry term which generally refers to packaging
used by commercial customers that is designed and manufactured for a specific
application or product. Examples include:
- rigid, clear plastic containers used in supermarkets to display bakery
goods;
- sponge-like foam plastic packaging used to cushion and protect computers,
TVs and stereos; and
- flexible plastic bags used for sterile intravenous fluid delivery.
The specialty packaging industry may be divided into sub-categories based on the
characteristics of the packaging, the industry in which the packaging is used,
or the primary function of the packaging. Examples include flexible packaging,
foodservice packaging and protective packaging. Individual packaging products
may fall into more than one sub-category of specialty packaging.
Protective packaging is the industry term used to describe specialty
packaging that satisfies the protection and transportation needs of commercial
customers. Protective packaging is designed and manufactured to ensure the
integrity and safety of the customer's product from the point it leaves the
manufacturing floor until it reaches its final destination. Flexible packaging
is an industry term used to describe the sub-category of specialty packaging for
customers whose products or distribution channels require a custom-designed
flexible plastic package. Food/foodservice packaging describes specialty
packaging designed and manufactured for customers in the food industry. This
includes customers who process and prepare food for consumption, known as food
packers and processors. It also includes other customers in the food
distribution channel such as wholesalers and supermarkets.
Specialty packaging generally is constructed from plastic or paper which is
engineered, designed and manufactured to meet the customer's specific need in a
particular product or application. The basic raw materials used to make plastic
specialty packaging are different types of plastics obtained from chemical
companies, often in pelletized form, known as plastic resins. Plastic resins
come in three general forms based on their chemical composition: polyolefins,
polystyrenes and polyvinyl chloride. Polyolefins include polyethylene and
polypropylene.
The plastic resins are subjected to various manufacturing processes that
result in intermediate forms of the plastic. It may be solid or a sponge-like
material called foam. Depending on its thickness, the material may be called
film, sheet or plank.
The plastic films, sheets and planks are then combined, shaped and cut to
produce different specialty packaging:
- polypropylene medical bags -- layered plastic films combined to produce
plastic bags that hold fluid for intravenous delivery;
- printed barrier films -- flexible printed packaging designed to protect a
wide range of products from chemicals to foods;
- modified atmosphere packaging -- packaging that is principally used with
foods to preserve freshness and designed to protect the contents from
penetration by oxygen;
- foam containers -- lightweight containers designed to package individual
servings of food, often in the fast-food, take-out food, or other
foodservice context;
76
<PAGE> 78
- engineered foam plank and foam sheet -- packaging material of different
shapes and thicknesses designed to protect and cushion goods, primarily
while in transit;
- polyethylene stretch film -- strong, puncture-resistant packaging used to
contain and protect goods for transportation, often used to secure
individual goods on pallets; and
- polyolefin foam -- foam packaging that is stronger and more resilient
than conventional plastic foam, may be formed into a soft, rubber-like
material that is flexible, elastic and resilient.
- converted protective packaging -- packaging designed and configured for a
specific product application, such as the plastic foam used to secure
home electronics inside the boxes in which they are shipped and foam pipe
insulation.
Many of Packaging's products are manufactured using paperboard or other
materials created from wood pulp or recycled paper.
- paperboard honeycomb -- paperboard box material designed and engineered
using geometrically shaped paperboard between flat layers of linerboard
to enhance the cushioning characteristics of the container;
- customized packaging systems -- refers to paper or plastic packaging
combined with a unique machine or device to package a specific product or
type of products.
- linerboard -- paperboard used for the flat outer face of containerboard
packaging.
- molded fiber -- a material created from recycled paper that may be formed
into various shapes, such as egg cartons;
- pressed paperboard -- plastic coated paperboard used to make food
containers; and
- dual-ovenable paperboard -- plastic coated paperboard that may be heated
in either a microwave or a conventional oven.
PRODUCTS AND MARKETS
Packaging manufactures, markets and sells plastic and paper-based consumer
products and food/foodservice packaging, as well as protective and flexible
packaging. Approximately 80% of Packaging's revenue comes from products made
from different types of plastics, with the balance from paper and aluminum
products.
CONSUMER PRODUCTS AND FOOD/FOODSERVICE PACKAGING
Packaging manufactures, markets and sells consumer products, such as
plastic storage bags for food and household items, plastic waste bags, foam and
molded fiber disposable tableware and disposable aluminum cookware. Packaging
sells many of these products under such recognized brand names as Hefty(R),
Baggies(R), Hefty One-Zip(R), Kordite(TM) and E-Z Foil(R). These products are
typically used by consumers in their homes, and Packaging markets and sells them
through a variety of retailers, including supermarkets, mass merchandisers and
other stores where consumers purchase household goods.
Packaging's food packaging products protect food during distribution,
assist retailers in merchandising food and help customers prepare and serve
meals in their homes. For food processors, Packaging offers dual-ovenable
paperboard products, molded fiber egg cartons, foam meat trays, aluminum
containers and modified atmosphere packaging, which extends the shelf life of
meat products.
In addition, Packaging provides plastic zipper closures for a variety of
flexible packaging applications. Packaging's food packaging products for
supermarket in-store use include clear rigid display packaging used in produce,
deli and bakery applications, microwaveable containers used for prepared,
ready-to-eat meals, plastic foam trays for meat and produce, and bags for
produce and bakery applications.
For its foodservice customers, Packaging offers products that help
merchandize and serve both on-premises and takeout meals. These products include
tableware products, such as plates, bowls and cups,
77
<PAGE> 79
and a broad line of takeout service containers made from clear plastic,
microwaveable plastic, molded fiber, paperboard, foam and aluminum.
PROTECTIVE AND FLEXIBLE PACKAGING
Packaging manufactures, markets and sells protective packaging for use in
the automotive, computer, electronic, furniture, durable goods, building and
construction products industries. Packaging's sheet foams and air encapsulated
bubble products, for example, are used for cushioning and surface protection.
Its paperboard honeycomb and engineered foam plank products protect against
shock, vibration and thermal damage. Packaging also offers other converted
protective packaging products, including padded mailers, a variety of laminated
protective coverings and customized packaging systems.
Packaging's flexible packaging products provide a variety of
cost-effective, efficient and attractive solutions for consumer, medical,
pharmaceutical, chemical, hygiene and industrial applications. These products
include liners for disposable diapers, wrap-around sleeves for glass and plastic
bottles, polypropylene medical bags used for sterile intravenous fluid delivery,
modified atmosphere films, stand-up pouches, food and hygiene packaging, and
disposable surgical kits custom designed for specific procedures.
Packaging also offers polyethylene stretch film, specialty aluminum
materials and film and foam products for use in the construction industry.
GROWTH STRATEGY
Packaging has grown, and plans to continue to grow, by pursuing internal
growth and strategic acquisitions. By pursuing this growth strategy, Packaging
has increased the total revenues of its specialty packaging and consumer
products business from $845 million in 1995 to approximately $2.8 billion in
1998. During this same period, its income from continuing operations from this
business, before interest, income taxes and minority interest, increased from
$39 million to $328 million, representing a compound annualized growth rate of
103%. See "-- Combined Selected Financial Data of Packaging."
As a separate, publicly traded company, Packaging expects to have greater
flexibility to pursue its growth strategy. The increased flexibility will come
from greater focus on a single enterprise and the enhanced access to capital
markets that comes from the ability of investors and lenders to analyze and
understand a single business platform. Packaging expects growth opportunities
will come from additional product development and expansion initiatives as well
as additional strategic acquisitions, joint ventures and strategic alliances.
INTERNAL GROWTH
Since 1995, Packaging has executed a strategy that focuses its business on
markets that have strong underlying growth characteristics and attractive
margins. Packaging offers customers "material neutral" solutions. In other
words, Packaging's goal is not to sell customers a particular product line.
Rather, through its custom design centers and broad product line, Packaging
strives to create the best packaging solutions for its customers, tailored
precisely to their needs. With this approach and Packaging's worldwide
geographical coverage, Packaging has become a primary supplier to national and
international manufacturers and distributors and has developed long-term
relationships with key players in the consolidating packaging and food service
distribution sector. Packaging intends to use these relationships to quickly
identify and focus on growth markets with attractive margins as they develop,
which should expand its customer base and market share.
Packaging seeks to add to its base business by developing new packaging
solutions for markets where it believes its experience and familiarity give it a
competitive advantage. In addition, Packaging grows market share for its
existing products by taking advantage of (a) its broad product line of superior
quality products and its long-term relationships with key manufacturers and
distributors, (b) its product development and design services, (c) its
investment in developing state-of-the-art service capabilities, and (d) its
ongoing effort focused on reducing costs and improving the production of its
operations.
78
<PAGE> 80
Product Breadth/Relationships With Key Manufacturers and Distributors
Packaging's ability to provide "one-stop shopping" through its broad
product line is an important selling point with customers. In addition,
Packaging has cultivated long-term relationships with key manufacturers and
distributors who recognize Packaging's strong positions in multiple product
categories. These relationships, coupled with Packaging's complete product line,
are allowing Packaging to grow its market shares for existing products. For
example, in foodservice packaging, Packaging holds the number one market share
position in the United States and Canada in each of its main product categories
(based on unit volume). Products representing 80% of sales in Packaging's
protective packaging business hold the number one or two market share position
in North America (based on sales revenue).
New Products/Design Services
Packaging further fuels its internal growth by developing and
commercializing proprietary new products and by designing value-added
product-line extensions. In 1998, Packaging's consumer products and
food/foodservice packaging business introduced over 80 new products and
product-line extensions. In Packaging's protective and flexible packaging
business, where custom design services drive revenues, it developed over 500
custom product applications in 1998. Packaging believes its new product
innovation and design services will remain a key factor in driving future
internal growth.
- Consumer Products and Food/Foodservice Packaging. During the last twelve
months, in its consumer products and food/foodservice packaging business,
Packaging added jumbo two-gallon bags and sandwich bags to its existing
Hefty One-Zip(R) quart and half-gallon food storage and freezer bag
offerings. Packaging is also leveraging its patented One-Zip(R) closure
system by expanding into other zipper closure applications, such as
SlideRite(TM) retail packaging for baby wipes, fresh produce, supermarket
deli bags and other recloseable flexible packaging. Packaging has the
leading market share with Hefty(R) disposable tableware, and its E-Z
Foil(R) brand disposable aluminum cookware line leads its competition by
a wide margin in both sales and market share.
Packaging's new product innovations include ActiveTech(TM) packaging, a
proprietary modified atmospheric package used by food processors for
case-ready meat. ActiveTech(TM) packaging extends the shelf life of
fresh, unfrozen red meat in a package that maintains the appearance of
freshly packaged meat.
- Protective and Flexible Packaging. In Packaging's protective and flexible
packaging business, new protective packaging products include engineered
foams, and Profiles(R), a foam-based material used in various markets,
such as building products and furniture, and custom designed to provide
many benefits, including insulation, cushioning and surface protection.
Recent flexible packaging innovations include high-end graphic stand-up
pouches for soups and detergents and the Propyflex(R) medical bag for
fluids, a non-polyvinyl chloride barrier film that both satisfies the
requirements for flexibility and transparency even after sterilization
and provides a cost-effective package by eliminating the need for a
secondary wrap.
State-of-the-Art Service Capabilities
To further take advantage of its broad product line offering and strong
alignment with national distributors, Packaging has developed and implemented
its Customer Linked Manufacturing system ("CLM"). CLM is a state-of-the-art
production planning and order fulfillment system which enables Packaging's
customers to do business easily and efficiently. CLM eliminates costs from the
entire supply chain and provides both its customers and Packaging with a
competitive advantage.
Productivity/Cost Reduction
Packaging's strong focus on improving productivity and reducing costs in
its manufacturing and logistics operations is key to supporting the growth of
its base business. For example, the unit manufacturing costs have continuously
declined (net of inflation) for some of Packaging's products, such
79
<PAGE> 81
as its foam products, rigid display packaging and performance films. This has
allowed Packaging to maintain or improve its profit margins.
STRATEGIC ACQUISITIONS
Strategic acquisitions have been, and will continue to be, an important
element of Packaging's overall growth strategy. Management has a proven record
of identifying and acquiring businesses and rapidly integrating them into one of
Packaging's business groups. Packaging pursues acquisitions that offer synergies
through, among other things, rationalizing product lines, reconfiguring and
upgrading manufacturing capabilities and reducing operating, selling,
distribution, purchasing and administrative costs. Packaging also pursues
acquisitions that strengthen its brand presence and expand its product offerings
and markets.
Consumer Products and Food/Foodservice Packaging. Packaging plans to grow
its consumer products and food/foodservice packaging business by acquiring
similar businesses whose products and markets will complement Packaging's.
Packaging will focus on acquiring specialized engineering and manufacturing
capabilities that augment and enhance its existing processes and allow it to
produce top-quality products efficiently. Since the beginning of 1995, its
consumer products and food/foodservice packaging business has grown through the
following acquisitions:
- In 1995, Packaging more than doubled its sales with the acquisition of
Mobil Plastics. This acquisition expanded its product offerings to
include foam containers, meat and poultry trays, disposable plates and
bowls, polyethylene film products, produce bags and stretch film, as
well as the well-known consumer products Baggies(R) food bags and
Hefty(R) waste bags and tableware. This acquisition also added
state-of-the-art manufacturing capabilities and new product
technologies, including the One-Zip(R) closure system.
- In August 1996, Packaging acquired Amoco Foam Products Company, which
enhanced its distribution capabilities and market coverage, especially
among food processors. Amoco Foam's product portfolio included foam
tableware, hinged lid containers, food trays and residential and
commercial insulation products.
- In September 1998, Packaging augmented its dual-ovenable paperboard
manufacturing capacity by acquiring a Champion International facility in
Belvidere, Illinois. As a result, Packaging has the capability to
manufacture this product, which may be heated in a conventional or a
microwave oven, for a broad spectrum of uses in various products.
Protective and Flexible Packaging. Packaging intends to continue its global
growth strategy of acquiring custom engineering and design capabilities that
will provide multi-material packaging solutions to markets with strong
underlying growth characteristics. This strategy has made it one of the largest
producers of protective packaging in the United States. Since the beginning of
1995, Packaging's protective and flexible packaging business has grown through
the following acquisitions:
- In 1995, continuing its growth strategy of acquiring specialty packaging
applications, Packaging entered the protective packaging sector by
buying Hexacomb, a manufacturer of paperboard honeycomb products.
- In 1997, Packaging acquired the protective and flexible packaging
businesses of KNP BT, which operated in Europe and North America. With
this acquisition, Packaging entered the European protective and flexible
packaging markets and enhanced its global specialty packaging position.
This acquisition also broadened the scope of its protective packaging
business to include sheet foam, engineered foam and air encapsulated
bubble and mailer applications. Packaging also acquired two honeycomb
plants in 1997.
- In April 1998, Packaging acquired Richter Manufacturing, a West Coast
manufacturer and distributor of protective packaging products. This
acquisition expanded the geographical coverage of its North American
protective packaging operation.
80
<PAGE> 82
- In December 1998, Packaging acquired the foam packaging assets of
Sentinel Products, a North American producer of specialty polyolefin
foams. This acquisition further diversified its protective packaging
product offering and increased its manufacturing capacity. Packaging
also formed a global joint venture with Sentinel (Sentinel Polyolefin
LLC) to produce and market chemically blown polyolefin foam applications
in a wide variety of non-packaging markets, including the automotive,
sports and leisure, medical and adhesive tape markets.
MARKETING, DISTRIBUTION AND CUSTOMERS
Packaging's sales and marketing staff of 500 people is organized along
three main product groups: consumer products, foodservice and supermarket
products, and protective and flexible packaging products.
The consumer product group sells waste bags, food storage bags, disposable
plates and bowls and disposable aluminum cookware primarily to grocery stores
and mass merchandisers. These products are sold through a direct sales force and
a national network of brokers and manufacturers' representatives.
The foodservice, supermarket and food packer and processor sales
organizations sell a broad array of disposable, rigid and flexible packaging
made from plastic, aluminum, molded fiber and pressed paperboard materials. The
products include disposable plates and bowls, carry-out containers, rigid
display containers, microwavable and dual-ovenable food containers, food and
specialty retail bags and foil wrap. Packaging's foodservice and supermarket
sales are made primarily through a network of independent distributors. Food
packer and processor sales are made primarily direct to large processors, with
some sales through distributors.
The protective and flexible packaging group sells to distributors,
fabricators and directly to end-users worldwide.
No material portion of Packaging's business is dependent upon a single
customer or even a few customers, and no one customer accounted for more than
10% of Packaging's aggregate net sales for the fiscal year ended December 31,
1998. In general, the backlog of orders is not significant or material to an
understanding of Packaging's business.
81
<PAGE> 83
ANALYSIS OF REVENUES
The following tables set forth for each of the years 1996 through 1998, and
for the three months ended March 31, 1999, information relating to Packaging's
sales from continuing operations:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NET SALES (MILLIONS)
--------------------------------------------
THREE MONTHS YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
ENDED --------------------------
MARCH 31, 1999 1998 1997 1996
-------------- ---- ---- ----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Disposable plastic, fiber, and aluminum packaging
products............................................. $480 $2,126 $2,105 $1,862
Plastic and fiber protective/flexible packaging
products............................................. 160 607 399 78
Other.................................................. 26 52 49 47
---- ------ ------ ------
Total............................................. $666 $2,785 $2,553 $1,987
==== ====== ====== ======
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PERCENTAGE OF NET SALES
-----------------------------------------------
THREE MONTHS YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
ENDED --------------------------
MARCH 31, 1999 1998 1997 1996
-------------- ---- ---- ----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
TOTAL SALES
Disposable plastic, fiber, and aluminum packaging
products............................................ 72% 76% 83% 94%
Plastic and fiber protective/flexible packaging
products............................................ 24 22 15 4
Other................................................. 4 2 2 2
--- --- --- ---
Total............................................ 100% 100% 100% 100%
=== === === ===
SALES BY GEOGRAPHIC AREA(a)
United States......................................... 79% 80% 83% 89%
European Union........................................ 17 17 15 8
Canada................................................ 2 1 1 2
Other areas........................................... 2 2 1 1
--- --- --- ---
Total............................................ 100% 100% 100% 100%
=== === === ===
</TABLE>
- -------------------------
(a) See Note 14 to the Combined Financial Statements of The Businesses of
Tenneco Packaging included elsewhere in this document for certain
information about foreign and domestic operations.
COMPETITION
Packaging operates in markets that are highly competitive and faces
substantial competition throughout all of its product lines from numerous
global, national and regional companies, ranging from the largest packaging
companies to small, emerging companies. Certain companies that compete with
Packaging may have greater financial and other resources than it does, while
others are significantly smaller with lower fixed costs and possibly greater
operating flexibility. In addition to price, competition with respect to many of
Packaging's products is based on quality, service supplier response time and
timely and complete order fulfillment. In addition, other packaging producers
supply alternative materials and structures and serve different geographic
regions through various distribution channels.
INTERNATIONAL
Packaging operates facilities and sells products in countries throughout
the world. As a result, Packaging is subject to risks associated with selling
and operating in foreign countries, including devaluations and fluctuations in
currency exchange rates, imposition of limitations on conversion of foreign
currencies into U.S. dollars or remittance of dividends and other payments by
foreign subsidiaries, impositions or increase of withholding and other taxes on
remittances and other payments by foreign subsidiaries, hyperinflation in
certain foreign countries, and imposition or increase of investment and other
restrictions by foreign governments.
82
<PAGE> 84
PROPERTIES
HEADQUARTERS LOCATIONS
Packaging leases its executive offices at 1900 West Field Court, Lake
Forest, Illinois, 60045, and its telephone number at that address is (847)
482-2000.
MANUFACTURING AND ENGINEERING FACILITIES
In North America, Packaging operates 65 facilities in 18 states, Canada and
Mexico. Plastic and aluminum disposable foodservice and consumer products,
stretch films and building products are manufactured at 25 plants. The
protective packaging operations convert paperboard into honeycomb products at 12
plants. An additional 13 plants apply extrusion, foaming and converting
technologies to produce clear, foamed, flexible or rigid plastic protective
packaging from polystyrene, polyolefins (such as polyethylene and polypropylene)
and kraft papers. Molded fiber packaging is produced at seven locations, and an
eighth location manufactures tooling for the molded fiber plants. Finally,
ovenable paperboard products are manufactured at two facilities. A research and
development center for food packaging and process development is located in a
new facility in Canandaigua, New York. Design centers for protective and
flexible packaging and process development are located in Buffalo Grove,
Illinois, Grand Rapids and Troy, Michigan and Santa Fe Springs, California. In
addition, Packaging participates in two North American joint ventures, Sentinel
Polyolefin LLC and Tenneco Packaging de Mexico.
Packaging owns 24 international manufacturing operations. Eleven protective
packaging plants in Belgium, England, France, Germany, Italy, The Netherlands,
Poland, Spain and Hungary make plastic air encapsulated bubble and foam sheet
products, including mailers. Five flexible products plants in Egypt and Germany
make high quality flexible films, bags, labels and pouches, printed and
converted paper bags and disposable medical packaging. Omni-Pac is a European
subsidiary operation that manufactures molded fiber and cushion packaging with
manufacturing facilities in Elsfleth, Germany and Great Yarmouth, England.
Packaging's Alupak operation in Belp, Switzerland produces smoothwall aluminum
portion packs and specialty food packaging applications. Single-use thermoformed
plastic food containers and films are manufactured at four facilities in
England, Scotland and Wales. Packaging also has a wood products operation in
Romania. In addition, Packaging operates or participates in several
international joint ventures, including a folding carton plant in Dongguan,
China, a recycling venture in Budapest, Hungary and a corrugated converting
facility in Shaoxing, China.
Packaging believes that substantially all of its plants and equipment are,
in general, well maintained and in good operating condition. They are considered
adequate for present needs, and as supplemented by planned construction, are
expected to remain adequate for the near future.
Packaging is of the opinion that Packaging, or its subsidiaries, has
generally satisfactory title to the properties owned and used in its businesses,
subject to liens for current taxes and easements, restrictions and other liens
which do not materially detract from the value of the properties or Packaging's
interest in the properties or the use of those properties in its businesses.
RAW MATERIALS
Plastic resins (such as polystyrene, polyethylene, polypropylene and
polyvinyl chloride), aluminum rollstock, linerboard and recycled fiber
constitute the principal raw materials used in the manufacture of most of
Packaging's products. Generally, these raw materials are readily available from
a wide variety of suppliers. The costs of these materials may be volatile, and
are a function of, among other things, the manufacturing capacity for those
materials and the costs of their components, which may also vary. Costs for
Packaging's plastic resin and recycled fiber tend to fluctuate with economic
factors which generally affect Packaging and its competitors. The availability
of raw materials was adequate in 1998 and the first three months of 1999 and is
expected to remain adequate throughout the remainder of 1999.
83
<PAGE> 85
ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
Packaging estimates that its capital expenditures for environmental matters
for 1999 and 2000 will not be material.
The packaging industry, in general, and Packaging is subject to existing
and potential federal, state, local and foreign legislation designed to reduce
air emissions. In addition, various consumer and special interest groups have
lobbied from time to time for the implementation of these and other similar
measures. Although Packaging believes that the legislation and regulations
promulgated to date and the initiatives to date have not had a material adverse
effect on Packaging, Packaging cannot assure you that any such future
legislative or regulatory efforts or future initiatives would not have a
material adverse effect on Packaging.
OTHER
As of July 1, 1999, Packaging employed approximately 15,000 people, 14% of
whom were covered by collective bargaining agreements. Four of these agreements,
covering a total of 247 employees, are scheduled for renegotiation before
December 31, 1999. In Europe, approximately 2,240 employees are governed by
works councils. Packaging regards its employee relations as generally
satisfactory. Packaging owns a number of domestic and foreign patents and
trademarks and other intellectual property relating to its products which are
important to the manufacture, marketing and distribution of its products. In
addition, Packaging's administrative services operations hold numerous software
licenses and own computer equipment.
Packaging's administrative services operations design, implement and
administer administrative service programs and data processing, providing the
following services: (a) financial accounting services; (b) employee benefits
administration for all major salaried and hourly benefit plans; (c) human
resources and payroll services; (d) mainframes and distributed systems
operations; (e) telecommunications and network operations and management; (f)
help desk support; and (g) disaster recovery support. After the spin-off,
Packaging will continue to provide some of these services to Automotive. See
"The Spin-off -- Relationship Between Automotive and Packaging After the
Spin-off." Tenneco and Packaging are currently analyzing their alternatives with
respect to those operations. See "-- Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
POTENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL LIABILITY
As of July 1, 1999, Packaging has been designated as a potentially
responsible party at three "Superfund" sites and it has estimated its share of
the liability at these sites to be approximately $2 million in the aggregate. In
addition, Packaging also may have liability to remediate several current or
former facilities and it has estimated its share of the remediation costs at
these facilities to be approximately $4 million in the aggregate. For both the
"Superfund" sites and its current and former facilities, Packaging has
established reserves that it believes are adequate for these costs. Although
Packaging believes its estimates of remediation costs are reasonable and based
on the latest information, the clean-up costs are estimates and are subject to
revision as more information becomes available about the extent of remediation
required. At certain sites, Packaging expects that other parties will contribute
to the remediation costs. In addition, at the Superfund sites, the Comprehensive
Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act provides that Packaging's
liability could be joint and several meaning that Packaging could be required to
pay in excess of its share of remediation costs. Packaging's understanding of
the financial strength of other potentially responsible parties at both the
Superfund sites and at its current and former facilities has been considered,
where appropriate, in Packaging's determination of its estimated liability.
Packaging believes that any adjustment to the costs associated with its current
status as a potentially responsible party at the Superfund sites or as a liable
party at its current or former facilities will not be material to its combined
financial position or results of operations.
84
<PAGE> 86
OTHER PROCEEDINGS
Packaging and its subsidiaries are parties to various other legal
proceedings arising from their operations. Packaging believes that the outcome
of these other proceedings, individually and in the aggregate, will not have a
material adverse effect on its financial position or results of operations.
CONTAINERBOARD PACKAGING INTEREST
On April 12, 1999, Packaging contributed all of its containerboard
packaging business, which constituted the majority of its paperboard packaging
business, to a new joint venture with an affiliate of Madison Dearborn Partners,
Inc. Packaging received as consideration cash and debt assumption totalling
approximately $2 billion and retained a 45% common equity interest in the joint
venture, which is known as Packaging Corporation of America. As a result of
subsequent equity issuances to management, Packaging now owns a 43% common
equity interest in the joint venture.
Packaging Corporation of America manufactures corrugated containers,
containerboard, and lumber and related wood products. It has four mills and 67
corrugated products facilities. It also participates in the wood products
business and has access to approximately 950,000 acres of timberland in the
United States through both owned and leased properties. Revenues from the
containerboard business in 1998 were $1.57 billion.
Packaging currently plans to sell its interest in the joint venture.
Packaging expects the sale to be completed before the spin-off, with the net
proceeds used to retire the Tenneco debt that would otherwise be allocated to
Packaging in the debt realignment. If the sale occurs after the spin-off, the
net proceeds will be used to retire Packaging debt. See "-- Unaudited Pro Forma
Combined Financial Statements of Packaging" and "-- Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
85
<PAGE> 87
MANAGEMENT
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Upon completion of the spin-off, the Packaging Board of Directors will
consist of six members. Each director will serve an annual term that will expire
at the annual meeting of Packaging stockholders in each year and until his or
her successor has been elected and qualified. Information concerning the
individuals who will serve as directors of Packaging as of the date of the
spin-off is provided below.
DANA G. MEAD, CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD -- Mr. Mead is currently the Chairman
and Chief Executive Officer of Tenneco and has served as an executive officer of
Tenneco since April 1992, when he joined Tenneco as Chief Operating Officer.
Prior to joining Tenneco, Mr. Mead served as an Executive Vice President of
International Paper Company, a manufacturer of paper, pulp, and wood products,
from 1988, and served as Senior Vice President of that company from 1981. He is
also a director of Packaging Corporation of America, Textron Inc., Zurich Allied
AG, Pfizer Inc. and Newport News Shipbuilding Inc. Mr. Mead is 63 years old and
has been a director of Tenneco since 1992. Upon completion of the spin-off, he
will resign as Chief Executive Officer of Tenneco, but will continue, on a
non-executive basis, as the Chairman of the Board of Automotive and Packaging
through March 2000.
MARK ANDREWS -- Mr. Andrews has been Chairman of Andrews Associates, Inc.,
a government consulting firm, since February 1987. From 1963 to 1980, he served
in the U.S. House of Representatives, and from 1980 to 1986 he served in the
U.S. Senate. He is also a director of Union Storage Co. Mr. Andrews is 72 and
has been a director of Tenneco since 1987. Mr. Andrews will continue as a
director of Automotive upon the spin-off.
LARRY D. BRADY -- Mr. Brady was President of FMC Corporation, a producer of
chemicals and machinery for industry, agriculture, and government, from 1993 to
June 1999. Before 1993, Mr. Brady served in various executive capacities with
FMC Corporation for more than five years. Mr. Brady is 56 years old and has been
a director of Tenneco since January 1998. Mr. Brady will not be continuing as a
director of Automotive after the spin-off.
ROGER B. PORTER -- Mr. Porter is Director of the Center for Business and
Government at Harvard University and is the IBM Professor of Business and
Government. Mr. Porter has served on the faculty at Harvard University since
1977. Mr. Porter also held senior economic policy positions in the Ford, Reagan
and Bush White Houses, serving as special assistant to the President and
executive secretary of the Economic Policy Board from 1974 to 1977, as deputy
assistant to the President and director of the White House Office of Policy
Development from 1981 to 1985, and as assistant to the President for economic
and domestic policy from 1989 to 1993. He is also a director of RightCHOICE
Managed Care, Inc., National Life Insurance Company, and Zions Bancorporation.
Mr. Porter is 52 years old and has been a director of the Tenneco since January
1998. He will continue as a director of Automotive upon the spin-off.
PAUL T. STECKO -- Mr. Stecko became the Chief Executive Officer of
Packaging Corporation of America, Packaging's containerboard joint venture, in
connection with the April 1999 formation of that venture. From November 1998 to
April 1999, Mr. Stecko served as President and Chief Operating Officer of
Tenneco. From January 1997 to that time, Mr. Stecko served as President and
Chief Executive Officer of Packaging. Prior to joining Tenneco, Mr. Stecko spent
16 years with International Paper Company. He is also a director of State Farm
Mutual Insurance Company and the Chairman of the Board of Packaging Corporation
of America. Mr. Stecko is 54 years old and has been a director of Tenneco since
November 1998. He will continue as a director of Automotive upon the spin-off.
RICHARD L. WAMBOLD -- Mr. Wambold will be the Chief Executive Officer of
Packaging upon the spin-off and has been serving as its President since June
1999. From June 1997 to May 1999, he was Executive Vice President and General
Manager of Packaging's specialty packaging and consumer products units. Prior to
joining Packaging in 1994, Mr. Wambold was Executive Vice President of Case
Corporation's construction equipment and worldwide parts business.
86
<PAGE> 88
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
The following table provides information concerning the persons who will
serve as executive officers of Packaging upon completion of the spin-off. Each
of the named persons has been, or before the spin-off will be, elected to the
office indicated opposite his name. The executive officers will serve at the
discretion of Packaging's Board. Officers are elected at the annual meeting of
directors held immediately following the annual meeting of shareowners.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AGE AT
NAME JUNE 30, 1999 POSITION
---- ------------- --------
<S> <C> <C>
Richard L. Wambold............. 47 Chief Executive Officer
Senior Vice President -- Protective and Flexible
Paul Griswold.................. 47 Packaging
James V. Faulkner, Jr. ........ 55 Vice President and General Counsel
James Morris................... 45 Vice President and GM Operations
Vice President -- Supermarket and Foodservice
Peter Lazaredes................ 47 Packaging
[To be provided by
amendment]................... Chief Financial Officer
</TABLE>
RICHARD L. WAMBOLD -- See "-- Board of Directors," above, for information
concerning Mr. Wambold.
PAUL J. GRISWOLD -- Mr. Griswold was named Senior Vice
President -- Protective and Flexible Packaging in May 1997. Since joining
Packaging in 1994, he has held various senior management positions in
Packaging's protective and flexible packaging units. With over 20 years of
packaging-related experience, Mr. Griswold began his career at International
Paper Company (holding positions in sales, marketing and operations) and was
later Vice President, Packaging for Pepsi Cola International.
JAMES V. FAULKNER, JR. -- Mr. Faulkner joined Packaging in 1995 as its Vice
President and General Counsel. Prior to that he was Vice President Law for
Tenneco. Mr. Faulkner began his legal career with Lord, Day & Lord and was later
Associate General Counsel of Union Pacific Corporation and Senior Vice President
of USPCI (a wholly owned subsidiary of Union Pacific). He has 25 years
experience in staff and operational legal positions.
JAMES D. MORRIS -- Mr. Morris will be Vice President and GM Operations upon
the spin-off. Since 1995 he has held various senior management positions in
Packaging's specialty packaging unit, including oversight of manufacturing,
engineering and product development. He also has responsibility for the sales,
marketing and business planning of the processor packer operations of the
specialty packaging unit. Mr. Morris joined Packaging in connection with its
1995 acquisition of Mobil Plastics. He spent 20 years with Mobil in assignments
which included manager of polyethylene manufacturing, regional manufacturing
manager and plant manager.
PETER J. LAZAREDES -- Mr. Lazaredes will be Vice President -- Supermarket
and Foodservice Packaging upon the spin-off. Since 1996 he has held various
senior management positions in Packaging's speciality packaging unit, including
responsibility for the marketing and sales of rigid and flexible containers to
the foodservice and institutional markets. Mr. Lazaredes joined Packaging in
1996 from Amoco Foam Products where he was General Manager of the tableware
business unit from 1992. He spent 15 years with Amoco in sales and marketing
positions for packaging, fabrics and fibers divisions.
STOCK OWNERSHIP OF MANAGEMENT
The following table shows the number of shares of Packaging common stock
that Packaging expects will be beneficially owned by: (i) each person who will
be a director of Packaging upon the spin-off; (ii) each person who is named in
the Summary Compensation Table for Packaging, below; and (iii) all persons who
will be directors or executive officers of Packaging upon the spin-off, as a
group. This information is based on Packaging's knowledge of the number of
shares of Tenneco common stock owned
87
<PAGE> 89
by these persons as of June 30, 1999 and the distribution of all the shares of
Packaging common stock to the holders of Tenneco common stock in the spin-off at
a one-for-one ratio.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SHARES OF
COMMON STOCK
DIRECTORS OWNED(1)
- --------- ------------
<S> <C>
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
- ------------------
<S> <C>
[to be provided by amendment]
</TABLE>
- -------------------------
(1) Less than one percent.
COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
The Packaging Board will establish three standing committees as permitted
by its bylaws, which will have the following described responsibilities and
authority:
The Audit Committee, comprised solely of outside directors, will have the
responsibility, among other things, to: (a) recommend the selection of
Packaging's independent public accountants; (b) review and approve the scope of
the independent public accountants' audit activity and extent of non-audit
services; (c) review with management and such independent public accountants the
adequacy of Packaging's basic accounting system and the effectiveness of
Packaging's internal audit plan and activities; (d) review with management and
the independent public accountants Packaging's certified financial statements
and exercise general oversight of Packaging's financial reporting process; and
(e) review with Packaging litigation and other legal matters that may affect
Packaging's financial condition and monitor compliance with Packaging's business
ethics and other policies.
The Compensation/Nominating/Governance Committee, comprised solely of
outside directors, will have the responsibility, among other things, to (a)
establish the salary rate of officers and employees of Packaging and its
subsidiaries, (b) examine periodically the compensation structure of Packaging
and (c) supervise the welfare and pension plans and compensation plans of
Packaging. It will also have significant corporate governance responsibilities
to, among other things, (1) review and determine the desirable balance of
experience, qualifications and expertise among members of the Packaging Board,
(2) review possible candidates for membership on the Packaging Board and
recommend a slate of nominees for election as directors at Packaging's annual
stockholders' meeting, (3) review the function and composition of the other
committees of the Packaging Board and recommend membership on these committees
and (4) review the qualifications and recommend candidates for election as
officers of Packaging.
The Three-year Independent Director Evaluation Committee, comprised solely
of outside directors, will have the responsibility, among other things, to
review Packaging's qualified offer rights plan, which will be adopted prior to
the spin-off, at least every three years and, if it deems it appropriate,
recommend that the full Packaging Board modify or terminate that plan.
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The following table shows the compensation paid by Tenneco and/or its
direct and indirect subsidiaries (including Packaging) to: (a) the Chief
Executive Officer of Packaging upon the spin-off; and (b) each of the persons
who will be included among the four most highly compensated executive officers
of Packaging upon the spin-off, based on 1998 compensation, other than the Chief
Executive Officer. The
88
<PAGE> 90
table shows the amounts paid to these persons for all services provided to
Tenneco and its subsidiaries (including Packaging).
SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
LONG-TERM
COMPENSATION
ANNUAL COMPENSATION ---------------------
-------------------------------- RESTRICTED
OTHER ANNUAL STOCK ALL OTHER
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION YEAR SALARY BONUS COMPENSATION AWARDS OPTIONS COMPENSATION
- --------------------------- ---- ------ ----- ------------ ---------- ------- ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
[to be provided by amendment]
</TABLE>
The following table sets forth the number of options to purchase Tenneco
common stock that were granted by Tenneco during 1998 to the persons named in
the Summary Compensation Table above.
OPTIONS GRANTED IN 1998
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
POTENTIAL REALIZABLE
VALUE AT ASSUMED
ANNUAL RATES OF
SHARES OF PERCENT OF STOCK PRICE
COMMON STOCK TOTAL APPRECIATION FOR
UNDERLYING OPTIONS GRANTED OPTION TERM
OPTIONS TO EMPLOYEES EXERCISE EXPIRATION --------------------
NAME GRANTED(#) IN 1998 (%) PRICE ($) DATE 5% ($) 10% ($)
---- ------------ --------------- --------- ---------- ------ -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
[to be provided by amendment]
</TABLE>
The following table sets forth the number of options to purchase Tenneco
common stock exercised during 1998 and held as of December 31, 1998 by the
persons named in the Summary Compensation Table above.
OPTIONS EXERCISED IN 1998 AND 1998 YEAR-END VALUES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TOTAL NUMBER OF VALUE OF UNEXPECTED
UNEXERCISED OPTIONS HELD IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS HELD
SHARES AT DECEMBER 31, 1998 AT DECEMBER 31, 1998
ACQUIRED ON VALUE ----------------------------- ----------------------------
NAME EXERCISE (#) REALIZED ($) EXERCISABLE UNEXERCISABLE EXERCISABLE UNEXERCISABLE
- ---- ------------ ------------ ----------- ------------- ----------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
[to be provided by amendment]
</TABLE>
89
<PAGE> 91
The following table sets forth information concerning performance-based
awards made to the persons named in the Summary Compensation Table above during
1998 by Tenneco.
LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN
PERFORMANCE SHARE EQUIVALENT UNIT AWARDS IN 1998
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PERFORMANCE
NUMBER OF OR OTHER ESTIMATED FUTURE PAYOUTS
SHARES, UNITS PERIOD UNTIL UNDER NON-STOCK PRICE BASED PLANS
OR OTHER MATURATION OR ---------------------------------
NAME RIGHTS PAYOUT THRESHOLD TARGET MAXIMUM
- ---- ------------- ------------- --------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
[to be provided by amendment]
</TABLE>
The following table sets forth the aggregate estimated annual benefits
payable upon normal retirement pursuant to the Tenneco Retirement Plan and the
Tenneco Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (the "Tenneco Supplemental
Executive Retirement Plan") to persons in specified remuneration and years of
credited participation classifications. Both of these plans will be assumed by
Packaging in connection with the spin-off.
PENSION PLAN TABLE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEARS OF CREDITED PARTICIPATION
------------------------------------------
RENUMERATION 15 20 25 30
- ------------ ------- ------- ------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
[to be provided by amendment]
</TABLE>
COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS
Following the spin-off, each director who is not also an employee of
Packaging or its subsidiaries, an "outside director," will be paid a yearly
retainer fee of $35,000 for service on the Packaging Board of Directors. In
general, 100% of that fee will be paid in the form of stock-settled common stock
equivalents (the "directors' stock equivalents"), as described below. A director
may elect, however, to have up to 40% ($14,000) of the fee paid in cash. They
will also receive cash attendance fees and committee chair and membership fees,
and reimbursement of their expenses for attending meetings of the Board of
Directors. Outside directors will receive $1,000 for each meeting of the Board
of Directors attended, and each of them who serves as a Chairman of the Audit or
Compensation/Nominating/Governance Committees is paid a fee of $7,000 per
Chairmanship. Outside directors who serve as members of these committees will be
paid $4,000 per committee membership. Members of the Three-year Independent
Director Evaluation Committee will receive $1,000 plus expenses for each meeting
of that committee attended.
Directors' stock equivalents will be payable in shares of Packaging's
common stock after an outside director ceases to serve as a director of
Packaging. Final distribution of the shares may be made either in a lump sum or
in installments over a period of years. The directors' stock equivalents are
issued at 100% of the fair market value on the date of the grant. Each outside
director will also receive an annual grant of an
90
<PAGE> 92
option to purchase up to 3,000 shares of Packaging's common stock ("directors
options") as additional incentive compensation for service on the Board of
Directors. Directors options (a) will be granted with per share exercise prices
equal to 100% of the fair market value of a share of Packaging common stock on
the day the option is granted, (b) will have terms of ten years and (c) will
fully vest six months from the grant date. Once vested, the directors options
will be exercisable at any time during the option term.
Packaging will have a voluntary deferred compensation plan for outside
directors. Under this plan, an outside director may elect, prior to the
commencement of the next calendar year, to have up to 40% ($14,000) of his or
her retainer fee and all or a portion of his or her meeting fees credited to a
deferred compensation account. The plan will provide outside directors with
various investment options. These investment options will include stock
equivalent units of the Packaging's common stock, which may be paid out in
either cash or shares of Packaging's common stock.
Packaging expects that restricted shares of Tenneco common stock held by
directors will be vested prior to the completion of the spin-off, and the
directors will be paid an amount in cash to defray taxes incurred on that
vesting.
EMPLOYMENT CONTRACTS AND TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT AND CHANGE-IN-CONTROL
ARRANGEMENTS
Packaging will maintain a key executive change-in-control severance benefit
plan similar to the one established by Tenneco. The purpose of the plan is to
enable Packaging to continue to attract, retain and motivate highly qualified
employees by eliminating (to the maximum practicable extent) any concern on the
part of those employees that their job security or benefit entitlements will be
jeopardized by a "change-in-control" of Packaging (as that term will be defined
in the plan). The plan will be designed to achieve this purpose through (1) the
establishment of a severance plan for the benefit of key employees and officers
whose position is terminated under certain circumstances following a
change-in-control, and (2) the establishment of a trust fund designed to ensure
the payment of benefits accrued under Packaging benefits plans. Under the plan,
Packaging expects that Messrs. would have become entitled
to receive payments from Packaging in the amount of , respectively, had
their positions been terminated on June 30, 1999. In addition, restricted shares
held in the name of those individuals under the restricted stock plans Packaging
will adopt would have automatically reverted to Packaging, and Packaging would
have been obliged to pay those individuals the fair market value of the shares.
Their performance share equivalent units would also have been fully vested and
paid. The spin-off does not constitute a "change-in-control" of Tenneco or
Packaging for purposes of the current Tenneco Benefits Protection Program.
TRANSACTIONS WITH MANAGEMENT AND OTHERS
Certain executive officers of Tenneco are indebted to Tenneco and, upon the
spin-off, will be indebted to Packaging. That debt was incurred in connection
with relocation of those officers and all amounts outstanding are secured by a
subordinated mortgage note which accrues interest at the rate of 3% per year on
the unpaid balance and matures at the earlier of the individual's termination of
employment or the year 2026. Principal is payable in full at maturity and the
payment of interest has been deferred for 1998. The following sets forth the
approximate indebtedness amount outstanding for the executive officers as of
: .
BENEFIT PLANS FOLLOWING THE SPIN-OFF
Packaging will succeed to sponsorship of three plans qualified under
Section 401(a) of the Code: the Tenneco Retirement Plan, the Tenneco Thrift Plan
and the Tenneco Thrift Plan for Hourly Employees. The Tenneco Retirement Plan is
a defined benefit pension plan. The thrift plans are 401(k) plans with employer
matching contributions as specified in the plans. Packaging will also continue
its sponsorship of a defined benefit pension plan covering hourly employees.
Packaging will also succeed to sponsorship of three non-qualified deferred
compensation plans: the 1997 Tenneco Inc. Board of Directors Deferred
Compensation Plan, the Tenneco Inc. Deferred
91
<PAGE> 93
Compensation Plan and the Amended and Restated Tenneco Inc. Supplemental
Executive Retirement Plan. All of these plans are unfunded; however, Packaging
will assume the Tenneco Inc. Rabbi Trust, from which assets may be available to
pay benefits in specified circumstances.
Packaging will maintain a Benefits Protection Program patterned after the
one maintained by Tenneco. Packaging will adopt a plan similar to the Tenneco
Inc. Change in Control Severance Benefit Plan for Key Executives, and Packaging
will assume the Tenneco Inc. Benefits Protection Trust.
Prior to the spin-off, Packaging will adopt an Executive Incentive
Compensation Plan patterned after Tenneco's plan of the same name to provide
annual cash bonuses to eligible employees.
Prior to the spin-off, Packaging will adopt an employee stock purchase plan
similar to the one maintained by Tenneco, under which approximately 4,000,000
shares of Packaging common stock will be available for purchase. Tenneco will
approve this plan as Packaging's sole stockholder prior to the spin-off.
Prior to the spin-off, Packaging will adopt a plan calling for the grant of
stock options, restricted stock, performance share equivalent units and other
stock rights patterned after the 1996 Tenneco Inc. Stock Ownership Plan.
Approximately 20,000,000 shares of Packaging common stock will be available for
grant under this plan. This plan will be approved by Tenneco as Packaging's sole
stockholder prior to the spin-off.
92
<PAGE> 94
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS
The following review of Packaging's financial condition and results of
operations should be read in conjunction with the Combined Financial Statements
of The Businesses of Tenneco Packaging, and the related notes, presented on
pages F-1 through F-30. Packaging includes the assets, liabilities and
operations of Tenneco's specialty packaging and paperboard packaging businesses
as well as Tenneco's corporate and administrative service operations.
STRATEGIC ALTERNATIVES ANALYSIS
In July 1998, Tenneco's Board of Directors authorized management to develop
a broad range of strategic alternatives which could result in the separation of
the automotive, paperboard packaging, and specialty packaging businesses. As
part of that strategic alternatives analysis, Tenneco has taken the following
actions:
- In January 1999, Packaging reached an agreement to contribute the
containerboard assets of its paperboard packaging segment to a new joint
venture with an affiliate of Madison Dearborn Partners, Inc. The
contribution to the joint venture was completed in April 1999. Packaging
received consideration of cash and debt assumption totaling approximately
$2 billion and a 45 percent common equity interest in the joint venture
(now 43 percent due to subsequent management equity issuances) valued at
approximately $200 million.
- In April 1999, Packaging reached an agreement to sell the paperboard
packaging segment's other assets, its folding carton operation, to
Caraustar Industries. This transaction closed in June 1999.
- Also in April 1999, Tenneco announced that its Board of Directors had
approved the separation of its automotive and packaging businesses into
two separate, independent companies.
- In June 1999, Tenneco's Board of Directors approved a plan to sell
Packaging's remaining interest in its containerboard joint venture.
Packaging expects the sale to be completed before the spin-off discussed
below.
The containerboard assets contributed to the new joint venture represented
substantially all of the assets of Packaging's paperboard packaging segment and
included four mills, 67 corrugated products plants, and an ownership or
leasehold interest in approximately 950,000 acres of timberland. Before to the
transaction, Packaging borrowed approximately $1.8 billion and used
approximately $1.2 billion of those borrowings to acquire assets used by the
containerboard business under operating leases and timber cutting rights and to
purchase containerboard business accounts receivable that had previously been
sold to a third party. The remainder of the borrowings was remitted to Tenneco
and used to repay a portion of short-term debt. Packaging then contributed the
containerboard business assets (subject to the new indebtedness and the
containerboard business liabilities) to the joint venture in exchange for $247
million in cash and the 45 percent interest in the joint venture. As a result of
the sale transaction, Packaging recognized a pre-tax loss of $293 million ($178
million after-tax, or $1.07 per diluted common share) in the first quarter of
1999.
As a result of the decision to sell Packaging's remaining interest in the
containerboard joint venture, Packaging's paperboard packaging segment is
presented as a discontinued operation in the Combined Financial Statements of
The Businesses of Tenneco Packaging contained elsewhere in this document. Refer
to Note 7 for further information.
The separation of Tenneco's automotive and packaging businesses will be
accomplished by the spin-off of the common stock of Packaging to Tenneco
shareowners. At the time of the spin-off, Packaging will include Tenneco's
specialty packaging business ("Speciality"), Tenneco's administrative services
operations, and the remaining interest in the containerboard joint venture if
the sale has not been completed. Tenneco and Packaging are, however, currently
analyzing the alternatives with respect to the administrative services
operations.
93
<PAGE> 95
Before the spin-off, Tenneco will realign substantially all of its existing
debt through some combination of tender offers, exchange offers, prepayments and
other refinancings. This debt realignment will be financed by internally
generated cash, borrowings by Automotive under a new credit facility, the
issuance by Automotive of subordinated debt, and borrowings by Packaging under a
new credit facility. Tenneco currently expects that, subject to discussions with
debt rating agencies, Packaging's debt will be rated investment grade and
Automotive's debt will be rated non-investment grade.
The spin-off is subject to conditions, including formal declaration of the
spin-off by the Tenneco Board of Directors, a favorable determination that the
spin-off will be tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and the
successful completion of the debt realignment and corporate restructuring
transactions.
RESTRUCTURING AND OTHER CHARGES
In the fourth quarter of 1998, Tenneco's Board of Directors approved an
extensive restructuring plan designed to reduce administrative and operational
overhead costs in every part of Tenneco's business. As a result, Packaging
recorded a pre-tax charge to income from continuing operations of $32 million
($20 million after-tax or $.12 per diluted common share). Of the pre-tax charge,
$10 million relates to operational restructuring plans and $22 million relates
to a staff and cost reduction plan.
The operational restructuring plans provide for Packaging to eliminate
production lines at two plants, exit four joint ventures, and eliminate 104
positions. The staff and cost reduction plan for Packaging involves the
elimination of 184 administrative positions in Packaging's business operations
and in Packaging's corporate operations including Tenneco's corporate operations
that will become a part of Packaging in connection with the spin-off.
The fixed assets for the production lines to be eliminated, as well as the
joint venture investments, were written down to their estimated fair value in
the fourth quarter of 1998. Packaging does not expect to receive any significant
cash proceeds from the ultimate disposal of these assets.
As of December 31, 1998 and March 31, 1999, approximately 158 and 201
employees, respectively, had been terminated. This restructuring is being
executed according to Packaging's initial plan and Packaging expects to complete
all restructuring actions by the fourth quarter of 1999.
In the first quarter of 1999, in connection with Packaging's contribution
of its containerboard assets to a new joint venture, Tenneco adopted a plan to
realign its headquarters functions that will become a part of Packaging in
connection with the spin-off. This plan involves the severance of approximately
40 employees, and the closing of the Greenwich, Connecticut, headquarters
facility. The charge for this plan was recorded in Packaging's corporate
operations in the amount of $29 million pre-tax ($17 million after-tax or $.10
per diluted common share). Assets were written down to net realizable value.
Packaging collected approximately $30 million in the second quarter of 1999
related to the sale of these assets.
Amounts related to the restructuring plans described above are shown in the
following table:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CHARGED BALANCE AT CHARGED BALANCE AT
RESTRUCTURING CASH TO ASSET DECEMBER 31, RESTRUCTURING CASH TO ASSET MARCH 31,
CHARGE PAYMENTS ACCOUNTS 1998 CHARGE PAYMENTS ACCOUNTS 1999
------------- -------- -------- ------------ ------------- -------- -------- ----------
(MILLIONS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Severance............... $20 $5 $-- $15 $16 $3 $-- $28
Asset impairments....... 12 -- 12 -- 13 -- 13 --
--- -- --- --- --- -- --- ---
$32 $5 $12 $15 $29 $3 $13 $28
=== == === === === == === ===
</TABLE>
94
<PAGE> 96
FIRST QUARTER 1999 VERSUS 1998
RESULTS OF CONTINUING OPERATIONS
Net Sales and Operating Revenues
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FIRST QUARTER
------------------------------
1999 1998 % CHANGE
---- ---- --------
(MILLIONS)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Specialty........................................... $ 666 $ 630 6%
Intergroup sales and other.......................... -- 3 NM
------ ------
$ 666 $ 633 5%
====== ======
</TABLE>
The Specialty segment experienced a 6 percent increase in revenue over last
year's first quarter. Of the increase, approximately three-fourths was
attributable to acquisitions, including the acquisitions of Richter
Manufacturing, a producer of protective packaging for the Western United States,
in May 1998 and Sentinel Products, a North American producer of specialty
polyolefin foams, in December 1998. Other factors driving the first quarter
revenue increase were an 11 percent increase in foodservice packaging unit
volume and a 12 percent increase in unit volume of Hefty(R) products. These
volume increases were partially offset by changes in product pricing reflecting
raw material pricing changes.
Income Before Interest Expense, Income Taxes and Minority Interest
(Operating Income)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FIRST QUARTER
--------------------------
1999 1998 % CHANGE
---- ---- --------
(MILLIONS)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Specialty.............................................. $ 83 $ 74 12%
Other.................................................. (38) (5) NM
---- ----
$ 45 $ 69 (35)%
==== ====
</TABLE>
Operating income in the Specialty segment increased by $9 million versus
the prior year quarter due to favorable sales volume of foodservice packaging,
Hefty(R) products and protective packaging products as discussed above. The 1998
acquisitions of Richter Manufacturing and Sentinel Products contributed $3
million in operating income in the first quarter of 1999, which was offset by
Year 2000 and systems implementation costs.
The increased loss in Packaging's "Other" segment primarily relates to the
first quarter 1999 charge of $29 million described in "Restructuring and Other
Charges" above. In addition, Packaging's "Other" segment for both periods
includes costs related to the center and administrative services operations and
its related data center.
Interest Expense (net of interest capitalized)
Interest expense for the first quarter of 1999 was $3 million, or 9 percent
higher than in the first quarter of 1998. Tenneco's historical practice has been
to incur indebtedness for its consolidated group at the parent company level or
at a limited number of subsidiaries. Accordingly, interest expense in each
period includes an allocation of interest on Tenneco corporate debt. This
allocation was based, in general, on the ratio of Packaging's net assets to
Tenneco's consolidated net assets plus debt. See Note 5 to the Combined
Financial Statements of The Businesses of Tenneco Packaging for a further
discussion of the allocation of Tenneco consolidated debt and interest expense
to Packaging.
Income Taxes
Packaging's effective tax rate for the first quarter of 1999 was 33
percent, compared to 50 percent in the first quarter last year.
95
<PAGE> 97
DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS AND EXTRAORDINARY CHARGE
In June 1999, Tenneco's Board of Directors approved a plan to sell
Packaging's remaining interest in its containerboard joint venture. Packaging
expects the sale to be completed before the spin-off. As a result, Packaging's
paperboard packaging segment is reflected as a discontinued operation.
Loss from discontinued operations in the first quarter of 1999 was $172
million (net of an income tax benefit of $111 million), or $1.03 per diluted
common share. This included a loss on the contribution of the containerboard
assets of $178 million (net of an income tax benefit of $115 million), or $1.07
per diluted common share.
Discontinued operations generated income of $14 million (net of income tax
expense of $10 million), or $.08 per diluted common share, during the first
quarter of 1998.
The current year's quarter also includes an extraordinary charge to cover
the cost of early retirement of debt in connection with the contribution of the
containerboard assets of $7 million (net of income tax expense of $4 million),
or $.04 per diluted common share.
See Note 7 to the Combined Financial Statements of The Businesses of
Tenneco Packaging for a further discussion of discontinued operations.
CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES
In March 1998, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants
("AICPA") issued Statement of Position ("SOP") 98-1, "Accounting for the Costs
of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use," which establishes
new accounting and reporting standards for the costs of computer software
developed or obtained for internal use. This statement requires prospective
application, for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1998. Packaging
adopted SOP 98-1 on January 1, 1999. The impact of this new standard did not
have a significant effect on Packaging's financial position or results of
operations.
In April 1998, the AICPA issued SOP 98-5, "Reporting on the Costs of
Start-Up Activities," which requires costs of start-up activities to be expensed
as incurred. This statement was effective for fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 1998. This statement requires previously capitalized costs related
to start-up activities to be expensed as a cumulative effect of a change in
accounting principle when the statement is adopted. Packaging previously
capitalized certain costs related to the start-up of certain new foreign
operations and its administrative service operations. Packaging adopted SOP 98-5
on January 1, 1999, and recorded an after-tax charge for the cumulative effect
of this change in accounting principle upon adoption of $32 million (net of a $9
million tax benefit), or $.19 per diluted common share. The change in accounting
principle decreased the loss before cumulative effect of change in accounting
principle by $2 million (net of $1 million in income tax expense), or $.01 per
diluted common share, for the three months ended March 31, 1999. If the new
accounting method had been applied retroactively, net income for the three
months ended March 31, 1998, and the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997, and
1996, would have been lower by $3 million (net of a $2 million income tax
benefit), or $.02 per diluted common share, $14 million, (net of an $8 million
tax benefit), or $.08 per diluted common share, $7 million, (net of a $3 million
tax benefit), or $.04 per diluted common share, and $7 million (net of a $4
million tax benefit), or $.04 per diluted share, respectively.
In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 133, "Accounting for
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities." This statement establishes new
accounting and reporting standards requiring that all derivative instruments
(including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts) be
recorded in the balance sheet as either an asset or liability measured at its
fair value. The statement requires that changes in the derivative's fair value
be recognized currently in earnings unless specific hedge accounting criteria
are met. Special accounting for qualifying hedges allows a derivative's gains
and losses to offset related results on the hedged item in the income statement
and requires that a company must formally document, designate and assess the
effectiveness of transactions that receive hedge accounting treatment. This
statement cannot be applied retroactively and is effective for all fiscal years
beginning after June 15, 2000.
96
<PAGE> 98
Packaging is currently evaluating the new standard but has not yet determined
the impact it will have on its financial position or results of operations.
EARNINGS PER SHARE
Packaging's income from continuing operations was $.03 per diluted common
share for the first quarter of 1999, compared to $.11 per diluted common share
for last year's quarter. All references to earnings per share in this
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations are on a diluted basis unless otherwise noted. The current year's
quarter also included a loss from discontinued operations of $1.03 per diluted
common share, a $.04 per share extraordinary loss on early retirement of debt in
connection with the contribution of the containerboard assets, and $.19 per
diluted common share of charges related to the cumulative effect of changes in
accounting principles noted above. First quarter 1998 included $.08 per diluted
common share of income from discontinued operations. Net income per diluted
common share was $.19 in the first quarter of 1998, as compared to a loss of
$1.23 per diluted common share in this year's quarter.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
Capitalization
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
MARCH 31, DECEMBER 31, %
1999 1998 CHANGE
--------- ------------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Short-term debt and current maturities......... $ 724 $ 595 22%
Long-term debt................................. 1,337 1,312 2
Debt allocated to discontinued operations...... 487 548 (11)
Minority interest.............................. 14 14 --
Combined equity................................ 1,470 1,776 (17)
------ ------
Total capitalization...................... $4,032 $4,245 (5)%
====== ======
</TABLE>
Equity declined primarily as a result of the net loss for the quarter,
which included the loss on the containerboard assets as well as the charge
associated with the plan to realign the Greenwich, Connecticut headquarters
facility. See the Statements of Changes in Combined Equity in the Combined
Financial Statements of The Businesses of Tenneco Packaging contained elsewhere
in this document for a description of factors affecting equity.
In June 1999, Tenneco's Board of Directors approved a plan to sell
Packaging's remaining interest in its containerboard joint venture. Packaging
expects the sale to be completed before the spin-off, with the net proceeds used
to retire Tenneco debt that would otherwise be allocated to Packaging in the
debt realignment. If the sale occurs after the spin-off, the net proceeds will
be used to retire Packaging debt.
Cash Flows
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
THREE MONTHS
ENDED
MARCH 31,
-------------
1999 1998
---- ----
(MILLIONS)
<S> <C> <C>
Cash provided (used) by:
Operating activities...................................... $ 30 $ 82
Investing activities...................................... (50) (66)
Financing activities...................................... 18 (18)
</TABLE>
Cash flow from operating activities decreased by $52 million from first
quarter 1998 to first quarter 1999. Cash flow from continuing operations
decreased by $73 million due primarily to lower income from continuing
operations and higher working capital levels associated with higher revenues.
Cash flow from discontinued operations was $21 million higher in the
current year's quarter than in the first quarter of 1998.
97
<PAGE> 99
Investing activities used $16 million less cash during the first quarter of
1999 as a result of a lower level of capital spending.
Cash flow from financing activities increased by $36 million from the first
quarter of 1998 to the first quarter of 1999. Increased retirements of debt were
more than offset by contributions from Tenneco.
Capital Commitments
Packaging estimates that expenditures aggregating approximately $110
million will be required after December 31, 1998, to complete facilities and
projects authorized at that date, and substantial commitments have been made in
connection with those projects.
Liquidity
Historically, Packaging's excess net cash flows from operating and
investing activities have been used by its parent, Tenneco, to meet consolidated
debt and other obligations. Conversely, when Packaging's cash requirements have
been in excess of cash flows from operations, Tenneco has utilized its
consolidated credit facilities to fund Packaging's obligations. Also, depending
on market and other conditions, Packaging has utilized external sources of
capital to meet specific funding requirements. Packaging's management believes
that, after the spin-off, Packaging's cash flows from operations and available
borrowing capacity will generally be sufficient to meet its future capital
requirements for the following year.
Before the spin-off Tenneco intends to initiate a realignment of its debt.
The debt realignment will be accomplished through a combination of tender and
exchange offers, prepayments and refinancings. The following will occur before
the spin-off as part of the debt realignment: (1) Tenneco will offer to exchange
up to $ million of aggregate principal amount of its public debt for an equal
amount of Packaging public debt; (2) Tenneco will offer to purchase for cash
approximately $ million of its public debt (pursuant to the cash tender
offers); and (3) Tenneco and its subsidiaries will repay in cash other existing
non-public debt and preferred stock obligations. These payments will be financed
by internally generated cash, borrowings by Automotive under a new credit
facility, the issuance by Automotive of subordinated debt, and borrowings by
Packaging under a new credit facility.
ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
Packaging and certain of its subsidiaries and affiliates are parties to
environmental proceedings. Expenditures for ongoing compliance with
environmental regulations that relate to current operations are expensed or
capitalized as appropriate. Expenditures that relate to an existing condition
caused by past operations and which do not contribute to current or future
revenue generation are expensed. Liabilities are recorded when environmental
assessments indicate that remedial efforts are probable and the costs can be
reasonably estimated. Estimates of the liability are based upon currently
available facts, existing technology, and presently enacted laws and regulations
taking into consideration the likely effects of inflation and other societal and
economic factors. All available evidence is considered including prior
experience in remediation of contaminated sites, other companies' clean-up
experience and data released by the United States Environmental Protection
Agency or other organizations. These estimated liabilities are subject to
revision in future periods based on actual costs or new information. These
liabilities are included in the combined balance sheet at their undiscounted
amounts. Recoveries are evaluated separately from the liability and, when
assured, are recorded and reported separately from the associated liability in
the combined financial statements.
As of July 1, 1999, Packaging has been designated as a potentially
responsible party at three "Superfund" sites and it has estimated its share of
the liability at these sites to be approximately $2 million in the aggregate. In
addition, Packaging also may have liability to remediate several current or
former facilities and it has estimated its share of the remediation costs at
these facilities to be approximately $4 million in the aggregate. For both the
"Superfund" sites and its current and former facilities, Packaging has
established reserves that it believes are adequate for these costs. Although
Packaging believes its estimates of remediation costs are reasonable and based
on the latest information,
98
<PAGE> 100
the clean-up costs are estimates and are subject to revision as more information
becomes available about the extent of remediation required. At certain sites,
Packaging expects that other parties will contribute to the remediation costs.
In addition, at the Superfund sites, the Comprehensive Environmental Response,
Compensation and Liability Act provides that Packaging's liability could be
joint and several meaning that Packaging could be required to pay in excess of
its share of remediation costs. Packaging's understanding of the financial
strength of other potentially responsible parties at both the Superfund sites
and at its current and former facilities has been considered, where appropriate,
in Packaging's determination of its estimated liability. Packaging believes that
any adjustment to the costs associated with its current status as a potentially
responsible party at the Superfund sites or as a liable party at its current or
former facilities will not be material to its consolidated financial position or
results of operations.
Packaging estimates that its capital expenditures for environmental matters
for 1999 and 2000 will not be material.
DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk
Packaging currently manages its exposure to changes in foreign currency
rates by making loans with a Tenneco affiliate in the functional currency of the
operating company concerned. The Tenneco affiliate then integrates all of
Tenneco's foreign currency denominated intercompany loans and enters into
foreign currency forward purchase and sale contracts to mitigate its net
exposure to changes in foreign exchange rates. This reduces Packaging's need to
enter into forward contracts with third parties. Packaging expects that,
following the spin-off, its use of foreign currency forward purchase and sale
contracts will increase.
Additionally, Packaging from time to time enters into foreign currency
forward purchase and sale contracts to mitigate its exposure to changes in
exchange rates on intercompany and third party trade receivables and payables.
Packaging does not currently enter into derivative financial instruments for
speculative purposes.
The administration of these activities is concentrated at a London-based
Tenneco affiliate. This affiliate enters into forward purchase and sell
contracts with Tenneco's operating divisions to hedge the divisions' exposure to
changes in foreign currency exchange rates. The affiliate then enters into
contracts with third parties to hedge Tenneco's consolidated exposure. At
December 31, 1998, Packaging had purchase contracts with this affiliate of
approximately one million dollars, primarily in U.S. dollars, and sell contracts
of approximately one million dollars, primarily in British pounds. At December
31, 1997, Packaging had purchase contracts of approximately two million dollars,
primarily in Belgian francs and German marks, and sell contracts of
approximately two million dollars, primarily in British pounds and French
francs. Packaging's purchase and sell contracts as of March 31, 1999 and
December 31, 1998 were not materially different.
Interest Rate Risk
Tenneco's historical practice has been to incur indebtedness for its
consolidated group at the parent company level or at a limited number of
subsidiaries. Tenneco's financial instruments that are sensitive to market risk
for changes in interest rates are its debt securities. Tenneco primarily uses
commercial paper to finance its short-term capital requirements. Since
commercial paper generally matures in three months or less, Tenneco pays a
current market rate of interest on these borrowings. Tenneco finances its
long-term capital requirements with long-term debt with original maturity dates
ranging up to 30 years. All of Tenneco's existing long-term debt obligations
have fixed interest rates. Consequently, Tenneco is not exposed to cash flow or
fair value risk from market interest rate changes on its long-term debt
portfolio.
Packaging's interest expense in each period includes an allocation of
interest on Tenneco corporate debt. The allocated interest expense carries with
it exposure to Tenneco's interest rate risk. The table
99
<PAGE> 101
below provides information about Tenneco's financial instruments that are
sensitive to interest rate risk as of December 31, 1998.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FAIR VALUE
ESTIMATED MATURITY DATES AT
-------------------------------------------------- DECEMBER 31,
1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 THEREAFTER TOTAL(B) 1998(A)
---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---------- -------- ------------
(MILLIONS EXCEPT EFFECTIVE INTEREST RATES)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Short-term (excluding current
maturities)......................... $821 $-- $ -- $ -- $-- $ -- $ 821 $ 821
Average effective interest rate..... 5.9% --% --% --% --% --%
Long-term debt (including current
maturities)......................... $250 $10 $187 $498 $ 7 $1,583 $2,535 $2,606
Average effective interest rate..... 6.4% 12.0% 6.8% 6.8% 11.2% 7.6%
</TABLE>
- -------------------------
(a) Fair value of short-term debt was considered to be the same as or was not
determined to be materially different from the carrying amount. The fair
value of fixed-rate long term debt was generally based on the market value
of Tenneco debt offered in open market exchanges at December 31, 1998.
(b) At December 31, 1998, short-term and long-term Tenneco debt allocated to
Packaging was $583 million and $1,291 million, respectively. Corporate debt
allocated to Packaging's discontinued operations was $548 million at
December 31, 1998.
Tenneco's financial instruments that are sensitive to interest rate risk as
of March 31, 1999 are not materially different from the table presented above.
In connection with the debt realignment, Packaging will enter into a new credit
facility which will be subject to interest rate risks.
The statements and other information (including the tables) in this
"Derivative Financial Instruments" section constitute "forward-looking
statements."
YEAR 2000
Many computer software systems, as well as some hardware and equipment
utilizing date-sensitive data, were designed to use a two-digit date fields.
Consequently, these systems will not be able to properly recognize dates beyond
the year 1999 (the "Year 2000 issue"). Packaging's significant technology
transformation projects have addressed the Year 2000 issue in those areas where
replacement systems are being installed for other business reasons. Where
existing systems and equipment are expected to remain in place beyond 1999,
Packaging has a detailed process in place to identify and assess Year 2000
issues and to remediate, replace or establish alternative procedures addressing
non-Year 2000 compliant systems, hardware and equipment.
Packaging has substantially completed inventorying its systems and
equipment, including computer systems and business applications, as well as
date-sensitive technology embedded in its equipment and facilities. Packaging
continues to plan for and undertake remediation, replacement or establishment of
alternative procedures for non-compliant Year 2000 systems and equipment; and
test remediated, replaced or alternative procedures for systems and equipment.
Packaging believes that approximately 70 percent of its major business
applications systems and approximately 90 percent of its manufacturing equipment
had achieved Year 2000 compliance as of June 30, 1999. Packaging has confirmed
that none of its products are date-sensitive. Remediation, replacement or
establishment of alternative procedures for systems and equipment have been and
are being undertaken on a business priority basis. This is ongoing and was
completed at some locations in 1998 with the remainder expected to be completed
through the third quarter of 1999. Testing will occur in the same time frame.
Packaging has also contacted its major suppliers, financial institutions,
and others with whom it conducts business to determine whether they will be able
to resolve in a timely manner Year 2000 problems possibly affecting Packaging. A
majority of these entities, including all critical suppliers, have
100
<PAGE> 102
responded by advising as to the status of their efforts to become Year 2000
compliant. This process is ongoing. Packaging intends to continue corresponding
with critical high risk third parties to obtain updates on their Year 2000
efforts and to assess new suppliers, financial institutions and others with whom
it begins to conduct business.
Based upon current estimates, Packaging believes that costs to address Year
2000 issues and implement the necessary changes to its existing systems and
equipment, including costs incurred to date, will range from $25 to $30 million.
As of June 30, 1999, approximately $20 million of the costs had been incurred.
These costs are being expensed as they are incurred, except that in some
instances Packaging may determine that replacing existing computer systems or
equipment may be more effective and efficient, particularly where additional
functionality is available. These replacements would be capitalized and would
reduce the estimated expense associated with Year 2000 issues.
If Packaging is unable to complete on a timely and cost-effective basis the
remediation or replacement of critical systems or equipment not yet in
compliance, or develop alternative procedures, or if those with whom Packaging
conducts business are unsuccessful in implementing timely solutions, Year 2000
issues could have a material adverse effect on Packaging's financial condition
or results of operations. Possible worst case scenarios include interruptions in
Packaging's ability to manufacture its products, process and ship orders, and
bill and collect accounts receivable due to internal system failures or the
system failures of its suppliers or customers. Packaging believes it will be
able to timely resolve its own Year 2000 issues.
As part of its planning and readiness activities, Packaging is developing
Year 2000 contingency plans for critical business processes such as banking,
data center operations and just-in-time manufacturing operations. Contingency
plans are being developed on a business unit basis, where needed, to respond to
previously undetected Year 2000 problems and business interruption from
suppliers. Contingency plans will include alternative suppliers, as necessary,
as well as assuring the availability of key personnel at year end to address
unforeseen Year 2000 problems.
Prior to the spin-off, Tenneco's administrative services operation has been
assisting both Packaging and Automotive with their Year 2000 remediation,
replacement and testing activities. Except for mainframe testing, substantially
all of these Year 2000 assistance activities have been completed for Automotive.
Shortly after the spin-off, Packaging is scheduled to assist Automotive with the
completion of the mainframe testing.
EURO CONVERSION
The European Monetary Union resulted in the adoption of a common currency,
the "Euro," among eleven European nations. The Euro is being adopted over a
three-year transition period beginning January 1, 1999. In October 1997, Tenneco
established a cross-functional Euro Committee, comprised of representatives of
Tenneco's operational divisions, including Packaging, as well as its corporate
offices. That Committee had two principal objectives: (1) to determine the
impact of the Euro on Tenneco's business operations, and (2) to recommend and
facilitate implementation of those steps necessary to ensure that Tenneco would
be fully prepared for the Euro's introduction. As of January 1, 1999, Packaging
had implemented those Euro conversion procedures that it had determined to be
necessary and prudent to adopt by that date, and is on track to becoming fully
"Euro ready" on or before the conclusion of the three-year Euro transition
period. Packaging believes that the costs associated with transitioning to the
Euro will not be material to its combined financial position or the results of
its operations.
YEARS 1998 AND 1997
RESULTS OF CONTINUING OPERATIONS
Packaging reported income from continuing operations of $82 million for the
year ended December 31, 1998, compared to $106 million for the same period in
1997. The 1998 figure includes a $20 million after-tax charge to reduce overhead
and manufacturing costs throughout every part of Packaging's business. Excluding
the restructuring charge, Packaging's income from continuing operations
101
<PAGE> 103
for the 1998 period was $102 million. The decline resulted from costs related to
Packaging's data center consolidation effort, offset by record results in the
Specialty segment. Higher interest expense and a higher tax rate also
contributed to the earnings decline.
Net Sales and Operating Revenues
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
%
1998 1997 CHANGE
------ ------ ------
(MILLIONS)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Specialty................................................... $2,785 $2,553 9%
Intergroup sales and other.................................. 6 10 (40%)
------ ------
$2,791 $2,563 9%
====== ======
</TABLE>
Packaging's revenue increase in its Specialty segment of $232 million
resulted primarily from full-year inclusion of the protective and flexible
packaging businesses acquired from N.V. Koninklijke KNP BT ("KNP") in 1997 and
from the May 1998 acquisition of Richter Manufacturing. The KNP businesses
contributed $160 million of incremental revenue in 1998 measured through the
first anniversary of their acquisition in late April 1997. Richter Manufacturing
revenue during 1998 was $39 million. The remaining revenue increase reflects
higher unit volumes in numerous product lines which more than offset lower
pricing.
Income Before Interest Expense, Income Taxes, and Minority Interest
(Operating Income)
As described earlier in this Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations, Packaging recorded a pre-tax
restructuring charge to income from continuing operations of $32 million ($20
million after-tax) in the fourth quarter of 1998. The restructuring charge
affected Packaging's segments as follows: Specialty -- $18 million and
Other -- $14 million.
Excluding these restructuring charges, a comparison of Packaging's 1998 and
1997 operating income is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
%
1998 1997 CHANGE
---- ---- ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Specialty................................................ $346 $308 12%
Other.................................................... (31) (2) NM
---- ----
$315 $306 3%
==== ====
</TABLE>
Packaging's operating income increase in its Specialty segment reflected
$24 million from acquired businesses measured through the one-year anniversary
of their acquisitions, as well as higher unit volumes, primarily in Hefty
One-Zip(R), food service foam, and consumer tableware products. Lower raw
material costs approximately offset price reductions to customers. In addition,
Specialty incurred approximately $7 million in one-time costs related to an
information systems project in North America.
Packaging's operating loss in its "Other" segment increased in 1998 over
1997 levels primarily as a result of higher costs related to Packaging's data
center consolidation effort, which more than offset lower unabsorbed costs at
Packaging's administrative services operation.
Interest Expense (net of interest capitalized)
Interest expense for 1998 was $9 million, or 7 percent, higher than for
1997. As described above, interest expense in each period includes an allocation
of interest on Tenneco corporate debt. This allocation was based, in general, on
the ratio of Packaging's net assets to Tenneco consolidated net assets plus
debt. See Note 5 to the Combined Financial Statements of The Business of Tenneco
Packaging contained elsewhere in this document for a further discussion of the
allocation of Tenneco consolidated debt and interest expense to Packaging.
102
<PAGE> 104
Income Taxes
Packaging's effective tax rate for 1998 was 45 percent, compared to 41
percent for 1997. The effective tax rate was higher than the statutory rate in
both periods primarily as a result of state and local income taxes.
DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
In June 1999, Tenneco's Board of Directors approved a plan to sell
Packaging's remaining interest in its containerboard joint venture. Packaging
expects the sale to be completed before the spin-off. As a result, Packaging's
paperboard packaging segment is reflected as a discontinued operation.
Discontinued operations generated income of $57 million, net of income tax
expense of $38 million. or $.34 per diluted common share, for 1998.
Discontinued operations generated income of $21 million, net of income tax
expense of $14 million, or $.12 per diluted common share. during 1997.
Fourth quarter 1998 results from discontinued operations for the paperboard
packaging business includes a pre-tax charge of $14 million related to
Packaging's restructuring plan to reduce administrative and operational overhead
costs. The paperboard packaging restructuring plan involves closing four box
plants and the elimination of 78 positions at those plants.
Income from the discontinued paperboard packaging business in 1998 also
included a $15 million pre-tax gain on the sale of its remaining 20 percent
interest in a recycled paperboard joint venture with Caraustar Industries and a
$17 million pre-tax gain on the sale of non-strategic timberland assets. In
1997, income from discontinued operations included a $38 million pre-tax gain on
refinancing of two containerboard mill leases and a $5 million pre-tax gain from
a timberland management transaction.
See Note 7 to the Combined Financial Statements of The Businesses of
Tenneco Packaging contained elsewhere in this document for a further discussion
of discontinued operations.
CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES
As required by the FASB's Emerging Issues Task Force ("EITF") Issue 97-13,
"Accounting for Costs Incurred in Connection with a Consulting Contract that
Combines Business Process Reengineering and Information Technology
Transformation," Packaging recorded an after-tax charge of $38 million (net of a
tax benefit of $24 million), or $.23 per diluted common share, in the fourth
quarter of 1997. EITF Issue 97-13 establishes the accounting treatment and an
allocation methodology for certain consulting and other costs incurred in
connection with information technology transformation efforts. This charge was
reported as a cumulative effect of change in accounting principle.
EARNINGS PER SHARE
Income from continuing operations was $.49 per diluted common share for
1998, compared to $.63 per diluted common share in 1997. Discontinued operations
provided income of $.34 and $.12 per diluted common share, for 1998 and 1997,
respectively. In 1997, Packaging also recorded a charge for the cumulative
effect of a change in accounting principle noted above of $.23 per diluted
common share, resulting in net income of $.52 per diluted common share, compared
to $.83 per diluted common share in 1998.
103
<PAGE> 105
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
Capitalization
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
%
1998 1997 CHANGE
---- ---- ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Short-term debt and current maturities............... $ 595 $ 158 277%
Long-term debt....................................... 1,312 1,492 (12)
Debt allocated to discontinued operations............ 548 473 16
Minority interest.................................... 14 15 (7)
Combined equity...................................... 1,776 1,839 (3)
------ -------
Total capitalization.......................... $4,245 $ 3,977 7%
====== =======
</TABLE>
Packaging's debt to capitalization ratio was 57.8 percent at December 31,
1998, compared to 53.4 percent at December 31, 1997. The increase in the ratio
is attributable to additional corporate debt allocated to Packaging from Tenneco
during 1998, as well as a decline in equity. See Note 5 to the Combined
Financial Statements of The Businesses of Tenneco Packaging for a further
discussion of the allocation of Tenneco consolidated debt and interest expense
to Packaging. See the Statements of Changes in Combined Equity of The Businesses
of Tenneco Packaging for a description of factors affecting equity.
Cash Flows
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
---- ----
(MILLIONS)
<S> <C> <C>
Cash provided (used) by:
Operating activities...................................... $ 577 $ 405
Investing activities...................................... (514) (654)
Financing activities...................................... (67) 239
</TABLE>
Cash flow from operating activities increased by $172 million from 1997 to
1998. Of this amount, $74 million was produced by continuing operations and $98
million was produced by discontinued operations. The increase from continuing
operations was primarily attributable to working capital, which increased
significantly during 1997 to support the growth in revenues over 1996 levels.
Working capital decreased slightly during 1998 as revenue growth moderated. Cash
flow from discontinued operations improved due to higher earnings in 1998
resulting from improved containerboard pricing.
Investing activities used $140 million less cash during 1998 than in 1997.
A significantly reduced level of acquisitions was partially offset by a higher
level of capital spending for discontinued operations. This increased spending
was primarily to acquire certain leased timberlands in contemplation of the
separation of the containerboard assets from Packaging's other businesses.
Acquisitions in 1998 included: Champion International's dual-ovenable paperboard
tray manufacturing facility in Belvidere, Illinois; Richter Manufacturing and
Sentinel Products. In 1997, acquisitions related primarily to the protective and
flexible packaging businesses of KNP.
Financing activities used $67 million in 1998, compared to providing $239
million in 1997, a change of $306 million. Packaging retired $81 million less
debt during 1998. During 1998, Packaging remitted $56 million to Tenneco. During
1997, Tenneco contributed $331 million to Packaging.
104
<PAGE> 106
YEARS 1997 AND 1996
RESULTS OF CONTINUING OPERATIONS
Net Sales and Operating Revenues
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
%
1997 1996 CHANGE
---- ---- ------
(MILLIONS)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Specialty............................................. $2,553 $1,987 28%
Intergroup sales and other............................ 10 -- NM
------ ------
$2,563 $1,987 29%
====== ======
</TABLE>
Packaging experienced increases in revenues from its Specialty segment of
$566 million during 1997 over 1996. This growth was primarily generated by unit
volume sales growth and revenues earned by companies acquired in 1996 and 1997.
The protective and flexible packaging businesses acquired from KNP in late April
1997, along with revenues from the Amoco Foam products business calculated
through the first anniversary of its August 1996 acquisition, contributed $491
million to this revenue growth during 1997. Unit volume sales increases,
primarily in the consumer markets and clear plastic containers, accounted for
significant revenue increases as well. Partially offsetting revenue growth from
acquisitions and volumes was lower product pricing, reflecting lower raw
material prices, which negatively impacted revenues by $53 million.
Income Before Interest Expense, Income Taxes, and Minority Interest
(Operating Income)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
%
1997 1996 CHANGE
---- ---- ------
(MILLIONS)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Specialty............................................... $308 $249 24%
Other................................................... (2) (15) NM
---- ----
$306 $234 31%
==== ====
</TABLE>
Packaging's higher operating income from its Specialty segment in 1997
resulted primarily from $76 million in operating income generated by the
protective and flexible packaging businesses acquired from KNP in late April
1997 and the Amoco Foam products acquisition calculated through the first
anniversary of its August 1996 acquisition. A portion of the 1997 earnings
increase from the foam products acquisition resulted from cost savings realized
by the integration of the acquired company into the Specialty segment's existing
business.
Packaging's operating loss in its "Other" segment increased in 1997
compared to 1996 before a charge of $17 million related to the acceleration of
certain employee benefits in connection with Tenneco's December 1996 corporate
reorganization. The increase resulted from a higher level of unallocated
administrative costs related to Packaging's administrative services operation,
which began operation in late 1996.
Interest Expense (net of interest capitalized)
Interest expense for 1997 was $22 million or 22 percent higher than for
1996. As described above, interest expense in each period includes an allocation
of interest on Tenneco corporate debt. This allocation was based, in general, on
the ratio of Packaging's net assets to Tenneco consolidated net assets plus
debt. See Note 5 to the Combined Financial Statements of The Businesses of
Tenneco Packaging included elsewhere in this document for a further discussion
of the allocation of Tenneco consolidated debt and interest to Packaging.
105
<PAGE> 107
Income Taxes
Packaging's effective tax rate for 1997 was 41 percent, compared to 51
percent for 1996. The 1997 and 1996 effective tax rate was higher than the
statutory rate as a result of state and local income taxes.
DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS AND EXTRAORDINARY LOSS
In June 1999, Tenneco's Board of Directors approved a plan to sell
Packaging's remaining interest in its containerboard joint venture. Packaging
expects the sale to be completed before the spin-off. As a result, Packaging's
paperboard packaging segment is reflected as a discontinued operation.
Discontinued operations generated income of $21 million (net of income tax
expense of $14 million), or $.12 per diluted common share, during 1997.
Discontinued operations generated income of $71 million (net of income tax
expense of $47 million), or $.42 per diluted common share, for 1996.
Income from discontinued operations in 1997 included a $38 million pre-tax
gain which resulted from the refinancing of two containerboard mill leases.
Income from the discontinued paperboard packaging business in 1996 included a
$50 million pre-tax gain on the sale of certain recycled paperboard assets to a
joint venture with Caraustar Industries and a pre-tax charge of $6 million to
reorganize Packaging's folding carton operations.
The extraordinary loss reported in 1996 of $2 million (net of an income tax
benefit of $1 million), or $.01 per diluted common share, relates to premium
paid on early retirement of debt in anticipation of the corporate reorganization
effected in the fourth quarter of 1996.
See Note 7 to the Combined Financial Statements of The Businesses of
Tenneco Packaging included elsewhere in this document for a further discussion
of discontinued operations.
EARNINGS PER SHARE
Income from continuing operations was $.63 per diluted common share in
1997, up from $.38 per diluted common share in 1996. Discontinued operations
produced income of $.12 and $.42 per diluted common share, for 1997 and 1996,
respectively. Packaging recorded the cumulative effect of a change in accounting
principle discussed above of $.23 per diluted common share, resulting in net
income of $.52 per diluted common share for 1997. Packaging also recorded an
extraordinary loss of $.01 per diluted common share in 1996, related to early
retirement of debt, resulting in net income per diluted common share of $.79.
Average shares of common stock outstanding increased slightly during 1997. For
further information regarding the calculation of earnings per share, see Note 3
to the Combined Financial Statements of The Businesses of Tenneco Packaging.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
Capitalization
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
%
1997 1996 CHANGE
---- ---- ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Short-term debt and current maturities................ $ 158 $ 123 28%
Long-term debt........................................ 1,492 1,073 39
Debt allocated to discontinued operations............. 473 394 20
Minority interest..................................... 15 -- NM
Combined equity....................................... 1,839 1,843 --
------ ------
$3,977 $3,433 16%
====== ======
</TABLE>
Packaging's debt to capitalization ratio was 53.4 percent at December 31,
1997, compared to 46.3 percent at December 31, 1996. The increase in the ratio
is attributable to additional corporate debt allocated to Packaging from Tenneco
during 1997. See Note 5 to the Combined Financial Statements of
106
<PAGE> 108
The Businesses of Tenneco Packaging for a further discussion of the allocation
of Tenneco consolidated debt and interest expense to Packaging.
Cash Flows
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997 1996
---- ----
(MILLIONS)
<S> <C> <C>
Cash provided (used) by:
Operating activities...................................... $ 405 $ 263
Investing activities...................................... (654) (669)
Financing activities...................................... 239 399
</TABLE>
Operating activities provided $405 million in 1997 and $263 million in
1996. Discontinued operations provided $110 million of the increase. Continuing
operations benefited from higher income and cash flow benefits from tax refunds
during 1997, resulting primarily from tax benefits derived from the December
1996 reorganization and debt realignment, and a 1996 tax net operating loss,
which was carried back to earlier years. These positive benefits were largely
offset by increased working capital associated with higher revenue levels and
increased cash outflows associated with the fourth quarter 1996 restructuring
initiatives.
Investing activities used $15 million less cash in 1997 than in 1996. Lower
capital expenditures for discontinued operations and lower acquisitions for both
continuing and discontinued operations were largely offset by lower proceeds
from the sale of discontinued operations.
Financing activities generated $160 million less cash in 1997 than in 1996.
Packaging retired $69 million more debt and Tenneco contributed $91 million less
cash to Packaging in 1997 than in 1996.
CERTAIN STOCKHOLDERS
All of the capital stock of Packaging is currently owned by Tenneco. In the
spin-off, Tenneco stockholders will receive one share of Packaging common stock
per share of Tenneco common stock. The following table provides information
about these persons that Packaging expects to own more than 5% of Packaging's
common stock upon completion of the spin-off. It is based on Packaging's
knowledge of those persons who owned more than 5% of Tenneco's common stock on
June 30, 1999.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME AND ADDRESS SHARES OF PACKAGING PERCENT OF COMMON
OF BENEFICIAL OWNER(1) COMMON STOCK OWNED(1) STOCK OUTSTANDING(1)
---------------------- --------------------- --------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Barrow, Hanley, Mewhinney & Strauss, Inc. .......... 21,206,280(2) 12.47%(2)
One McKinney Plaza
3232 McKinney Avenue
15th Floor
Dallas, Texas 75204-2429
Morgan Stanley Dean Witter & Co. ................... 9,748,992(3) 5.73%(3)
1585 Broadway
New York, New York 10036
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) This information is based on information contained in filings made with the
Securities and Exchange Commission regarding the ownership of Tenneco common
stock.
(2) Barrow, Hanley, Mewhinney & Strauss, Inc. has indicated that it has sole
voting power over 5,104,460 shares, shared voting power over 16,101,820
shares, and sole dispositive power over 21,206,280 shares. Barrow, Hanley
also advised Tenneco that it is a registered investment advisor and these
shares are held on behalf of various clients. These shares include
16,365,800 shares (9.62%) held on behalf of the Vanguard Windsor II Fund,
The Vanguard Group, 455 Devon Park Drive, Wayne, Pennsylvania 19087-1815.
(3) Morgan Stanley Dean Witter & Co. has indicated that it has shared voting
power over 9,599,905 shares, and shared dispositive power over 9,748,992
shares.
107
<PAGE> 109
DESCRIPTION OF TENNECO AFTER THE SPIN-OFF/AUTOMOTIVE
Tenneco is a global manufacturing company whose major businesses currently
consist of Automotive and Packaging. See "Incorporation of Information by
Reference" and "Summary." Upon completion of the spin-off, Packaging will be an
independent, publicly traded company and Tenneco's remaining operations will
consist solely of Automotive. See "The Spin-off."
Automotive, with 1998 revenues of over $3.2 billion, is one of the world's
largest producers of emissions control and ride control systems and products.
The company serves both original equipment (OE) manufacturers and replacement
markets world wide through leading brands, including Monroe(R) brand ride
control and Walker(R) brand emissions control products. Automotive, on an
independent basis, would have ranked as number 457 based on revenues on the 1998
Fortune 500 listing of U.S. companies.
As an automotive parts supplier, Automotive designs, markets and sells
individual component parts for vehicles as well as groups of components that are
combined as modules or systems within vehicles. These parts, modules and systems
are sold globally to the vast majority of vehicle manufacturers and throughout
all aftermarket distribution channels.
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth the unaudited historical capitalization of
Tenneco as of March 31, 1999, and the unaudited pro forma capitalization of
Tenneco as of March 31, 1999 after giving effect to the contribution of
Packaging's containerboard assets to a new joint venture, the sale of
Packaging's folding carton assets, the debt realignment and the spin-off and
related transactions, each as if they occurred on that date. You should read
this table in conjunction with the financial statements of Tenneco Inc. and
Consolidated Subsidiaries and related notes, and Tenneco's Management Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, each included in
the Tenneco Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 14, 1999. The Form 8-K is
incorporated by reference in this document. You should also read this table in
conjunction with the "Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements of
Tenneco," included elsewhere in this document.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TENNECO
----------------------
MARCH 31, 1999
----------------------
HISTORICAL PRO FORMA
---------- ---------
(IN MILLIONS)
<S> <C> <C>
Short-term debt, including current maturities of long-term
debt...................................................... $1,092 $ --
Long-term debt.............................................. 2,014 1,800(a)
Debt allocated to discontinued operations................... 487(b) --
------ ------
Total debt................................................ 3,593 1,800
------ ------
Minority interest........................................... 422 14
------ ------
Shareowners' equity......................................... 2,096 471
------ ------
Total capitalization........................................ $6,111 $2,285
====== ======
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(a) Represents amounts expected to be outstanding under the new Tenneco
borrowings to be incurred in connection with the debt realignment. The pro
forma capitalization assumes that 100% of the original securities are
exchanged for new securities in the exchange offers and that these new
securities are not "substantially different" from the original securities.
See "Accounting Treatment of the Exchange Offers."
(b) Tenneco's historical practice has been to incur debt for its consolidated
group at the parent company level or at a limited number of subsidiaries,
rather than at the operating company level, and to centrally manage various
cash functions. Consequently, corporate debt of Tenneco has been allocated
to the net assets of Tenneco's discontinued paperboard packaging segment
based on the portion of Tenneco's investment in the paperboard packaging
segment which Tenneco deemed to be debt. This allocation is generally based
upon the ratio of paperboard packaging's net assets to Tenneco's
consolidated net assets plus debt.
108
<PAGE> 110
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF TENNECO
The following Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet of Tenneco as
of March 31, 1999, and the Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statements of Income
for the three months ended March 31, 1999 and the year ended December 31, 1998,
reflect the effects of:
- the Paperboard Transactions;
- the debt realignment; and
- the spin-off of Packaging and related transactions.
The Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet has been prepared as if
these transactions occurred on March 31, 1999; the Unaudited Pro Forma
Consolidated Statements of Income have been prepared as if these transactions
occurred as of January 1, 1998. The Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial
Statements for these periods are not necessarily indicative of the results that
would have actually occurred if these transactions had been consummated as of
March 31, 1999 or January 1, 1998, or results which may be attained in the
future.
The Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statements of Income for the year
ended December 31, 1997 and 1996 have been prepared to reflect Packaging as a
discontinued operation but do not include adjustments for the transactions
discussed above. The spin-off of Packaging is subject to a number of conditions,
including formal declaration of the spin-off by the Tenneco Board of Directors,
a favorable determination that the spin-off will be tax-free for U.S. federal
income tax purposes, and the successful completion of the debt realignment and
corporate restructuring transactions.
The spin-off represents the pro rata distribution of Packaging common stock
to the holders of Tenneco common stock. Consequently, no gain or loss will be
recognized as a result of the spin-off.
The pro forma adjustments, as described in the Notes to the Unaudited Pro
Forma Consolidated Financial Statements, are based upon available information
and upon certain assumptions that management believes are reasonable.
You should read the Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements
in conjunction with the Financial Statements of Tenneco Inc. and Consolidated
Subsidiaries for the year ended December 31, 1998 and the three months ended
March 31, 1999 contained in the Tenneco Current Report on Form 8-K dated July
14, 1999, which is incorporated by reference into this document.
109
<PAGE> 111
TENNECO
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
MARCH 31, 1999
(MILLIONS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENTS
-----------------------------------------
SPIN-OFF CONSOLIDATED
TENNECO PAPERBOARD DEBT AND RELATED TENNECO
AS REPORTED TRANSACTIONS REALIGNMENT TRANSACTIONS PRO FORMA
----------- ------------ ----------- ------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and temporary cash investments... $ 38 781(a) $ -- $ (7)(e) $ 31
(781)(a)
73(b)
(73)(b)
Receivables........................... 885 -- -- (326)(e) 671
112(d)
Inventories........................... 865 -- -- (440)(e) 425
Other current assets.................. 156 -- 90(c) (49)(e) 197
------ ----- ------- -------- ------
Total current assets................ 1,944 -- 90 (710) 1,324
Plant, property, and equipment, net..... 2,541 -- -- (1,495)(e) 1,046
Goodwill and intangibles, net........... 1,517 -- -- (1,034)(e) 483
Other assets and deferred charges....... 1,155 -- 36(c) (943)(e) 248
Net assets of discontinued operations... 372 (359)(a) -- (194)(e) --
194(a)
(13)(b)
------ ----- ------- -------- ------
Total assets........................ $7,529 $(178) $ 126 $ (4,376) $3,101
====== ===== ======= ======== ======
LIABILITIES AND
SHAREOWNERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Short-term debt (including current
maturities on long-term debt)....... $1,092 $(781)(a) $ 651(c) $ (889)(e) $ --
(73)(b)
Trade payables........................ 617 -- -- (223)(e) 394
Other current liabilities............. 616 15(b) -- (393)(e) 238
------ ----- ------- -------- ------
Total current liabilities........... 2,325 (839) 651 (1,505) 632
Long-term debt.......................... 2,014 482 304(c) (1,000)(e) 1,800
Deferred income taxes................... 295 159(a) -- (444)(e) 10
Other liabilities and deferred
credits............................... 377 -- -- (203)(e) 174
Minority interest....................... 422 -- (394)(c) (14)(e) 14
Shareowners' equity..................... 2,096 20(a) (435)(c) (1,322)(e) 471
112(d)
------ ----- ------- -------- ------
Total liabilities and shareowners'
equity........................... $7,529 $(178) $ 126 $ (4,376) $3,101
====== ===== ======= ======== ======
</TABLE>
See the accompanying Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements.
110
<PAGE> 112
TENNECO
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME
FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1999
(MILLIONS EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENTS
-----------------------------------------
SPIN-OFF CONSOLIDATED
TENNECO PAPERBOARD DEBT AND RELATED TENNECO
AS REPORTED TRANSACTIONS REALIGNMENT TRANSACTIONS PRO FORMA
----------- ------------ ----------- ------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
REVENUES
Net sales and operating revenues...... $1,455 $ -- $ -- $(666)(c) $789
Other income, net..................... (13) -- -- 15(c) 2
----------- ---- ---- ----- -----------
1,442 -- -- (651) 791
----------- ---- ---- ----- -----------
OPERATING COSTS AND EXPENSES
Cost of sales (exclusive of
depreciation shown below).......... 1,029 -- -- (444)(c) 585
Engineering, research, and
development........................ 18 -- -- (7)(c) 11
Selling, general, and
administrative..................... 212 -- 1(h) (107)(c) 106
Depreciation and amortization......... 83 -- -- (48)(c) 35
----------- ---- ---- ----- -----------
1,342 -- 1 (606) 737
INCOME BEFORE INTEREST EXPENSE, INCOME
TAXES, AND MINORITY INTEREST.......... 100 -- (1) (45) 54(j)
Interest expense........................ 55 (12)(f) 28(g) (33)(c) 38
Income tax expense...................... 17 5(i) (12)(i) (4)(c) 6
Minority interest....................... 6 -- (6)(j) -- --
----------- ---- ---- ----- -----------
INCOME (LOSS) FROM CONTINUING
OPERATIONS............................ $ 22 $ 7 $(11) $ (8) $10
=========== ==== ==== ===== ===========
EARNINGS PER SHARE
Average shares of common stock --
Basic............................ 166,743,506 166,743,506
Diluted.......................... 167,180,597 167,180,597
Income from continuing operations --
Basic............................ $.13 $.06
Diluted.......................... $.13 $.06
</TABLE>
See the accompanying Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements.
111
<PAGE> 113
TENNECO
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998
(MILLIONS EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENTS
------------------------------------------
SPIN-OFF CONSOLIDATED
TENNECO PAPERBOARD DEBT AND RELATED TENNECO
AS REPORTED TRANSACTIONS REALIGNMENT TRANSACTIONS PRO FORMA
----------- ------------ ----------- ------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
REVENUES
Net sales and operating
revenues..................... $6,028 $ -- $ -- $(2,791)(c) $3,237
Other income, net............... (29) -- -- 3(c) (26)
----------- ---- ----- ------- -----------
5,999 -- -- (2,788) 3,211
----------- ---- ----- ------- -----------
OPERATING COSTS AND EXPENSES:
Cost of sales (exclusive of
depreciation shown below).... 4,202 -- -- (1,870)(c) 2,332
Engineering, research, and
development.................. 61 -- -- (33)(c) 28
Selling, general, and
administrative............... 901 -- 5(h) (427)(c) 479
Depreciation and amortization... 325 -- -- (175)(c) 150
----------- ---- ----- ------- -----------
5,489 -- 5 (2,505) 2,989
----------- ---- ----- ------- -----------
INCOME BEFORE INTEREST EXPENSE,
INCOME TAXES, AND MINORITY
INTEREST........................ 510 -- (5) (283) 222(j)
Interest expense.................. 202 (48)(f) 132(g) (133)(c) 153
Income tax expense................ 80 19(i) (55)(i) (69)(c) (25)
Minority interest................. 30 -- (29)(j) (1)(c) --
----------- ---- ----- ------- -----------
INCOME (LOSS) FROM CONTINUING
OPERATIONS...................... $ 198 $ 29 $ (53) $ (80) $ 94
=========== ==== ===== ======= ===========
EARNINGS PER SHARE
Average shares of common
stock --
Basic...................... 168,505,573 168,505,573
Diluted.................... 168,834,531 168,834,531
Income from continuing
operations --
Basic...................... $1.18 $.56
Diluted.................... $1.17 $.56
</TABLE>
See the accompanying Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements.
112
<PAGE> 114
TENNECO
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997
(MILLIONS EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CONSOLIDATED
TENNECO PRO FORMA TENNECO
AS REPORTED ADJUSTMENTS PRO FORMA
----------- ----------- ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
REVENUES
Net sales and operating revenues...................... $5,790 $(2,563) $3,227
Other income, net..................................... 42 (6) 36
----------- ------- -----------
5,832 (2,569) 3,263
----------- ------- -----------
COSTS AND EXPENSES
Cost of sales (exclusive of depreciation shown
below)............................................. 4,100 (1,796) 2,304
Engineering, research, and development................ 68 (34) 34
Selling, general, and administrative.................. 690 (270) 420
Depreciation and amortization......................... 273 (163) 110
----------- ------- -----------
5,131 (2,263) 2,868
----------- ------- -----------
INCOME BEFORE INTEREST EXPENSE, INCOME TAXES, AND
MINORITY INTEREST..................................... 701 (306) 395
Interest expense........................................ 182 (124) 58
Income tax expense...................................... 155 (75) 80
Minority interest....................................... 24 (1) 23
----------- ------- -----------
INCOME (LOSS) FOR CONTINUING OPERATIONS................. $ 340 $ (106) $ 234
=========== ======= ===========
EARNINGS PER SHARE
Average shares of common stock --
Basic............................................ 170,264,731 170,264,731
Diluted.......................................... 170,801,636 170,801,636
Income from continuing operations --
Basic............................................ $2.00 $1.37
Diluted.......................................... $1.99 $1.37
</TABLE>
See the introductory paragraphs to the Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial
Statements for a description of the pro forma adjustments.
113
<PAGE> 115
TENNECO
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996
(MILLIONS EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CONSOLIDATED
TENNECO PRO FORMA TENNECO
AS REPORTED ADJUSTMENTS PRO FORMA
----------- ----------- ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
REVENUES
Net sales and operating revenues.................... $4,967 $ (1,987) $2,980
Other income, net................................... 27 (49) (22)
------ ------- -----------
4,994 (2,036) 2,958
------ ------- -----------
COSTS AND EXPENSES
Cost of sales (exclusive of depreciation shown
below)........................................... 3,557 (1,417) 2,140
Engineering, research, and development.............. 92 (22) 70
Selling, general, and administrative................ 644 (232) 412
Depreciation and amortization....................... 225 (131) 94
------ ------- -----------
4,518 (1,802) 2,716
------ ------- -----------
INCOME BEFORE INTEREST EXPENSE, INCOME TAXES, AND
MINORITY INTEREST................................... 476 (234) 242
Interest expense...................................... 162 (102) 60
Income tax expense.................................... 146 (67) 79
Minority interest..................................... 21 -- 21
------ ------- -----------
INCOME (LOSS) FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS.............. $ 147 (65) $ 82
====== ======= ===========
EARNINGS PER SHARE
Average shares of common stock --
Basic............................................ 169,609,373 169,609,373
Diluted............................................... 170,526,112 170,526,112
Income from continuing operations --
Basic............................................ $.87 $.48
Diluted.......................................... $.86 $.48
</TABLE>
See the introductory paragraphs to the Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial
Statements for a description of the pro forma adjustments.
114
<PAGE> 116
TENNECO
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(a) To reflect the contribution of Packaging's containerboard assets to a new
joint venture in exchange for cash and debt assumption totaling
approximately $2 billion plus a 45 percent common equity interest in the
joint venture (now 43 percent due to subsequent management equity
issuances). Before the transaction, Packaging: (1) borrowed $1,760 million
and used a portion of those borrowings to acquire assets used by the
containerboard under operating leases and timber cutting rights ($1,108
million) and to purchase containerboard business accounts receivable that
had previously been sold to a third party ($118 million); and (2)
contributed the containerboard business assets (including those acquired as
described in (1) above) to the joint venture subject to the new indebtedness
and the containerboard business liabilities in exchange for $247 million in
cash and an interest in the joint venture valued at $194 million. Cash
proceeds received by Packaging totaled $781 million, consisting of the $247
million cash payment and $534 million of proceeds remaining from the new
borrowings after the acquisition of the assets described in (1) above. The
net proceeds were used to repay a portion of Tenneco's short-term debt. The
contribution and assumption of liabilities is subject to a post-closing
adjustment based on the net working capital of the containerboard business
as of the contribution date.
(b) To reflect the sale of the folding carton assets and the use of the net
proceeds from the sale to repay a portion of Tenneco's short-term debt.
(c) To reflect adjustments to Tenneco's debt for the debt realignment and the
assumed payment of interest on Tenneco consolidated debt tendered or
exchanged as part of the pre-spin-off debt realignment. Tenneco will acquire
certain subsidiary preferred stock as part of the debt realignment. At this
time, Tenneco cannot determine the ultimate amount of securities which will
be purchased in the cash tender offers, or the ultimate amount of the
original securities which will be exchanged for new securities in the
exchange offers, and the amounts could vary significantly. These pro forma
adjustments assume that 100% of the securities subject to the cash tender
offers are purchased and 100% of the original securities are exchanged for
new securities. These pro forma adjustments also assume that the new
securities will be recorded at the net carrying amount of the original
securities (in other words, the new securities are assumed not to be
"substantially different;" see "Accounting Treatment of the Exchange
Offers"). Tenneco expects to incur an extraordinary charge as a result of
the debt realignment related to the cash tender offers. Tenneco estimates
that this cost will be approximately $25 to $30 million after-tax based on
current market rates of interest. Other costs will be incurred by Tenneco in
connection with the corporate restructuring transactions and the spin-off
which Tenneco estimates will be approximately $110 million after-tax. The
effect on Tenneco's debt of these costs has been reflected in this pro forma
adjustment. However, these charges have not been included in the unaudited
pro forma consolidated statements of income.
(d) To reflect the purchase of automotive accounts receivable at fair value
which had previously been sold to a third party.
(e) To reflect the spin-off of Packaging common stock to holders of Tenneco
common stock at an exchange ratio of one share of Packaging common stock for
each share of Tenneco common stock.
(f) To reflect the adjustment to interest expense resulting from the use of
proceeds from the containerboard transaction discussed in (a) above. The net
proceeds were used to repay a portion of Tenneco's short-term debt.
(g) To reflect the adjustment to interest expense from the allocation of Tenneco
debt to Packaging in the debt realignment. For purposes of this pro forma
adjustment, Tenneco's pro forma debt is assumed to bear interest at a
weighted average annual effective interest rate of 8 1/2%. In addition, the
pro forma adjustment to interest expense includes amortization of debt issue
costs and commitment fees on the unused borrowing capacity of the new
financing arrangements to be entered into prior to the spin-off. A 1/8%
change in the assumed interest rates would change annual pro forma interest
expense by approximately $2 million, before the effect of income taxes.
115
<PAGE> 117
(h) To reflect the increase in net periodic pension costs resulting from the
transfer to Packaging of prepaid pension costs attributable to Automotive
employees. Automotive employees will no longer participate in the Tenneco
Inc. Retirement Plan following the spin-off and Packaging will become the
sponsor of this plan. These prepaid pension costs will be transferred to
Packaging in connection with the corporate restructuring transactions.
(i) To reflect the income tax expense effects of pro forma adjustments at an
assumed statutory tax rate of 40%.
(j) To eliminate the minority interest related to the acquisition of subsidiary
preferred stock in connection with the debt realignment.
116
<PAGE> 118
SUPPLEMENTAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA OF TENNECO
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Certain costs have historically been incurred by Tenneco at the corporate
level but not allocated to the operating divisions. These include administrative
services costs, certain corporate overhead costs, and other costs related to
Tenneco's operation as a public company. Because those functions will become
part of Packaging following the spin-off, they have been included in Packaging's
historical combined financial statements and are not in Automotive's pro forma
EBIT. Tenneco believes that it will incur additional costs following the
spin-off to pay for administrative services that will be provided by Packaging
and to operate as a public company. Additionally, Tenneco is implementing a
restructuring plan that was adopted in late 1998 and is designed to achieve cost
savings. While these adjustments do not qualify as pro forma adjustments under
Article 11 of Regulation S-X, Tenneco believes this analysis is important in
understanding its results of operations following the spin-off.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
THREE MONTHS
YEAR ENDED ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 1998 MARCH 31, 1999
----------------- --------------
(MILLIONS EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S> <C> <C>
Pro forma EBIT.............................................. $222 $ 54
Adjustments:
Costs for shared administrative services(a)............ (28) (7)
Costs for operating as a separate public company(b).... (19) (4)
Discount on sale of receivables(c)..................... 19 1
Non-recurring restructuring charge(d).................. 54 --
Cost savings from restructuring(e)..................... 25 2
---- ----
Adjusted pro forma EBIT..................................... 273 46
Depreciation and amortization............................... 150 35
---- ----
Adjusted pro forma EBITDA(f)................................ $423 $ 81
==== ====
Adjusted pro forma earnings from continuing operations per
share --
Basic..................................................... $.74 $.03
==== ====
Diluted................................................... $.74 $.03
==== ====
</TABLE>
(a) Tenneco (i.e., Automotive) and Packaging will enter into a transition
services agreement under which Packaging will continue to provide
Automotive with specified administrative services for an initial period
of [ ] years beginning on the date of the spin-off. Although the
price for all the services has not yet been negotiated between the
parties, Automotive estimates it would have been billed additional
costs of approximately $28 million by Packaging in 1998 based on the
full cost of providing the services.
(b) Automotive believes it will incur additional costs of approximately $19
million on an annual basis in order to replace the corporate
infrastructure and functions necessary to operate as a public company
which will no longer be available after the spin-off.
(c) Relates to the discount on sale of receivables to a third party. The
pro forma debt balance and pro forma interest expense both assume these
receivables have not been sold. Therefore, the discount on the sale of
receivables has been added back to EBIT.
(d) During 1998, Tenneco adopted restructuring plans to eliminate certain
facilities associated with Tenneco's automotive businesses. A charge to
income from continuing operations of $54 million was recorded in the
fourth quarter 1998, for severance benefits, exit costs, and asset
impairments and is reflected in Tenneco's operating income. Tenneco
believes that these non-recurring charges are not relevant in analyzing
recurring EBIT.
(e) The restructuring referred to in footnote (d) above will result in
reduced cost of sales and selling, general, and administrative
expenses. The restructuring involves closing two plant locations and
five distribution centers and the elimination of 302 positions at those
locations. Additionally,
117
<PAGE> 119
reductions in administrative personnel are part of the restructuring
plan. This amount represents Tenneco's estimate of cost savings that
would have been achieved in the above periods if the restructuring
actions had been in effect for all of 1998 and the first quarter of
1999.
(f) EBITDA represents income from continuing operations before interest
expense, income taxes, minority interest and depreciation and
amortization. EBITDA is not a calculation based upon GAAP. The amounts
included in this EBITDA calculation, however, are derived from amounts
included in the Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statements of Income,
adjusted for the items listed above. EBITDA should not be considered as
an alternative to income from continuing operations as an indicator of
the operating performance of Tenneco, or as an alternative to operating
cash flows as a measure of liquidity. Tenneco has reported EBITDA
because it believes EBITDA is a measure commonly reported and widely
used by investors and other interested parties as an indicator of a
company's ability to incur and service debt. Tenneco believes EBITDA
assists investors in comparing a company's performance on a consistent
basis without regard to depreciation and amortization, which can vary
significantly depending upon accounting methods (particularly when
acquisitions are involved) or nonoperating factors. However, the EBITDA
measure presented in this document may not always be comparable to
similarly titled measures reported by other companies due to
differences in the components of the calculation.
CAPITALIZATION FOLLOWING THE SPIN-OFF
The following table sets forth the unaudited pro forma capitalization of
Tenneco as of March 31, 1999 after giving effect to the use of proceeds from the
contribution of Packaging's containerboard assets to a new joint venture, the
sale of Packaging's folding carton assets, Tenneco's debt realignment and the
spin-off and related transactions, each as if they occurred on that date.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
MARCH 31,
1999
-------------
PRO FORMA
(IN MILLIONS)
<S> <C>
Short-term debt............................................. $ --
Long-term debt(a)........................................... 1,800
------
Total debt................................................ 1,800
------
Minority interest........................................... 14
------
Shareowners' equity......................................... 471
------
Total capitalization........................................ $2,285
======
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(a) Represents amounts expected to be outstanding under the new Tenneco
borrowings to be incurred in connection with the debt realignment. The pro
forma capitalization assumes that 100% of the original securities are
exchanged for new securities in the exchange offers and that such new
securities are not "substantially different" from the original securities.
See "Accounting Treatment for the Exchange Offers."
118
<PAGE> 120
TENNECO AND CONSOLIDATED SUBSIDIARIES SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
The following consolidated selected financial data as of and for each of
the fiscal years in the five years ended December 31, 1998, were derived from
the audited financial statements of Tenneco and its consolidated subsidiaries.
The following consolidated selected financial data as of and for each of the
three months ended March 31, 1999 and 1998 were derived from Tenneco's unaudited
condensed financial statements and its consolidated subsidiaries. In the opinion
of Tenneco's management, the selected financial data of Tenneco as of and for
the three months ended March 31, 1999 and 1998 include all adjusting entries,
consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly the
information set forth. You should not regard the results of operations for the
three months ended March 31, 1999 as indicative of the results that may be
expected for the full year.
There is other information Tenneco believes is relevant to understanding
its results of operations following the spin-off. These items relate to
corporate overhead costs incurred by Tenneco and its administrative services
operations that Tenneco expects will differ following the spin-off. For further
information you should see "Supplemental Consolidated Financial Data of Tenneco"
included elsewhere in this document.
You should read all of this information in conjunction with the Financial
Statements of Tenneco Inc. and Consolidated Subsidiaries for the year ended
December 31, 1998 and for the three months ended March 31, 1999, contained in
the Tenneco Current Report on Form 8-K, dated July 14, 1999. The Form 8-K is
incorporated by reference into this document.
119
<PAGE> 121
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
THREE MONTHS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, ENDED MARCH 31,
------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------
1998(A) 1997(A) 1996(A) 1995 1994 1999(A) 1998(A)
------- ------- ------- ---- ---- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
) (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS
STATEMENTS OF INCOME DATA(B):
Net sales and operating
revenues
Automotive................ $3,237 $3,226 $2,980 $2,479 $1,989 $789 $800
Specialty Packaging....... 2,785 2,553 1,987 845 636 666 630
Intergroup sales and
other................... 6 11 -- -- -- -- 3
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Total................... $6,028 $5,790 $4,967 $3,324 $2,625 $1,455 $1,433
=========== =========== =========== =========== =========== =========== ===========
Income from continuing
operations before interest
expense, income taxes, and
minority interest --
Automotive.................. $ 248 $ 407 $ 249 $ 240 $ 223 $57 $89
Specialty Packaging......... 328 308 249 39 68 83 74
Other(c).................... (66) (14) (22) 2 24 (40) (11)
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Total..................... 510 701 476 281 315 100 152
Interest expense (net of
interest capitalized)(d)...... 202 182 162 132 81 55 46
Income tax expense.............. 80 155 146 92 71 17 37
Minority interest............... 30 24 21 23 -- 6 8
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Income (loss) from continuing
operations.................... 198 340 147 34 163 22 61
Income (loss) from discontinued
operations, net of income
tax(e)........................ 57 21 499 701 289 (172) 14
Extraordinary loss, net of
income tax(f)................. -- -- (236) -- (5) (7) --
Cumulative effect of changes in
accounting principles, net of
income tax(g)................. -- (46) -- -- (39) (134) --
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Net income (loss)............... 255 315 410 735 408 (291) 75
Preferred stock dividends....... -- -- 12 12 60 -- --
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Net income (loss) to common
stock......................... $ 255 $ 315 $ 398 $ 723 $ 348 $(291) $75
=========== =========== =========== =========== =========== =========== ===========
Average number of shares of
common stock outstanding
Basic....................... 168,505,573 170,264,731 169,609,373 172,764,198 162,307,189 166,743,506 169,542,371
Diluted..................... 168,834,531 170,801,636 170,526,112 173,511,654 162,912,425 167,180,597 170,065,712
Earnings (loss) per average
share of common stock --
Basic:
Continuing operations..... $ 1.18 $ 2.00 $ .87 $ .20 $ 1.01 $ .13 $ .36
Discontinued
operations(e)........... .34 .12 2.87 3.99 1.41 (1.03) .08
Extraordinary loss(f)..... -- -- (1.39) -- (.03) (.04) --
Cumulative effect of
changes in accounting
principles(g)........... -- (.27) -- -- (.24) (.80) --
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
$ 1.52 $ 1.85 $ 2.35 $ 4.19 $ 2.15 $(1.74) $ .44
=========== =========== =========== =========== =========== =========== ===========
Diluted:
Continuing operations..... $ 1.17 $ 1.99 $ .86 $ .20 $ 1.00 $ .13 $ .36
Discontinued
operations(e)........... .34 .12 2.86 3.97 1.41 (1.03) .08
Extraordinary loss(f)..... -- -- (1.38) -- (.03) (.04) --
Cumulative effect of
changes in accounting
principles(g)........... -- (.27) -- -- (.24) (.80) --
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
$ 1.51 $ 1.84 $ 2.34 $ 4.17 $ 2.14 $ (1.74) $ .44
=========== =========== =========== =========== =========== =========== ===========
Cash dividends per common
share......................... $ 1.20 $ 1.20 $ 1.80 $ 1.60 $ 1.60 $ .30 $ .30
=========== =========== =========== =========== =========== =========== ===========
</TABLE>
(continued on next page)
120
<PAGE> 122
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
THREE MONTHS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, ENDED MARCH 31,
------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------
1998(A) 1997(A) 1996(A) 1995 1994 1999(A) 1998(A)
------- ------- ------- ---- ---- ------- -------
(MILLIONS EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA(B):
Net assets of discontinued
operations(e)............. $ 366 $ 423 $ 459 $ 393 $ 236 $ 372 $ 394
Total assets................ 7,774 7,455 6,774 5,273 3,245 7,529 7,634
Short-term debt(d).......... 900 233 196 314 81 1,092 401
Long-term debt(d)........... 1,983 2,205 1,714 1,349 781 2,014 2,223
Debt allocated to
discontinued
operations(d)............. 548 473 394 369 285 487 492
Minority interest........... 421 424 304 301 301 422 422
Shareowners' equity......... 2,504 2,528 2,646 3,148 2,900 2,096 2,528
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
DATA(B)
Net cash provided (used) by
operating activities...... $ 532 $ 519 $ 253 $1,443 $ 450 $ (51) $ (34)
Net cash used by investing
activities................ (759) (897) (693) (1,146) (117) (77) (106)
Net cash provided (used) by
financing activities...... 216 354 147 (356) (151) 132 128
Capital expenditures for
continuing operations..... (389) (450) (404) (473) (248) (64) (86)
OTHER DATA:
EBITDA(h)................... $ 835 $ 974 $ 701 $ 409 $ 403 $ 183 $ 231
Ratio of earnings to fixed
charges(i)................ 2.02 3.06 2.22 1.43 3.48 1.47 2.52
</TABLE>
- -------------------------
NOTE: The Financial Statements of Tenneco Inc. and Consolidated Subsidiaries
discussed in the following notes are included in and incorporated by reference
from the Tenneco Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 14, 1999. They cover the
three years ended December 31, 1998 and the three months ended March 31, 1999
and 1998.
(a) For a discussion of the significant items affecting comparability of the
financial information for the years ended 1998, 1997, and 1996, and for the
three months ended March 31, 1999 and 1998, see "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" included in
Tenneco's Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 14, 1999.
(b) During the periods presented, Tenneco completed numerous acquisitions. The
most significant acquisitions were Packaging's acquisitions of Mobil
Plastics for $1.3 billion in late 1995, Amoco Foam Products for $310 million
in August 1996, and the protective and flexible packaging businesses of N.V.
Koninklijke KNP BT for $380 million in April 1997, and Automotive's
acquisition of Clevite for $328 million in July 1996. See Notes to the
Financial Statements of Tenneco Inc. and Consolidated Subsidiaries for
additional information. See also "Description of Packaging -- Growth
Strategy" and "Description of Tenneco After the Spin-off/Automotive --
Strategic Acquisitions and Alliances" included elsewhere in this document.
(c) Income from continuing operations before interest expense, income taxes, and
minority interest for "other" includes costs which were incurred by
Tenneco's corporate and administrative services operations which were not
allocated to Tenneco's operating segments. Tenneco expects that these costs
will differ for it following the spin-off. See "Supplemental Consolidated
Financial Data of Tenneco" included elsewhere in this document for further
information.
(d) Debt amounts for 1998, 1997, and 1996, and for March 31, 1999 and 1998, are
net of allocations of corporate debt to the net assets of Tenneco's
discontinued paperboard packaging segment. Debt amounts for 1995 and 1994
are net of allocations of corporate debt to the net assets of Tenneco's
discontinued paperboard packaging, energy, and shipbuilding segments.
Interest expense for periods presented is net of interest expense allocated
to income from discontinued operations. These allocations of debt and
related interest expense are based on the ratio of Tenneco's investment in
the paperboard packaging, energy, and shipbuilding segments' respective net
assets to Tenneco consolidated net assets plus debt. See Notes to the
Financial Statements of Tenneco Inc. and Consolidated Subsidiaries for
additional information.
(e) Discontinued operations reflected in the above periods consist of Tenneco's
(1) paperboard packaging segment, which was discontinued in June 1999, (2)
energy and shipbuilding segments, which were discontinued in December 1996,
(3) farm and construction equipment segment, which was discontinued in March
1996, and (4) chemicals and brakes operations, which were discontinued
during 1994. See Notes to the Financial Statements of Tenneco Inc. and
Consolidated Subsidiaries for additional information.
(f) Represents Tenneco's costs related to prepayment of debt, including the 1996
loss recognized in the realignment of Tenneco's debt preceding its 1996
corporate reorganization and the 1999 loss recognized in connection with the
contribution of the containerboard assets to a new joint venture. See the
Notes to the Financial Statements of Tenneco Inc. and Consolidated
Subsidiaries.
(continued on next page)
121
<PAGE> 123
(g) In 1999, Tenneco implemented the American Institute of Certified Public
Accountants Statement of Position 98-5, "Reporting on the Costs of Start-up
Activities." In addition, effective January 1, 1999, Tenneco changed its
method of accounting for customer acquisition costs from a deferred method
to an expense-as-incurred method. In 1997, Tenneco implemented the Financial
Accounting Standards Board's Emerging Issues Task Force Issue 97-13,
"Accounting for Costs Incurred in Connection with a Consulting Contract that
Combines Business Process Reengineering and Information Technology
Transformation." In 1994, Tenneco adopted Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 112, "Employers' Accounting for Postemployment Benefits." See
the Notes to the Financial Statements of Tenneco Inc. and Consolidated
Subsidiaries for additional information regarding changes in accounting
principles.
(h) EBITDA represents income from continuing operations before interest expense,
income taxes, minority interest and depreciation and amortization. EBITDA is
not a calculation based upon GAAP. The amounts included in the EBITDA
calculation, however, are derived from amounts included in the historical
statements of income data. In addition, EBITDA should not be considered as
an alternative to net income or operating income as an indicator of the
operating performance of Tenneco, or as an alternative to operating cash
flows as a measure of liquidity. Tenneco has reported EBITDA because it
believes EBITDA is a measure commonly reported and widely used by investors
and other interested parties as an indicator of a company's ability to incur
and service debt. Tenneco believes EBITDA assists investors in comparing a
company's performance on a consistent basis without regard to depreciation
and amortization, which can vary significantly depending upon accounting
methods (particularly when acquisitions are involved) or nonoperating
factors. However, the EBITDA measure presented in this document may not
always be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other
companies due to differences in the components of the calculation.
(i) For purposes of computing this ratio, earnings generally consist of income
from continuing operations before income taxes and fixed charges (excluding
capitalized interest). Fixed charges consist of interest expense, the
portion of rental expense considered representative of the interest factor
and capitalized interest. For purposes of computing these ratios, have been
included in the calculations on a pre-tax basis.
122
<PAGE> 124
OVERVIEW OF AUTOMOTIVE PARTS INDUSTRY
The global market for automotive parts was estimated at approximately $520
billion for 1998. This market was comprised of approximately $420 billion in
original equipment sales and approximately $100 billion in aftermarket sales.
The automotive parts industry is generally separated into two categories:
(1) "original equipment" or "OE" sales, in which parts are sold in large
quantities directly to original equipment (vehicle) manufacturers; and (2)
"aftermarket" sales, in which parts are sold as replacement parts in varying
quantities to a wide range of wholesalers, retailers and installers. In the OE
market, parts suppliers are generally divided into tiers -- "Tier 1" suppliers,
who provide their products directly to original equipment manufacturers, and
"Tier 2" or "Tier 3" suppliers, who sell their products principally to other
suppliers for combinations into the other suppliers' own product offerings.
Demand for automotive parts in the OE market is driven by the number of new
vehicle sales, which in turn is largely determined by prevailing economic
conditions. Although OE demand is tied to planned vehicle production, parts
suppliers also have the opportunity to grow through increasing product content
and customer and market penetration. Companies with global presence in advanced
technology, engineering, manufacturing and support capabilities, such as
Automotive, are in the best position to take advantage of these opportunities.
Demand for aftermarket products is fundamentally driven by the quality of
OE parts, the number of vehicles in operation, the average age of the vehicle
fleet and vehicle usage. Innovative aftermarket products that upgrade the
performance or safety of an automobile's original parts, as several of
Automotive's products do, can also drive aftermarket demand.
ANALYSIS OF AUTOMOTIVE'S REVENUES
The following table provides for each of the years 1996 through 1998, and
for the three months ended March 31, 1999, information relating to Automotive's
net sales, by primary product lines and markets:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NET SALES (MILLIONS)
--------------------------------------------
THREE MONTHS YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
ENDED --------------------------
MARCH 31, 1999 1998 1997 1996
-------------- ---- ---- ----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
EMISSIONS CONTROL SYSTEMS & PRODUCTS
Aftermarket........................... $124 $ 590 $ 686 $ 710
OE Market............................. 336 1,224 1,067 989
---- ------ ------ ------
460 1,814 1,753 1,699
---- ------ ------ ------
RIDE CONTROL SYSTEMS & PRODUCTS
Aftermarket........................... 140 685 782 768
OE Market............................. 189 738 691 513
---- ------ ------ ------
329 1,423 1,473 1,281
---- ------ ------ ------
Total Automotive................. $789 $3,237 $3,226 $2,980
==== ====== ====== ======
</TABLE>
CUSTOMERS
Automotive has developed long-standing business relationships with its
customers around the world. It works together with its customers in all stages
of production, including design, development, component sourcing, quality
assurance, manufacturing and delivery. With a balanced mix of OE and aftermarket
products and facilities in major markets worldwide, Automotive is
well-positioned to meet customer needs. Automotive has a strong, established
reputation with its customers for providing high-quality products at competitive
prices, as well as for timely delivery and customer service.
123
<PAGE> 125
Automotive serves more than 25 different original equipment manufacturers
on a global basis, and its products are included on six of the 10 top cars and
eight of the 10 top trucks produced globally in 1998. Automotive's current OE
customers include:
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
NORTH AMERICA EUROPE INDIA
CAMI BMW Maruti Suzuki
DaimlerChrysler DaimlerChrysler TELCO
Ford DAF Bajaj
Freightliner Daihatsu
General Motors Fiat AUSTRALIA
Honda Ford Ford
Mazda Jaguar General Motors/Holden
Mitsubishi Lada Mitsubishi
Navistar Leyland Toyota
Nissan Mitsubishi
NUMMI Nissan JAPAN
Toyota Opel Mazda
Volkswagen Peugeot/Citroen Nissan
Porsche Suzuki
SOUTH AMERICA Renault/Matra Toyota
DaimlerChrysler Rover/Land Rover
Fiat Saab/Scania CHINA
Ford Toyota DaimlerChrysler
General Motors Volkswagen/Audi/SEAT/Skoda Citroen
Honda Volvo Ford
Renault Toyota
Toyota Volkswagen
Volkswagen
THAILAND
General Motors
Isuzu
</TABLE>
Automotive's aftermarket customers are comprised of full-line and specialty
warehouse distributors, retailers, jobbers (traditional automotive parts stores
that have historically sold primarily to installers), installer chains and car
dealers. These customers include such wholesalers and retailers as National Auto
Parts Association (NAPA), Monro Muffler and Brake, and Advance Auto in North
America and Temot, Autodistribution International and Kwik-Fit in Europe.
Automotive has a balanced mix of aftermarket customers, with its top 10
aftermarket customers accounting for less than 30% of Automotive's total
aftermarket revenues.
The loss of a principal customer or a material decline in the requirements
for Automotive's products from a principal customer (resulting, for example,
from a prolonged strike against the customer) could have a material adverse
effect on the operating results or financial condition of Automotive. For
example, Ford accounted for about 11.5%, 13.2% and 12.8% of Automotive's net
sales in 1996, 1997 and 1998, and DaimlerChrysler accounted for about 9.6% and
10.9% of Automotive's net sales in 1996 and 1998, respectively.
COMPETITION
Automotive operates in highly competitive markets. Customer loyalty is a
key element of competition in these markets and is developed through
long-standing relationships, customer service, value-added products and timely
delivery. Product pricing and services provided are other important competitive
factors.
124
<PAGE> 126
In both the OE market and aftermarket, Automotive competes with the vehicle
manufacturers (some of which are also customers of Automotive) and numerous
independent suppliers. In the OE market, Automotive believes that it is among
the top three suppliers in the world for both emissions control and ride control
products and systems. In the aftermarket, Automotive believes that it is the
market share leader in the supply of both emissions control and ride control
products in the world.
EMISSIONS CONTROL SYSTEMS
Vehicle emissions control products and systems play a critical role in
safely conveying noxious exhaust gases away from the passenger compartment,
reducing the level of pollutants and engine exhaust noise to an acceptable
level. Precise engineering of the exhaust system -- from the manifold that
connects an engine's exhaust ports to an exhaust pipe, to the catalytic
converter that eliminates pollutants from the exhaust, to the muffler -- leads
to a pleasant, tuned engine sound, reduced pollutants and optimized engine
performance.
Automotive designs, manufactures and distributes a variety of automotive
emissions control systems, which include components such as:
- mufflers,
- resonators -- help the muffler eliminate noise,
- catalytic converters -- devices used to convert harmful gaseous
emissions, such as carbon monoxide, from a vehicle's exhaust system into
harmless components such as water vapor and carbon dioxide,
- fabricated exhaust manifolds -- made of sheet metal or tubes and collect
gases from individual cylinders of a vehicle's engine and direct them
into a single exhaust pipe,
- pipes -- connect various parts of an exhaust system,
- hydroformed tubing -- forms into various geometric shapes (such as
Y-pipes or T-pipes) and provide flexibility in design, and
- electronic noise cancellation products.
Automotive entered this product line in 1967 with the acquisition of Walker
Manufacturing Company, which was founded in 1888. When the term "Walker" is used
in this document, it refers to the affiliates of Automotive that produce
emissions control products and systems.
Walker supplies emissions control products used in six of the 10 top
globally produced cars and five of the 10 top globally produced light trucks for
1998. With the acquisition of Heinrich Gillet GmbH & Co. ("Gillet") in 1994,
Walker also became one of Europe's leading OE emissions control systems
suppliers.
125
<PAGE> 127
The following table provides for each of the years 1996 through 1998, and
for the three months ended March 31, 1999, information relating to Automotive's
sales of emissions control systems:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PERCENTAGE OF NET SALES
------------------------------------------
THREE MONTHS YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
ENDED ------------------------
MARCH 31, 1999 1998 1997 1996
-------------- ---- ---- ----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
UNITED STATES MARKET
Aftermarket............................ 28% 37% 43% 46%
OE Market.............................. 72% 63% 57% 54%
---- ---- ---- ----
100% 100% 100% 100%
==== ==== ==== ====
FOREIGN SALES
Aftermarket............................ 26% 30% 36% 38%
OE Market.............................. 74% 70% 64% 62%
---- ---- ---- ----
100% 100% 100% 100%
==== ==== ==== ====
TOTAL SALES BY GEOGRAPHIC AREA
United States.......................... 38% 41% 44% 44%
European Union......................... 46% 44% 41% 43%
Canada................................. 8% 7% 7% 6%
Other areas............................ 8% 8% 8% 7%
---- ---- ---- ----
100% 100% 100% 100%
==== ==== ==== ====
</TABLE>
RIDE CONTROL SYSTEMS
Superior ride control is governed by a vehicle's suspension system,
including its shock absorbers and struts. Shock absorbers and struts help
maintain vertical loads placed on a vehicle's tires to help keep the tires in
contact with the road. A vehicle's ability to steer, brake and accelerate
depends on the contact between the vehicle's tires and the road. Worn shocks and
struts can allow excess weight transfer from side to side (roll), from front to
rear (pitch) and up and down (bounce). Variations in tire-to-road contact can
affect a vehicle's handling and braking performance and the safe operation of a
vehicle. Shock absorbers are designed to control vertical loads placed on tires
by providing resistance to vehicle roll, pitch and bounce. Thus, by maintaining
the tire-to-road contact, ride control products are designed to function as
safety components of a vehicle, in addition to providing a comfortable ride.
Automotive designs, manufactures and distributes a variety of ride control
products and systems. Its ride control offerings include:
- shock absorbers,
- struts,
- electronically adjustable suspension systems that change performance
based on inputs like steering and braking,
- vibration control components, including rubber-like bushings and
mountings that reduce vibration between metal parts of a vehicle,
- springs, and
- modular assemblies which are combinations of parts that are provided to
customers as a unit.
Automotive manufactures and markets replacement shock absorbers for
virtually all North American, European and Asian makes of automobiles. In
addition, Automotive manufactures and markets shock absorbers and struts for use
on passenger cars and trucks, as well as for other uses such as exercise and
recreational equipment. Monroe supplies ride control products used in three of
the 10 top globally produced cars and eight of the 10 top globally produced
light trucks for 1998. Automotive entered the ride control product line in 1977
with the acquisition of Monroe Auto Equipment, which was founded in 1916 and
introduced the world's first automotive shock absorber in 1926. When the term
"Monroe" is used in this document it refers to the affiliates of Automotive that
produce ride control products and systems.
126
<PAGE> 128
The following table provides for each of the years 1996 through 1998, and
for the three months ended March 31, 1999, information relating to Automotive's
sales of ride control equipment:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PERCENTAGE OF NET SALES
------------------------------------------
THREE MONTHS YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
ENDED ------------------------
MARCH 31, 1999 1998 1997 1996
-------------- ---- ---- ----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
UNITED STATES MARKET
Aftermarket............................ 37% 43% 50% 62%
OE Market.............................. 63% 57% 50% 38%
---- ---- ---- ----
100% 100% 100% 100%
==== ==== ==== ====
FOREIGN SALES
Aftermarket............................ 48% 53% 56% 59%
OE Market.............................. 52% 47% 44% 41%
---- ---- ---- ----
100% 100% 100% 100%
==== ==== ==== ====
TOTAL SALES BY GEOGRAPHIC AREA
United States.......................... 49% 47% 48% 48%
European Union......................... 30% 32% 27% 34%
Canada................................. 5% 3% 3% 3%
Other areas............................ 16% 18% 22% 15%
---- ---- ---- ----
100% 100% 100% 100%
==== ==== ==== ====
</TABLE>
SALES AND MARKETING
Automotive sells directly to original equipment manufacturers. To maintain
its customer focus, Automotive's OE sales force is organized into
customer-dedicated teams. These sales teams service the original equipment
manufacturers at a regional facility level, with global coordination and support
from Automotive's headquarters.
For the aftermarket, Automotive uses a dedicated sales force and consumer
brand marketing professionals to sell and market its products. This group
provides extensive marketing support to aftermarket customers, including trade
and consumer marketing, promotions and general advertising. Automotive maintains
an aftermarket customer order fill rate of 95%, which reflects the percentage of
the average customer order Automotive is able to fill from inventory. Automotive
sells its aftermarket products through five primary channels of distribution:
(1) the traditional three-step distribution system: full-line warehouse
distributors, jobbers and installers; (2) the specialty two-step distribution
system: specialty warehouse distributors that carry only specified automotive
product groups and installers; (3) direct sales to retailers; (4) direct sales
to installer chains; and (5) direct sales to car dealers.
MANUFACTURING AND ENGINEERING
Automotive uses state-of-the-art manufacturing to achieve superior product
quality at the lowest operating costs possible. Automotive's manufacturing
strategy centers on a lean production system that reduces overall
costs -- especially indirect costs -- while maintaining quality standards and
reducing manufacturing cycle time. Automotive deploys new technology where it
makes sense to differentiate its processes from its competitors' or to achieve
balance in one piece flow-through production lines.
EMISSIONS CONTROL
Walker operates 11 manufacturing facilities in the U.S. and six engineering
and technical facilities worldwide. Walker also operates 32 manufacturing
facilities outside of the U.S. and has a controlling interest in six joint
ventures that own manufacturing facilities in China, Germany, India, and Sweden.
See "-- Properties."
127
<PAGE> 129
Walker attempts to locate original equipment manufacturing facilities close
to its OE customers to provide products on demand, or "just-in-time." Eleven of
Walker's plants are just-in-time facilities.
During the 1990's, Walker expanded its converter and emission system
design, development, test and manufacturing capabilities. Walker's engineering
capabilities now include advanced predictive design tools, advanced prototyping
processes and state-of-the-art testing equipment. This expanded technological
capability makes Walker a "full system" integrator, supplying complete emissions
control systems from the manifold to the tailpipe, to provide full emission and
noise control. It also allows Walker to provide just-in-time delivery and, when
feasible, sequence delivery of emissions control systems to meet customer
production requirements.
RIDE CONTROL
Monroe operates seven manufacturing facilities in the U.S. and ten
engineering and technical facilities worldwide. Monroe also operates 16
manufacturing facilities outside of the U.S. and has a controlling interest in
three joint ventures that own manufacturing facilities in China and India.
Monroe is attempting to locate original equipment manufacturing facilities close
to customers to provide products on demand, or just-in-time. See
"-- Properties."
In designing its shock absorbers and struts, Monroe uses advanced
engineering and test capabilities to provide product reliability, endurance and
performance. Monroe's engineering capabilities feature advanced computer-aided
design equipment and testing facilities. Monroe's dedication to innovative
solutions has led to such technological advances as:
- adaptive damping systems -- adapts to the vehicle's motion to better
control undesirable vehicle motions;
- electronically adjustable suspensions -- changes suspension performance
based on a variety of inputs such as steering, braking, vehicle height,
and velocity; and
- air leveling systems -- manually or automatically adjust the height of
the vehicle.
Conventional shock absorbers and struts generally compromise either ride comfort
or vehicle control. Monroe's innovative grooved-tube, gas-charged shock
absorbers and struts provide both ride comfort and vehicle control, resulting in
improved handling (less roll), reduced vibration and a wider range of vehicle
control. This technology can be found in Monroe's premium quality Sensa-Trac(R)
shock absorbers. In late 1997, Monroe further enhanced this technology by adding
the Safe-Tech(TM) fluon banded piston, which improves shock absorber performance
and durability.
INDUSTRY TRENDS
Currently, several significant existing and emerging trends are
dramatically reshaping the automotive industry. As the dynamics of the
automotive industry change, so do the roles, responsibilities and relationships
of its participants. Key trends that Automotive believes are affecting
automotive parts suppliers include:
CUSTOMER AND SUPPLIER CONSOLIDATION
The customer base for automotive parts is consolidating in both the OE
market and aftermarket. Because of recent business combinations among vehicle
manufacturers -- such as the DaimlerChrysler merger and Ford's acquisition of
Volvo -- and in the aftermarket -- such as AutoZone's acquisition of Chief Auto
Parts and CSK Auto's acquisition of Big Wheel/Rossi -- suppliers are competing
for the business of fewer customers. The cost focus of these major customers is
causing suppliers to reduce prices.
Consolidation is also occurring among automotive parts suppliers,
particularly those who supply vehicle makers. The approximate number of Tier 1
suppliers is projected to decrease from 1,500 to 600 between 1998 and 2005. The
primary reasons for this consolidation include: (1) an increasing desire by
original equipment manufacturers to work with fewer, larger suppliers that can
provide fully-integrated
128
<PAGE> 130
systems; and (2) the inability of smaller suppliers to compete on price with the
larger companies who benefit from purchasing and distribution economies of
scale. A supplier's viability in this consolidating market depends, in part, on
its continuing ability to maintain and increase operating efficiencies by
reducing costs and improving productivity. Also important is a supplier's
ability to provide value-added services such as materials management,
specialized engineering capabilities and integration of individual components
into modules and systems. With its strong market positions in emissions control
and ride control products and its demonstrated ability to integrate and deliver
modules and systems, Automotive is well-positioned to respond to increasing
customer consolidation.
INCREASED OE OUTSOURCING AND DEMAND FOR FULL-SYSTEM INTEGRATION BY
SUPPLIERS
Original equipment manufacturers are moving towards outsourcing automotive
parts and systems to simplify the vehicle assembly process, lower costs and
reduce vehicle development time. Outsourcing allows original equipment
manufacturers to take advantage of the lower cost structure of the automotive
parts suppliers and to benefit from multiple suppliers engaging in simultaneous
development efforts. Development of advanced electronics has enabled formerly
independent vehicle components to become "interactive," leading to a shift in
demand from individual parts to fully-integrated systems. As a result,
automotive parts suppliers offer original equipment manufacturers component
products individually, as well as in a variety of integrated forms such as
modules and systems:
- "Modules" are groups of component parts arranged in close physical
proximity to each other within a vehicle. Modules are often assembled by
the supplier and shipped to the original equipment manufacturer for
installation in a vehicle as a unit. Seats, instrument panels, axles and
door panels are examples.
- "Systems" are groups of component parts located throughout a vehicle
which operate together to provide a specific vehicle function. Anti-lock
braking systems, safety restraint systems, emissions control and power
train systems are examples.
This shift has created the role of the Tier 1 systems integrator. These systems
integrators will increasingly have the responsibility to execute a number of
activities, such as design, product development, engineering, testing of
component systems and purchasing from Tier 2 suppliers. Automotive is an
established Tier 1 supplier with ten years of product integration experience and
28 modular vehicle platforms in production worldwide. For example, Automotive
supplies ride control modules for the Chrysler JA Cirrus/Stratus/Breeze and the
emissions control system for the Porsche Boxster.
GLOBALIZATION OF THE AUTOMOTIVE INDUSTRY
Original equipment manufacturers are increasingly requiring suppliers to
provide parts on a global basis. As the customer base of original equipment
manufacturers changes, and emerging markets become more important to achieving
growth, suppliers must be prepared to provide products any place in the world.
This requires a worldwide approach to supply chain management, engineering,
sales and distribution:
- Growing Importance of Emerging Markets. Because the North American and
Western European automotive markets are relatively mature, original
equipment manufacturers are increasingly focusing on emerging markets for
growth opportunities, particularly China, Eastern Europe, India and Latin
America. This increased OE focus has, in turn, increased the growth
opportunities in the aftermarkets in these regions.
- Governmental Tariffs and Local Parts Requirements. Many governments
around the world require that vehicles sold within their country contain
specified percentages of locally produced parts. Additionally, some
governments place high tariffs on imported parts.
- Location of Production Closer to End Markets. Original equipment
manufacturers and parts suppliers have relocated production globally on
an "on-site" basis that is closer to end markets. This
129
<PAGE> 131
international expansion allows suppliers to pursue sales in developing markets
and take advantage of relatively lower labor costs.
With facilities around the world, including the key regions of North America,
South America, Europe and Asia, Automotive can supply its customers on a global
basis.
GLOBAL RATIONALIZATION OF OE VEHICLE PLATFORMS
Original equipment manufacturers are increasingly designing "world car"
platforms. A "world car" platform is a basic mechanical structure of a vehicle
that can accommodate different features. Thus, original equipment manufacturers
can design one platform for a number of similar vehicle models. This allows
manufacturers to realize significant economies of scale through limiting
variations across items such as steering columns, brake systems, transmissions,
axles, exhaust systems, support structures and power window and door lock
mechanisms. Automotive believes that this shift towards standardization will
have a large impact on automotive parts suppliers, who should experience a
reduction in production costs as original equipment manufacturers reduce
variations in components. Automotive also expects parts suppliers to experience
higher production volumes per unit and greater economies of scale, as well as
reduced total investment costs for molds, dies and prototype development.
Automotive currently works with original equipment manufacturers on 33 "world
car" platforms.
INCREASING ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS AND TECHNOLOGICAL INNOVATION
As consumers continue to demand competitively priced vehicles with
increased performance and functionality, the number of electronic components
utilized in vehicles is increasing. By replacing mechanical functions with
electronics and by integrating mechanical and electronic functions within a
vehicle, original equipment manufacturers are achieving improved emissions
control, improved safety and more sophisticated features at lower costs.
In addition, automotive parts customers are increasingly demanding
technological innovation from suppliers to address more stringent emissions and
other regulatory standards and to improve vehicle performance. To continue
developing innovative products, systems and modules, Automotive maintains 16
research and development facilities and has entered into several strategic
alliances focused on advanced technology designs. For example, Automotive has
developed several adaptive damping systems which reduce undesirable vehicle
motion. Also, Automotive has developed the self-lubricating elastomer which has
the additional capability to reduce friction between moving components in a
suspension-system thereby reducing audible noise and vibration.
INCREASING ENVIRONMENTAL STANDARDS
Automotive parts suppliers and original equipment manufacturers are
designing products and developing materials to comply with increasingly
stringent environmental requirements. Government regulations adopted over the
past decade require substantial reductions in automobile tailpipe emissions,
longer warranties on parts of an automobile's pollution-control equipment and
additional equipment to control fuel-vapor emissions. Some of these regulations
also mandate more frequent emissions and safety inspections for the existing
fleet of vehicles. Manufacturers have responded by focusing their efforts
towards technological development to minimize pollution. As a leading supplier
of emissions control systems with strong technical capabilities, Automotive is
well-positioned to benefit from more rigorous environmental standards.
EXTENDED PRODUCT LIFE OF AUTOMOTIVE PARTS
The average useful life of automotive parts -- both OE and
replacement -- has been steadily increasing in recent years due to innovations
in products and technologies. The longer product lives allow vehicle owners to
replace parts of their vehicles less often. As a result, a portion of sales in
the aftermarket has been displaced. Accordingly, a supplier's future viability
in the aftermarket will depend, in part, on its ability to reduce costs and
leverage its advanced technology and recognized brand names to maintain or
130
<PAGE> 132
achieve additional sales. As a Tier 1 OE supplier, Automotive is well-positioned
to leverage its products and technology into the aftermarket. Furthermore, an
opportunity exists for replacement of certain parts to increase as the average
age of vehicles on the road increases. For example, from 1990 to 1997 the
average age of cars in the U.S. increased from 7.8 to 8.7 years.
GROWING RETAIL AFTERMARKET DISTRIBUTION
During the last decade, the number of retail automotive parts chains, such
as AutoZone and Advance Auto, has been growing while the number of traditional
automotive parts stores that sell to installers ("jobbers") has been declining.
Since 1990, the number of retail automotive parts stores has increased from
approximately 10,000 to approximately 14,000, while the number of jobbers has
decreased from approximately 25,000 to approximately 21,000. In addition, since
retailers are attempting to grow their commercial sales to automotive parts
installers, they are increasingly adding premium brands to their product
portfolios. This enables them to offer the option of a premium brand, which is
often preferred by their commercial customers, or a standard product, which is
often preferred by their retail customers. Automotive is well-positioned to
respond to this changing aftermarket situation because of its focus on cost
reduction and high-quality, premium brands.
BUSINESS STRATEGY
Automotive's primary goal is to grow and enhance its global position in the
manufacture of emissions control and ride control products and systems.
Automotive intends to apply its competitive strengths and balanced mix of
products, markets, customers and distribution channels to capitalize on many of
the significant existing and emerging trends in the automotive industry. The key
components of Automotive's business strategy are described below.
CAPITALIZE ON PRODUCT LIFE CYCLES
Using its global engineering capabilities and its advanced technology
position, Automotive is pursuing opportunities to design unique, value-added
products for vehicle manufacturers that yield higher margins in the OE market.
Automotive expects to take advantage of its OE technology investments by moving
these differentiated products into the aftermarket, where they should continue
to generate future revenue streams through the entire life of the vehicle.
Innovative products such as Sensa-Trac(R) shocks and Quiet-Flow(TM) mufflers are
examples of where Automotive's market balance between OE and aftermarket sales
allows Automotive to leverage its cost structure over the entire product life
cycle to produce sustained, higher-margin returns.
DEVELOP AND COMMERCIALIZE INNOVATIVE, VALUE-ADDED PRODUCTS
Automotive intends to continue to focus on the development of highly
engineered systems and complex assemblies and modules which provide value-added
solutions to customers and generally carry higher profit margins than
individualized components. Furthermore, Automotive intends to expand its product
lines by continuing to identify and fill new fast-growing niche markets, by
developing new products for existing markets, by acquiring companies with
product portfolios that complement the products currently supplied by Automotive
and by establishing strategic alliances with other suppliers.
One example of Automotive's focus on innovation is its acquisition in early
1999 of Kinetic Ltd., an Australian advanced suspension engineering company with
advanced roll-control technology. This technology also provides enhanced on-road
handling while improving off road performance. In addition, in an effort to
further enhance its electronic competencies Automotive entered into an agreement
with Siemens Automotive S.A. in late 1998 to cooperate in the development and
commercialization of advanced electronically controlled ride control and
suspension technologies. Also in late 1998, Automotive reached an agreement with
Ohlins Racing A.B. to jointly develop advanced, electronically controlled
suspension damping systems, which decreases spring movement.
131
<PAGE> 133
LEVERAGE AFTERMARKET BRAND NAMES
Automotive manufactures and markets leading brand-name products. Monroe(R)
ride control products and Walker(R) emissions control products, which have been
offered to consumers for over 50 years, are two of the most recognized
brand-name products in the automotive parts industry. Automotive continues to
emphasize product value differentiation with these brands and its other primary
brands, including:
- the Monroe Sensa-Trac(R) line of shock absorbers, that has been enhanced
by the Safe-Tech(TM) system technology which incorporates a fluon banded
piston to improve performance and durability;
- Walker's Quiet-Flow(TM) muffler, which features an open-flow design that
increases exhaust flow, improves sound quality and significantly reduces
exhaust backpressure when compared to other replacement mufflers;
- Rancho(R) ride control products for the high-performance light truck
market;
- DynoMax(R) high-performance emissions control systems;
- Walker Perfection(TM) catalytic converters;
- Clevite(TM) elastomeric vibration control components, which are primarily
rubber products used to reduce vibration through "cushioning" a
connection or contact point; and
- in European markets, Walker(R) and Aluminox(TM) mufflers.
Automotive is also capitalizing on its brand strength by incorporating
newly acquired product lines within existing product families. Automotive's
brand equity is an important asset in a time of customer consolidation and
merging channels of distribution.
DIVERSIFY END-MARKETS
One of Automotive's goals is to apply its existing design, marketing and
manufacturing capabilities to produce products for a variety of adjacent
markets. Automotive believes that these capabilities could be used for heavy
duty vehicle and industrial applications, various recreational vehicles,
scooters and bicycles. Automotive expects that expanding into markets other than
automotive parts will allow it to capitalize on its advancing technical and
manufacturing infrastructure to achieve growth in higher margin businesses.
EXPAND FULL-SYSTEM CAPABILITIES
The automotive parts industry is encountering a consolidation of parts
suppliers, as original equipment manufacturers require suppliers to provide
design assistance and innovation and full-system capabilities rather than just
specific parts. In response to this trend, Automotive has developed integrated,
electronically linked global engineering and manufacturing facilities to
maintain its presence on top selling vehicles. Automotive has over 10 years of
experience as an integrator of systems and modules, and is currently supplying
modules for 28 vehicle platforms worldwide. Automotive also plans to continue to
dedicate more resources towards strengthening technical capability and design
expertise and to pursue appropriate strategic acquisitions, joint ventures,
strategic alliances and cooperative development agreements to increase its
ability to deliver full-system capabilities.
MAINTAIN OPERATING COST LEADERSHIP
Automotive intends to continue to reduce costs by:
- standardizing its products and processes throughout its operations,
- further developing its global supply chain management capabilities,
- improving its information technology,
- increasing efficiency through employee training,
132
<PAGE> 134
- investing in more efficient machinery, and
- enhancing the global coordination of costing and quoting procedures.
In the fourth quarter of 1998, Automotive began a restructuring designed to
reduce administrative and operational overhead costs. The largest part of the
$54 million restructuring charge which was recorded in income from continuing
operations related to the restructuring of its North American aftermarket
operations is expected to be complete by mid-2000. The operational
restructuring, designed to better match Automotive's capacity to market demand,
involves closing two plant locations and five distribution centers, with the
elimination of 302 positions at those locations. Automotive expects to complete
this by mid-2000. The administrative restructuring involves the reduction of
approximately 450 administrative staff positions. Automotive expects to complete
this by the end of 1999.
Automotive has also adopted Business Operating System ("BOS") as a
disciplined system to promote and manage continuous improvement. BOS focuses on
the assembly and analysis of data for quick and effective problem resolution to
create more efficient and profitable operations.
Automotive has also adopted a management process of measuring the economic
value of its operations to help ensure returns exceed capital costs. Automotive
is planning to link the successful application of this management discipline to
its incentive compensation program.
EXECUTE FOCUSED ACQUISITIONS AND ALLIANCES
In the past, Automotive has been successful in identifying and capitalizing
on strategic acquisitions and alliances to achieve growth. Through these
acquisitions and alliances, Automotive has (a) expanded its product portfolio,
(b) realized incremental business with existing customers, (c) gained access to
new customers and (d) achieved leadership positions within new geographic
markets.
Where appropriate, Automotive intends to continue to pursue strategic
acquisitions that complement its existing technology and systems development
efforts. This focused strategy will assist Automotive to identify and acquire
smaller-scale companies with proven proprietary technology and recognized
research capabilities necessary to help develop further leadership in systems
integration. Any potential acquisition will be expected to meet strict financial
criteria to ensure it increases economic value. Automotive also plans to
continue to pursue its joint venture and alliance opportunities to achieve its
objectives and enhance its profitability.
PROPERTIES
Automotive leases its executive offices at 500 North Field Court, Lake
Forest, Illinois, 60045, and its telephone number at that address is (847)
482-5000.
Walker operates 11 manufacturing facilities in the U.S. and six engineering
and technical facilities worldwide. Walker also operates 32 manufacturing
facilities outside of the U.S. and has a controlling interest in six joint
ventures that own manufacturing facilities in China, Germany, India and Sweden.
Monroe operates seven manufacturing facilities in the U.S. and ten
engineering and technical facilities worldwide. Monroe also operates 16
manufacturing facilities outside of the U.S. and has a controlling interest in
three joint ventures that own manufacturing facilities in China, South Africa
and India.
Automotive's manufacturing locations outside of the U.S. are located in
Canada, Mexico, Belgium, Spain, the United Kingdom, the Czech Republic, Turkey,
South Africa, France, Denmark, Sweden, Germany, Poland, Portugal, Argentina,
Brazil, Australia, and New Zealand. Sales offices are located in Australia,
Canada, Italy, Japan, Poland, Russia, and Sweden.
Of Automotive's properties described above, approximately one-half are
owned and one-half are leased. Twelve of the properties are held through joint
ventures. Automotive also has distribution facilities at its manufacturing sites
and at a few offsite locations, substantially all of which are leased.
133
<PAGE> 135
Automotive's commitment to sound management practices and policies is also
demonstrated by its successful participation in the ISO/QS (International
Standards Organization/Quality Systems) certification process. ISO/QS
certifications are yearly audits that certify that a company's facilities meet
stringent quality and business systems requirements. Without either ISO or QS
certification, Automotive would not be able to supply original equipment
manufacturers locally or globally. Ninety-nine percent of Automotive's
facilities eligible to participate in the ISO program have achieved ISO 9000
certification. Eighty-five percent of Automotive's facilities eligible to
participate in the QS program have achieved QS 9000 certification.
Automotive believes that substantially all of its plants and equipment are,
in general, well maintained and in good operating condition. They are considered
adequate for present needs and, as supplemented by planned construction, are
expected to remain adequate for the near future.
Automotive also believes that it and its subsidiaries have generally
satisfactory title to the properties owned and used in their respective
businesses.
LEGAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL PROCEEDINGS
As of June 1, 1999, Automotive has been designated as a potentially
responsible party at four "Superfund" sites and it has estimated its share of
the liability at these sites to be approximately $2 million in the aggregate. In
addition, Automotive may have liability to remediate contaminant releases at 18
of its current or former facilities and it has estimated its share of the
remediation costs at these facilities to be $19 million in the aggregate. For
both the "Superfund" sites and its current and former facilities, Automotive has
established reserves that it believes are adequate for these costs. Although
Automotive believes its estimates of remediation costs are reasonable and are
based on the latest available information, the clean-up costs are estimates and
are subject to revision as more information becomes available about the extent
of remediation required. At some sites, Automotive expects that other parties
will contribute to the remediation costs. In addition, at the Superfund sites,
the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act
provides that Automotive's liability could be joint and several, meaning that
Automotive could be required to pay in excess of its share of remediation costs.
Automotive's understanding of the financial strength of other potentially
responsible parties at both the Superfund sites and at its former facilities has
been considered, where appropriate, in Automotive's determination of its
estimated liability. Automotive believes that any adjustment to the costs
associated with its current status as a potentially responsible party at the
Superfund sites or as a liable party at its current or former facilities will
not be material to its consolidated financial position or results of operations.
Automotive estimates that its capital expenditures for environmental
matters for 1999 and 2000 will not be material.
Automotive is party to various other legal proceedings arising from its
operations. Tenneco believes that the outcome of these other proceedings,
individually and in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on
Automotive's financial position or results of operations.
STRATEGIC ACQUISITIONS AND ALLIANCES
Strategic acquisitions, joint ventures and alliances have been an important
part of Automotive's growth. Through this strategy, Automotive has expanded to
meet customers' global requirements. This strategy has also allowed Automotive
to acquire or align with companies that possess proven technology and research
capabilities, furthering Automotive's leadership in systems integration.
EMISSIONS CONTROL
- In 1996, Automotive established a joint venture in Dalian, China to
supply emissions control systems to the Northern Chinese automotive
market, expanded its North American heavy duty
134
<PAGE> 136
truck aftermarket business through the acquisition of Stemco Inc. and
acquired Minuzzi, the second largest manufacturer of exhaust products in
Argentina.
- In 1997, Automotive acquired Autocan, a Mexican catalytic converter and
exhaust pipe assembly manufacturer. It also acquired the manufacturing
operations of MICHEL, a privately owned, Polish-based manufacturer of
replacement market emissions control systems for passenger cars in
Eastern Europe.
- In 1998, Automotive established a joint venture in Shanghai, China to
supply emissions control systems to the Central and Southern Chinese
automotive markets. Automotive also established a joint venture in Pune,
India to supply emissions control systems to OE customers and the
aftermarket.
- In 1999, Automotive began manufacturing emissions control systems at a
new facility in Curitiba, Brazil to supply original equipment customers
in this growing regional market.
RIDE CONTROL
- In 1995, Automotive acquired a 51% interest in a joint venture that has
three ride control manufacturing facilities in India and acquired a 51%
interest in a joint venture that has one ride control manufacturing
facility in China.
- In July 1996, Automotive acquired The Pullman Company and its Clevite
products division ("Clevite"). Clevite is a leading original equipment
manufacturer of elastomeric vibration control components, including
bushings, engine mounts and control arms, for the auto, light truck and
heavy truck markets. These products connect major metal parts and help
isolate noise, vibration and shock. With this acquisition, Automotive
expanded its capability to deliver ride control systems to original
equipment manufacturers. The Clevite acquisition also complemented
Automotive's interest in global growth opportunities, since both Clevite
and Monroe have manufacturing operations in Mexico and Brazil.
- In September 1996, Automotive acquired full ownership of Monroe Amortisor
Imalat ve Ticaret, a Turkish shock absorber manufacturer, in which it
previously held a 16.7% ownership interest.
- In December 1996, Automotive acquired 94% of the voting stock of Fric-Rot
S.A.I.C., the leading producer and marketer of ride control products in
Argentina. In 1997, Automotive increased its interest in Fric-Rot to more
than 99% through the purchase of additional shares.
- In 1996, Automotive also expanded its presence in Australia's ride
control product market with the acquisition of National Springs.
- In 1997, Automotive entered into a joint venture which resulted in its
acquisition of majority ownership of Armstrong, a leading South African
manufacturer of ride control products.
- Earlier this year, Automotive completed its acquisition of Kinetic, an
Australian advanced suspension engineering company with advanced
roll-control technology. Also this year, Automotive licensed elastomer
technology and equipment from Draftex, a French company. Automotive
intends to apply this technology to manufacturing engine mounts and ride
control products for sale in Mexico, Central America and South America.
OTHER
As of June 1, 1999, Automotive had approximately 23,500 employees, 34% of
which were covered by collective bargaining agreements and 16% of which are
governed by European works councils. Twenty-three of Automotive's existing labor
agreements, covering a total of 3,000 employees, are scheduled for renegotiation
in 1999 and 2000. Automotive regards its employee relations as generally
satisfactory.
The principal raw material utilized by Automotive is steel. Automotive
believes that an adequate supply of steel can presently be obtained from a
number of different domestic and foreign suppliers.
135
<PAGE> 137
Automotive holds a number of domestic and foreign patents and trademarks
relating to its products and businesses. It manufactures and distributes its
products primarily under the Walker(R) and Monroe(R) brand names, which are well
recognized in the marketplace and are registered trademarks of Automotive. The
patents, trademarks and other intellectual property owned by or licensed to
Automotive are important in the manufacturing, marketing and distribution of its
products.
MANAGEMENT AFTER THE SPIN-OFF
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
In connection with the spin-off, the current Board of Directors of Tenneco
Inc. will be restructured. This restructured Board of Directors will govern the
management and operations of Automotive upon completion of the spin-off.
The Automotive Board of Directors will be divided into three classes
serving staggered three-year terms. At each annual meeting of stockholders,
successors to the directors whose terms expire at that meeting will be elected.
However, Tenneco intends to submit a proposal for consideration at the next
annual stockholders' meeting to eliminate its staggered Board.
Information concerning the individuals who will serve as directors of
Automotive upon completion of the spin-off and their terms is provided below.
Any current directors of Tenneco Inc. who will not be continuing as Automotive
directors will resign effective upon the spin-off.
Terms Expiring at the 2000 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (Class I)
MARK ANDREWS -- Mr. Andrews has been Chairman of Andrews Associates, Inc.,
a government consulting firm, since February 1987. From 1963 to 1980, he served
in the U.S. House of Representatives, and from 1980 to 1986 he served in the
U.S. Senate. He is also a director of Union Storage Co. Mr. Andrews is 72 and
has been a director of Tenneco since 1987. He will become a director of
Packaging in connection with the spin-off.
MARK P. FRISSORA -- Mr. Frissora will be the Chief Executive Officer of
Automotive upon the spin-off and has been serving as its President since April
1999. From 1996 to April 1999, he held various positions within Automotive's
operations including Senior Vice President and General Manager of North American
Original Equipment. Mr. Frissora joined Automotive in 1996 from Aeroquip-Vickers
Corporation, where he served from 1991 as Vice President of North American
marketing, sales and distribution. Mr. Frissora is 43 years old and will be
named a director in connection with the spin-off.
ROGER B. PORTER -- Mr. Porter is Director of the Center for Business and
Government at Harvard University and is the IBM Professor of Business and
Government. Mr. Porter has served on the faculty at Harvard University since
1977. Mr. Porter also held senior economic policy positions in the Ford, Reagan
and Bush White Houses, serving as special assistant to the President and
executive secretary of the Economic Policy Board from 1974 to 1977, as deputy
assistant to the President and director of the White House Office of Policy
Development from 1981 to 1985, and as assistant to the President for economic
and domestic policy from 1989 to 1993. He is also a director of RightCHOICE
Managed Care, Inc., National Life Insurance Company, and Zions Bancorporation.
Mr. Porter is 52 years old, has been a director of Tenneco since January 1998
and will become a director of Packaging in connection with the spin-off.
Terms Expiring at the 2001 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (Class II)
DANA G. MEAD, CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD -- Mr. Mead is currently the Chairman
and Chief Executive Officer of Tenneco and has served as an executive officer of
Tenneco since April 1992, when he joined Tenneco as Chief Operating Officer.
Prior to joining Tenneco, Mr. Mead served as an Executive Vice President of
International Paper Company, a manufacturer of paper, pulp, and wood products,
from 1988, and served as Senior Vice President of that company from 1981. He is
also a director of Packaging Corporation of America, Tenneco Packaging Inc.
(Chairman), Textron Inc., Zurich Allied AG, Pfizer Inc.
136
<PAGE> 138
and Newport News Shipbuilding Inc. Mr. Mead is 63 years old and has been a
director of Tenneco since 1992. Upon completion of the spin-off, he will resign
as Chief Executive Officer of Tenneco, but will continue, on a non-executive
basis, as the Chairman of the Board of Automotive and Packaging through March
2000.
M. KATHRYN EICKHOFF -- Ms. Eickhoff has been President of Eickhoff
Economics, Inc., a consulting firm, since 1987. From 1985 to 1987, she was
Associate Director for Economic Policy for the U.S. Office of Management and
Budget, and prior to 1985, was Executive Vice President and Treasurer of
Townsend-Greenspan & Co., Inc., an economic consulting firm. She is also a
director of AT&T Corp., Pharmacia & Upjohn, Inc., and Fleet Bank, NA. Ms.
Eickhoff is 59 years old, has been a director of Tenneco since 1987. She
previously served as a member of the Tenneco Board of Directors from 1982 until
her resignation to join the Office of Management and Budget in 1985.
DAVID B. PRICE, JR. -- Mr. Price has been an executive vice president of
The BFGoodrich Company and president and chief operating officer of BFGoodrich
Performance Materials, a producer of chemical additives and specialty plastics
for use in consumer and industrial products, since July 1997. Prior to joining
BFGoodrich, Mr. Price held various executive positions over a 20-year span at
Monsanto Company, most recently serving as president of the Performance
Materials Division of Monsanto Company. Mr. Price is 53 years old and will be
named a director in connection with the spin-off.
Terms Expiring at the 2002 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (Class III)
SIR DAVID PLASTOW -- Sir David Plastow was Chairman of the Medical Research
Council, which promotes and supports research and post-graduate training in the
biomedical and other sciences, from 1990 to 1998. He served as Chairman of
Inchcape plc, a multi-national marketing and distribution company, from June
1992 to December 1995, and Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Vickers plc,
an engineering and manufacturing company headquartered in London, from January
1987 to May 1992. He is also a director of Lloyds TSB Group plc and FT Everard &
Sons Limited. Sir David Plastow is 66 years old and has been a director of
Tenneco since May 1996. He previously served as a member of the Board of
Directors of Tenneco from 1985 until 1992.
PAUL T. STECKO -- Mr. Stecko became the Chief Executive Officer of
Packaging Corporation of America, Packaging's containerboard packaging joint
venture, in connection with the April 1999 formation of the venture. From
November 1998 to April 1999, Mr. Stecko served as President and Chief Operating
Officer of Tenneco. From January 1997 to that time, Mr. Stecko served as Chief
Operating Officer of Tenneco. From December 1993 through January 1997, Mr.
Stecko served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Packaging. Prior to
joining Tenneco, Mr. Stecko spent 16 years with International Paper Company. Mr.
Stecko is 54 years old and has been a director of Tenneco since November 1998.
He is also a director of State Farm Mutual Insurance Company and Chairman of the
Board of Packaging Corporation of America. He will become a director of
Packaging in connection with the spin-off.
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
The following provides information concerning the persons who will serve as
the executive officers of Automotive upon completion of the spin-off. Each of
the named persons has been, or before the spin-off
137
<PAGE> 139
will be, elected to the office indicated opposite his name and will serve as the
discretion of the Automotive Board of Directors.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AGE AT
NAME JUNE 30, 1999 TITLE
---- ------------- -----
<S> <C> <C>
Mark P. Frissora............... 43 Chief Executive Officer
Richard P. Schneider........... 52 Senior Vice President -- Global Administration
Mark A. McCollum............... 40 Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Timothy R. Donovan............. 43 Senior Vice President and General Counsel
Timothy E. Jackson............. 45 Senior Vice President and General Manager -- North
American Original Equipment and Worldwide Program
Management
Joel M. Campbell............... 51 Senior Vice President and General Manager -- North
American Aftermarket
</TABLE>
MARK P. FRISSORA -- See "-- Board of Directors," above, for information
about Mr. Frissora.
RICHARD P. SCHNEIDER -- As Senior Vice President -- Global Administration,
Mr. Schneider is responsible for the development and implementation of human
resources programs and policies and corporate communications activities for
Automotive's worldwide operations. He joined Automotive in 1994 from
International Paper Company where, during his 20-year tenure, he held key
positions in labor relations, management development, personnel administration
and equal employment opportunity.
MARK A. MCCOLLUM -- Mr. McCollum joined Automotive in April 1998 from
Tenneco, where as Vice President, Corporate Development he was responsible for
executing Tenneco's strategic transactions. He joined Tenneco in January 1995 as
Vice President, Financial Analysis and Planning and became corporate Controller
in March of that year. Before joining Tenneco, Mr. McCollum spent 14 years with
the international public accounting firm of Arthur Andersen LLP, serving as an
audit and business advisory partner of the company's worldwide partnership from
1991 to 1994.
TIMOTHY R. DONOVAN -- Mr. Donovan will become Senior Vice President and
General Counsel of Automotive in connection with the spin-off. Mr. Donovan is a
partner in the law firm of Jenner & Block, where he serves as the Chairman of
the Corporate and Securities Group and as a member of the firm's Executive
Committee.
TIMOTHY E. JACKSON -- Mr. Jackson was named Senior Vice President and
General Manager -- North American Original Equipment and Worldwide Program
Management in June 1999. Mr. Jackson joined the company from ITT Industries
where he was President of the company's Fluid Handling Systems Division. With
over 20 years of management experience, 14 within the automotive industry, he
was also Chief Executive Officer for HiSAN, a joint venture between ITT
Industries and Sanoh Industrial Company. Mr. Jackson has also served in senior
management positions at B.F. Goodrich Aerospace and General Motors Corporation.
JOEL M. CAMPBELL -- Mr. Campbell was named Senior Vice President and
General Manager -- North American Aftermarket in October 1998. Prior to joining
Automotive, Mr. Campbell was President of Cooper Automotive (manufacturer of
spark plugs, wipers and lighting). With over 33 years of management experience,
19 within the automotive industry, he has also held several other positions at
Ford Motor Company, Elano Enterprises (General Electric Aerospace) and Massey
Ferguson.
STOCK OWNERSHIP OF MANAGEMENT
The following table shows, as of June 30, 1999, the number of shares of
Tenneco common stock beneficially owned by: (a) each person who will be a
director of Automotive upon the spin-off; (b) each person who is named in the
Summary Compensation Table for Automotive, below; and (c) all persons who will
be directors or executive officers of Automotive upon the spin-off, as a group.
The table also shows Tenneco common stock equivalents held by directors and
executive officers under Tenneco's stock
138
<PAGE> 140
ownership and deferred compensation plans and the total number of shares of
Tenneco common stock and common stock equivalents held.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SHARES OF COMMON COMMON STOCK TOTAL SHARES
STOCK OWNED(1) EQUIVALENTS AND EQUIVALENTS
---------------- ------------ ---------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
DIRECTORS
[to be provided by amendment]
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) Less than one percent of the outstanding shares of Tenneco common stock.
COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS AFTER THE SPIN-OFF
The Automotive Board of Directors will have three standing committees when
the spin-off is completed. These committees will have the following described
responsibilities and authority:
The Audit Committee, comprised solely of non-employee directors, will have
the responsibility, among other things, to: (a) recommend the selection of
Automotive's independent public accountants; (b) review and approve the scope of
the independent public accountants' audit activity and extent of non-audit
services; (c) review with management and such independent public accountants the
adequacy of Automotive's basic accounting system and the effectiveness of
Automotive's internal audit plan and activities; (d) review with management and
the independent public accountants Automotive's certified financial statements
and exercise general oversight of Automotive's financial reporting process; and
(e) review with Automotive litigation and other legal matters that may affect
Automotive's financial condition and monitor compliance with Automotive's
business ethics and other policies.
The Compensation/Nominating/Governance Committee, comprised solely of
outside directors, will have the responsibility, among other things, to (a)
establish the salary rate of officers and employees of Automotive and its
subsidiaries, (b) examine periodically the compensation structure of Automotive
and (c) supervise the welfare and pension plans and compensation plans of
Automotive. It will also have significant corporate governance responsibilities
to, among other things, (1) review and determine the desirable balance of
experience, qualifications and expertise among members of the Automotive Board,
(2) review possible candidates for membership on the Automotive Board and
recommend a slate of nominees for election as directors at Automotive's annual
stockholders' meeting, (3) review the function and composition of the other
committees of the Automotive Board and recommend membership on these committees
and (4) review the qualifications and recommend candidates for election as
officers of Automotive.
The Three-year Independent Director Evaluation Committee, comprised solely
of outside directors, will have the responsibility, among other things, to
review Automotive's qualified offer rights plan at least every three years and,
if it deems it appropriate, recommend that the full Automotive Board modify or
terminate that plan.
139
<PAGE> 141
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The following table shows the compensation paid by Tenneco to: (a) the
current Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of Tenneco Inc.; (b)
the person who will become the Chief Executive Officer of Automotive upon the
spin-off; and (c) each of the persons who will be included among the four most
highly compensated executive officers of Automotive upon the spin-off based on
1998 compensation, other than the Chief Executive Officer. The table shows
amounts paid to these persons for all services provided to Tenneco and its
subsidiaries.
SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
LONG-TERM
COMPENSATION
ANNUAL COMPENSATION ---------------------
-------------------------------- RESTRICTED
OTHER ANNUAL STOCK ALL OTHER
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION YEAR SALARY BONUS COMPENSATION AWARDS OPTIONS COMPENSATION
- --------------------------- ---- ------ ------ ------------ ---------- ------- ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
</TABLE>
[to be provided by amendment]
The following table sets forth the number of options to purchase Tenneco
common stock granted during 1998 to the persons named in the Summary
Compensation Table above.
OPTION GRANTS IN 1998
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
POTENTIAL
REALIZABLE VALUE
AT ASSUMED
ANNUAL RATES OF
PERCENT OF STOCK PRICE
SHARES OF TOTAL APPRECIATION FOR
COMMON STOCK OPTIONS GRANTED OPTION TERM
UNDERLYING TO EMPLOYEES EXERCISE EXPIRATION ----------------
NAME OPTIONS GRANTED(#) IN 1998(%) PRICE($) DATE 5%($) 10%($)
---- ------------------ --------------- -------- ---------- ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
</TABLE>
[to be provided by amendment]
The following table sets forth the number of options to purchase Tenneco
common stock exercised during 1998 and held at December 31, 1998 by the persons
named in the Summary Compensation Table above.
OPTIONS EXERCISED IN 1998 AND 1998 YEAR-END OPTION VALUES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TOTAL NUMBER OF VALUE OF UNEXPECTED
UNEXERCISED OPTIONS IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS
HELD AT DECEMBER 31, 1998 HELD AT DECEMBER 31, 1998
SHARES ACQUIRED VALUE ---------------------------- ----------------------------
NAME ON EXERCISE(#) REALIZED($) EXERCISABLE UNEXERCISABLE EXERCISABLE UNEXERCISABLE
---- --------------- ----------- ----------- ------------- ----------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
</TABLE>
[to be provided by amendment]
The following table sets forth information concerning performance-based
awards made during 1998 to the persons named in the Summary Compensation Table
above.
140
<PAGE> 142
LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLANS
PERFORMANCE SHARE EQUIVALENT UNIT AWARDS IN 1998
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PERFORMANCE OR ESTIMATED FUTURE PAYOUTS UNDER
NUMBER OF SHARES, OTHER PERIOD NON-STOCK PRICE-BASED PLANS
UNITS OR UNTIL MATURATION ---------------------------------------
NAME OTHER RIGHTS OR PAYOUT THRESHOLD TARGET MAXIMUM
---- ----------------- ---------------- ------------ --------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
</TABLE>
[to be provided by amendment]
The following table sets forth the aggregate estimated annual benefits
payable under the Tenneco Retirement Plan ("TRP") upon normal retirement to
persons in specified remuneration and years of credited participation
classifications. In connection with the spin-off, Packaging will become the
sponsor of the TRP. Automotive expects to adopt a salaried defined benefit
pension plan patterned after the TRP. The Automotive plan will count service
prior to the spin-off for all purposes, including benefit accrual, but there
will be an offset for benefits accrued under the TRP. Therefore, as to
Automotive employees, the benefits described in the table will be provided by a
combination of payments from the TRP and the Automotive plan. Automotive also
expects to adopt plans similar to the Tenneco Inc. supplemental pension plans
that are being assumed by Packaging.
PENSION PLAN TABLE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEARS OF CREDITED PARTICIPATION
---------------------------------------
REMUNERATION 15 20 25 30
------------ -- -- -- --
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
[to be provided by amendment]
</TABLE>
COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS
Fee Structure. Following the spin-off, each director who is not also an
employee of Automotive will be paid a yearly retainer fee of $35,000 for service
on the Board of Directors. In general, 100% of that fee will be paid in the form
of stock-settled common stock equivalents, as described below. A director may
elect, however, to have up to 40% ($14,000) of the fee paid in cash. These
non-employee directors will also receive cash attendance fees and committee
chair and membership fees, and reimbursement of their expenses for attending
meetings of the Board of Directors. Non-employee directors will receive $1,000
for each meeting of the Board of Directors attended, and each one who serves as
a chairman of the Audit Committee or the Compensation/Nominating/Governance
Committee will be paid a fee of $7,000 per chairmanship. Non-employee directors
who serve as members of these committees will be paid $4,000 per committee
membership. Members of the Three-year Independent Director Evaluation Committee
will receive $1,000 plus expenses for each meeting of that committee attended.
Common Stock Equivalents/Options. As described above, after the spin-off
all or a portion of a non-employee director's retainer fee will be paid in
common stock equivalent units. These directors' stock equivalents will be
payable in shares of Automotive common stock after a non-employee director
ceases to serve as a director of Automotive. Final distribution of these shares
may be made either in a lump sum or in installments over a period of years. The
directors' stock equivalents will be issued at 100% of the fair market value on
the date of the grant. Each non-employee director will also receive an annual
grant of an option to purchase up to 6,500 shares of Automotive common stock as
additional incentive compensation
141
<PAGE> 143
for service on the Board of Directors. Directors options (a) will be granted
with per share exercise prices equal to 100% of the fair market value of a share
of Automotive common stock on the day the option is granted, (b) will have terms
of ten years and (c) will fully vest six months from the grant date. Once
vested, the directors options will be exercisable at any time during the option
term.
Automotive expects that restricted shares of Tenneco common stock held by
directors will be vested prior to the completion of the spin-off, and the
directors will be paid an amount in cash to defray taxes incurred on that
vesting.
Deferred Compensation Plan. Automotive will have a voluntary deferred
compensation plan for non-employee directors. Under the plan, these directors
may elect to have up to 40% of his or her retainer fee and all or a portion of
his or her meeting fees credited to a deferred compensation account. The plan
will provide these directors with various investment options. These investment
options will include stock equivalent units of Automotive common stock, which
may be paid out in either cash or shares of Automotive common stock.
Restricted Stock. In satisfaction of residual obligations of Automotive
under the discontinued retirement plan for directors, Ms. Eickhoff and Mr.
Andrews will receive a yearly grant of $15,400 in value of restricted shares of
Automotive common stock. The restricted shares may not be sold, transferred,
assigned, pledged or otherwise encumbered and are subject to forfeiture if Ms.
Eickhoff or Mr. Andrews ceases to serve on the Board prior to the expiration of
the restricted period. This restricted period ends upon his or her normal
retirement from the Board, unless he or she is disabled, dies, or the
Compensation/Nominating/Governance Committee of the Board, at its discretion,
determines otherwise. During the restricted period, Ms. Eickhoff will be
entitled to vote the shares and receive dividends.
EMPLOYMENT CONTRACTS AND TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT AND CHANGE-IN-CONTROL
ARRANGEMENTS
Automotive will maintain a key executive change in control severance
benefit plan similar to the one established by Tenneco. The purpose of the plan
is to enable Automotive to continue to attract, retain and motivate highly
qualified employees by eliminating (to the maximum practicable extent) any
concern on the part of such employees that their job security or benefit
entitlements will be jeopardized by a "change-in-control" of Automotive (as that
term will be defined in the plan). The plan will be designed to achieve this
purpose through the provision of severance benefits for key employees and
officers whose position is terminated under certain circumstances following a
change-in-control. Under the plan, Automotive expects that Messrs.
would have become entitled to receive payments from
Automotive in the amount of , respectively, had their
positions been terminated on June 30, 1999. In addition, restricted shares held
in the name of those individuals under restricted stock plans would have
automatically reverted to Automotive, and Automotive would have been obliged to
pay those individuals the fair market value of those restricted shares. Their
performance share equivalent units would also have been fully vested and paid.
The spin-off does not constitute a "change-in-control" of Tenneco for purposes
of Tenneco's current change in control severance benefits program or of
Automotive for purposes of the change in control severance benefits program
Automotive will maintain as described above.
TRANSACTIONS WITH MANAGEMENT AND OTHERS
During 1998, certain executive officers of Automotive owed money to
Automotive. The debt was incurred in connection with relocation of these persons
and all amounts outstanding are secured by a subordinated mortgage note, which
accrues interest at the rate of 3% per year on the unpaid balance and matures at
the earlier of the individual's termination of employment or the year 2026.
Principal is payable in full at maturity and the payment of interest was
deferred for 1998. Tenneco has provided low-interest loans in the past in
connection with executive relocations. The following sets forth the approximate
aggregate amount outstanding as of December 31, 1998 (and is the largest
aggregate amount outstanding during 1998): .
142
<PAGE> 144
AUTOMOTIVE BENEFIT PLANS FOLLOWING THE SPIN-OFF
Automotive will continue its sponsorship of the defined benefit pension
plans covering hourly employees. Automotive expects to adopt a salaried defined
benefit pension plan patterned after the TRP, which will count service prior to
the spin-off for all purposes including benefit accrual, but there will be an
offset for benefits accrued under the TRP. Automotive will adopt a thrift plan
covering salaried and hourly employees to which the employees' account balances
in the existing Tenneco thrift plans will be transferred. The Automotive thrift
plan will be a 401(k) plan, and there will be employer contributions.
Automotive will adopt three non-qualified deferred compensation plans
patterned after the existing Tenneco deferred compensation plan for directors,
deferred compensation plan for employees and officers and supplemental defined
benefit pension plan. All of these plans will be unfunded. The existing Tenneco
plans will be assumed by Packaging at the time of the spin-off.
Automotive will continue the executive incentive compensation plan to
provide annual cash bonuses to eligible employees.
Automotive will adopt a change in control severance benefit plan for key
executives substantially similar to the existing Tenneco plan.
Participation in the existing Tenneco employee stock purchase plan has been
suspended. Automotive expects to permit resumed participation in that plan after
the spin-off.
Automotive will continue the 1996 Tenneco Inc. Stock Ownership Plan.
Outstanding Tenneco options held by Automotive personnel will be adjusted to
reflect the spin-off. Shares underlying options previously held by
non-Automotive personnel will become available for regrant at the time of the
spin-off.
NEW FINANCING
Before the spin-off, Automotive intends to (1) issue new subordinated debt
in the amount of $ and (2) enter into a new, $ billion secured
credit facility. Tenneco plans to use the proceeds of the subordinated debt and
borrowings of approximately $ under the new credit facility to fund a
portion of the debt realignment. See "The Spinoff -- Debt Realignment."
Automotive expects the new credit facility to consist of a $ million
six-year tranche A term loan facility, a $ million eight-year tranche B term
loan facility, a $ million eight and one-half year tranche C term loan
facility and a $ million six-year revolving credit facility. The revolving
credit facility will allow Automotive to borrow money, repay the borrowings, and
borrow again up to the maximum amount of the facility. The tranche A term loan
will be repayable in consecutive quarterly installments, beginning months
after the closing date and ending years after the closing date, in amounts
to be agreed upon. The tranche B term loan will be repayable in consecutive
equal quarterly installments during the first years after the closing date,
with the balance being payable in equal quarterly installments during the last
year. The tranche C term loan will be repayable in consecutive equal quarterly
installments during the first years after the closing date, with the
balance payable in equal quarterly installments during the last two quarters.
Automotive expects borrowings under the new credit facility to bear
interest at . Automotive also expects the new credit facility to contain
numerous covenants that could substantially restrict Automotive's future
operations, including, among other things, limitations on (a) incurring
additional debt, (b) liens and guarantees, (c) mergers, consolidations and sales
of assets, (d) dividends, (e) capital expenditures and investments, and (e) sale
and leaseback transactions. Additionally, the credit facility will likely
require Automotive to meet financial tests including:
- minimum interest coverage, which is the ratio of Automotive's income from
continuing operations before interest expense, income taxes, minority
interest and depreciation and amortization ("EBITDA") to its interest
expense;
- minimum fixed charge coverage, which is the ratio of Automotive's EBITDA
minus capital expenditures to its interest expense; and
143
<PAGE> 145
- maximum leverage, which is the ratio of Automotive's total debt to its
EBITDA.
These limitations and financial requirements could adversely affect
Automotive's operations. See "Risk Factors -- Risks if You Do Not Exchange --
Risks Relating to Automotive's Business."
Automotive expects the new credit facility to be secured by a perfected
first priority security interest in all of the capital stock of each of
Automotive's direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries and up to 65% of the
capital stock of each of Automotive's direct and indirect first-tier foreign
subsidiaries. Automotive expects that the collateral will be released if
Automotive achieves specified increases in its long-term debt ratings or if
specified tranche term loans are paid in full.
In addition, Automotive expects the credit facility to require mandatory
prepayments of the term loans from the proceeds of funds Automotive raises from
specified sources, including:
- a portion of the net proceeds from any sale or issuance of equity
(excluding equity issued in connection with employee compensation
arrangements) and a portion of the net proceeds of the incurrence of
specified debt (excluding, generally, lines of credit of Automotive's
foreign subsidiaries);
- a portion of the net proceeds of any asset sales of Automotive and its
subsidiaries; and
- a portion of excess cash flows for each fiscal year of Automotive
(beginning with 1999).
The new subordinated debt will consist of [to be provided by amendment].
144
<PAGE> 146
U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
The following discussion is a summary of U.S. federal income tax
consequences of the exchange offers and consent solicitation to holders of
original securities. Jenner & Block, tax counsel to Tenneco and Packaging in
connection with the exchange offers, has reviewed this discussion and is of the
opinion that, to the extent this discussion summarizes matters of law or legal
conclusions, it is accurate in all material respects under United States federal
income tax laws as now in effect. This discussion is general in nature and does
not discuss all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to
you in light of the your particular circumstances. For example, special rules
may apply to you if you are one of the following types of holders:
- an insurance company,
- a tax-exempt organization,
- an employee stock ownership plan,
- a bank, broker, dealer or financial institution,
- a holder that holds original securities as part of a position in a
"straddle" or as part of a "hedging" or "conversion" transaction for U.S.
federal income tax purposes,
- a holder that has a "functional currency" other than the United States
dollar, or
- a taxpayer that is not a citizen or resident of the United States, or
that is a foreign corporation, foreign partnership or foreign estate or
trust as to the United States.
In addition, the discussion does not consider the effect of any foreign,
state, local, or other tax laws, or any United States tax consequences (for
example, estate or gift tax) other than income tax consequences, that may be
applicable to you. Further, this summary assumes that you hold the original
securities as "capital assets" (generally, property held for investment) within
the meaning of Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
(the "Code"). This summary is based on the Code and applicable Treasury
Regulations promulgated and proposed under the Code, rulings, administrative
pronouncements and decisions as of the date of this document, all of which are
subject to change or differing interpretations at any time with possible
retroactive effect.
YOU ARE URGED TO CONSULT YOUR OWN TAX ADVISOR TO DETERMINE THE FEDERAL, STATE,
LOCAL, FOREIGN AND OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES TO YOU OF THE EXCHANGE OFFERS AND
CONSENT SOLICITATION.
TAX CONSIDERATIONS IF YOU EXCHANGE
New Securities. In general, if you tender your original securities in the
exchange offers, you should not recognize any gain or loss as a result of your
receipt of new securities, except on the receipt of accrued and unpaid interest
on the original securities and on the receipt of an early exchange premium (as
discussed below). Your basis of the new securities immediately after the
exchange offers will be the same as the basis of your original securities
exchanged for those new securities, increased by the amount of gain you
recognized in the applicable exchange offer and decreased by the amount of any
related early exchange premium received. The holding period of the new
securities received by you in the exchange offers will include the period during
which you held the original securities exchanged for those new securities,
assuming the original securities were held as capital assets. No ruling has been
requested from the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") regarding the consequences
of the exchange offers and, accordingly, Tenneco and Packaging cannot assure you
that the IRS will not take a view contrary to those expressed above.
The above conclusions are based on the assumption, among others, that the
original securities and new securities are "securities" for federal income tax
purposes. Whether a debt instrument constitutes a security for U.S. federal
income tax purposes depends on the terms, conditions and other facts and
circumstances relating to the instrument. Prominent factors that the courts have
relied upon in making this determination include: (a) the term to maturity of
the debt; (b) the collateral securing the debt; (c) the
145
<PAGE> 147
degree of subordination of the debt; (d) the ratio of debt to equity of the
issuer; (e) the riskiness of the business of the issuer; and (f) the
negotiability of the instrument. Generally, notes with terms to maturity of ten
years or more, such as some of the original securities and some of the new
securities, are treated as securities for federal income tax purposes.
Securities with terms to maturity of five years or less are generally not
treated as securities for federal income tax purposes. Nevertheless, the IRS has
taken the position that while the term to maturity is an important factor, the
determination of whether a debt instrument is a security should be based upon an
evaluation of the overall nature of the debt, including the degree of
participation and continuing interest in the business of the debtor obligated
for the debt. [Terms to maturity of new securities to be provided by amendment.]
Based on all of the factors discussed above, in the opinion of Jenner &
Block, both the original securities and the new securities should be treated as
securities for U.S. federal income tax purposes. However, due to the inherently
factual nature of the determination of whether a debt instrument is a security
for tax purposes, the IRS or a court could determine that the original
securities or the new securities do not constitute securities.
The above conclusions are also based on the assumption that the spin-off
will qualify as a tax-free distribution under Section 355 of the Code. Tenneco
has requested a letter ruling from the IRS to that effect. The letter ruling
will be based on various factual representations and assumptions. If any of
these factual representations or assumptions are incomplete or untrue in a
material respect, or the facts on which the letter ruling is based are
materially different from the facts at the time of the spin-off, the spin-off
could become taxable to Tenneco, its stockholders and its other securityholders.
If the spin-off does not qualify as a tax-free distribution under Section
355 of the Code (other than as a result of a 50% ownership shift in Automotive
or Packaging) or if either the original securities or new securities are
determined not to be securities for U.S. federal income tax purposes, you would
recognize capital gain or loss if you participate in the exchange offers equal
to the difference between the issue price of the new securities and your tax
basis of the original securities exchanged. Any gain may be subject to ordinary
income treatment if you acquired the original securities at a market discount.
The "issue price" of the new securities will be equal to (a) the fair market
value of the original securities or the new securities, if either the original
securities or the new securities are traded on an established market, or (b) the
stated principal amount of the new securities, if neither the original
securities nor the new securities are traded on an established market.
If either the original securities or the new securities are traded on an
established market, the new securities may have original issue discount equal to
the difference between their issue price and their stated principal amount. You
would include any original issue discount in income as it accrued on the basis
of a constant yield to the maturity date, and thus would be required to include
amounts in income prior to the date such income is actually paid in cash.
Early Exchange Premium. The law is unclear as to how an early exchange
premium that is received by you with respect to an Old Exchange Security
exchanged in the exchange offers will be treated for U.S. federal income tax
purposes. It is possible that an early exchange premium will be treated as (a)
additional consideration received by you in exchange for your original
securities, (b) a separate payment in the nature of a fee or (c) a payment of
additional interest. If the early exchange premium is treated as additional
interest or a fee, it would result in ordinary income to you. If the early
exchange premium is treated as additional consideration received by you in
exchange for your original securities, it would result in the recognition of
capital gain by you to the extent of the lesser of (1) the early exchange
premium received and (2) the gain, if any, realized by you on the exchange of
those original securities. Tenneco intends to treat the early exchange premium
for U.S. federal income tax purposes as additional consideration received by
holders in exchange for original securities. However, no ruling has been
requested from the IRS regarding the tax consequences of the payment of the
early exchange premium. Thus, no assurance can be given that the position
intended to be taken by Tenneco described above will be accepted by the IRS.
146
<PAGE> 148
Accrued Interest. Any portion of the payment received by you which is
attributable to accrued interest on the original securities will be taxable as
ordinary income in accordance with your method of accounting for U.S. federal
income tax purposes.
TAX CONSIDERATIONS IF YOU DO NOT EXCHANGE
If you do not exchange your original securities in the exchange offers you
should not recognize gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes unless
the Supplemental Indenture with respect to the original indenture (providing for
the proposed amendments) becomes effective and is deemed to constitute a
significant modification of the original securities under Section 1001 of the
Code. The changes in the terms of the original securities to be effected by the
Supplemental Indenture should not constitute a significant modification under
the applicable Treasury Regulations, and should not result in a deemed exchange
of securities for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Accordingly, if you hold
original securities and elect to retain then, you should not recognize gain or
loss as a result of the changes to the terms of the original securities effected
by the Supplemental Indenture. Alternatively, even if the Supplemental Indenture
were to result in a deemed exchange of securities for U.S. federal income tax
purposes, if you do not tender your original securities into the exchange
offers, you should not recognize gain or loss on the deemed exchange since the
deemed exchange should qualify as a tax-free recapitalization (assuming the
original securities constitute securities for federal income tax purposes).
BACKUP WITHHOLDING
Under the U.S. federal income tax backup withholding provisions of the Code
and applicable Treasury Regulations, you will be subject to backup withholding
at the rate of 31% with respect to interest and may be subject to backup
withholding at the rate of 31% with respect to any early exchange premium
received by you unless you: (a) are a corporation or come within certain other
exempt categories and, when required, demonstrate this fact; or (b) provide a
correct taxpayer identification number to the exchange agent, certify as to no
loss of exemption from backup withholding, and otherwise comply with the
applicable requirements of the backup withholding rules. Any amount withheld
under these rules will be credited against your U.S. federal income tax
liability. To prevent backup withholding with respect to the payment of
interest, you must complete and sign a substitute Form W-9, which is included as
part of the consent and letter of transmittal, and return it to the exchange
agent. If the exchange agent is not provided with the correct taxpayer
identification number, you may also be subject to a penalty imposed by the IRS.
If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund may be obtained by
you from the IRS.
LEGAL MATTERS
Certain legal matters regarding the new securities will be passed upon for
Tenneco and Packaging by Jenner & Block, Chicago, Illinois. Certain federal
income tax matters are also being passed upon for Tenneco and Packaging by
Jenner & Block. Theodore R. Tetzlaff, General Counsel of Tenneco and a partner
of Jenner & Block, beneficially owns 148,376 shares of Tenneco common stock
(including options to purchase 89,871 shares of Tenneco common stock, which
options are either presently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days). Timothy
R. Donovan, also a partner of Jenner & Block, will become Senior Vice President
and General Counsel of Automotive in connection with the spin-off. Certain legal
matters relating to exchange offers will be passed upon for the dealer managers
by Cahill Gordon & Reindel (a partnership including a professional corporation),
New York, New York. Cahill Gordon & Reindel has in the past represented and
continues to represent Tenneco in various matters.
147
<PAGE> 149
EXPERTS
The following financial statements and schedules included or incorporated
by reference in this document or elsewhere in this registration statement to the
extent and for the periods indicated in their reports, have been audited by
Arthur Andersen LLP, independent public accountants, and are included in this
document in reliance upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting
and auditing in giving said reports: (a) Tenneco Inc. and Consolidated
Subsidiaries included in Tenneco's Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 14,
1999, incorporated by reference in this document; and (b) The Businesses of
Tenneco Packaging, included in this document.
148
<PAGE> 150
INDEX TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SCHEDULE OF
THE BUSINESSES OF TENNECO PACKAGING
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
----
<S> <C>
Report of independent public accountants.................... F-2
Combined statements of income for each of the three years in
the period ended December 31, 1998, and the three months
ended March 31, 1999 (unaudited) and 1998 (unaudited)..... F-3
Combined balance sheets -- December 31, 1998 and 1997, and
March 31, 1999 (unaudited)................................ F-4
Combined statements of cash flows for each of the three
years in the period ended December 31, 1998, and the three
months ended March 31, 1999 (unaudited) and 1998
(unaudited)............................................... F-5
Statements of changes in combined equity for each of the
three years in the period ended December 31, 1998, and
three months ended March 31, 1999 (unaudited)............. F-6
Statements of comprehensive income for each of the three
years in the period ended December 31, 1998, and the three
months ended March 31, 1999 (unaudited) and 1998
(unaudited)............................................... F-7
Notes to combined financial statements...................... F-8
Financial statement schedule -- Valuation and Qualifying
Accounts.................................................. S-1
</TABLE>
F-1
<PAGE> 151
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
To Tenneco Inc.:
We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheets of the Businesses
of Tenneco Packaging (see Note 1) as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the
related combined statements of income, cash flows, changes in combined equity
and comprehensive income for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 1998. These combined financial statements and the schedule referred
to below are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility
is to express an opinion on these combined financial statements and schedule
based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the combined financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the combined financial statements. An
audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall combined
financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the combined financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects, the combined financial position of the
Businesses of Tenneco Packaging as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the
results of their combined operations and cash flows for each of the three years
in the period ended December 31, 1998, in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles.
As discussed in Note 3 to the combined financial statements, in the fourth
quarter of 1997, the Businesses of Tenneco Packaging changed their method of
accounting for certain costs incurred in connection with information technology
transformation projects.
Our audits were made for the purpose of forming an opinion on the basic
combined financial statements taken as a whole. The supplemental schedule listed
in the index to the combined financial statements and schedule is presented for
purposes of complying with the Securities and Exchange Commission's rules and is
not part of the basic combined financial statements. The supplemental schedule
has been subjected to the auditing procedures applied in the audits of the basic
combined financial statements and, in our opinion, fairly states in all material
respects the financial data required to be set forth therein in relation to the
basic combined financial statements of the Businesses of Tenneco Packaging taken
as a whole.
ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
Houston, Texas
July 2, 1999
F-2
<PAGE> 152
THE BUSINESSES OF TENNECO PACKAGING
COMBINED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(MILLIONS EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
THREE MONTHS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, ENDED MARCH 31,
-------------------------- --------------------------
1998 1997 1996 1999 1998
---- ---- ---- ---- ----
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
REVENUES
Net sales and operating revenues --
Specialty................................. $2,785 $2,553 $1,987 $ 666 $ 630
Other..................................... 6 10 -- -- 3
------ ------ ------ ------ ------
2,791 2,563 1,987 666 633
Gain (loss) on sale of businesses and assets,
net....................................... (9) -- 15 (18) --
Other income, net............................ 6 6 34 3 5
------ ------ ------ ------ ------
2,788 2,569 2,036 651 638
------ ------ ------ ------ ------
COSTS AND EXPENSES
Cost of sales (exclusive of depreciation
shown below).............................. 1,870 1,796 1,417 444 432
Engineering, research, and development....... 33 34 22 7 6
Selling, general, and administrative......... 427 270 232 107 87
Depreciation and amortization................ 175 163 131 48 44
------ ------ ------ ------ ------
2,505 2,263 1,802 606 569
------ ------ ------ ------ ------
INCOME BEFORE INTEREST EXPENSE, INCOME TAXES,
AND MINORITY INTEREST........................ 283 306 234 45 69
Interest expense (net of interest
capitalized)............................ 133 124 102 36 33
Income tax expense........................ 67 75 67 3 18
Minority interest......................... 1 1 -- -- --
------ ------ ------ ------ ------
INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS.............. 82 106 65 6 18
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net
of income tax................................ 57 21 71 (172) 14
------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Income (loss) before extraordinary loss........ 139 127 136 (166) 32
Extraordinary loss, net of income tax.......... -- -- (2) (7) --
------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Income (loss) before cumulative effect of
change in accounting principle............... 139 127 134 (173) 32
Cumulative effect of change in accounting
principle, net of income tax................. -- (38) -- (32) --
------ ------ ------ ------ ------
NET INCOME (LOSS).............................. $ 139 $ 89 $ 134 $ (205) $ 32
====== ====== ====== ====== ======
EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE
Basic earnings per share of common stock --
Continuing operations........................ $ .49 $ .63 $ .38 $ .03 $ .11
Discontinued operations...................... .34 .12 .42 (1.03) .08
Extraordinary loss........................... -- -- (.01) (.04) --
Cumulative effect of change in accounting
principle................................. -- (.23) -- (.19) --
------ ------ ------ ------ ------
$ .83 $ .52 $ .79 $(1.23) $ .19
====== ====== ====== ====== ======
Diluted earnings per share of common stock --
Continuing operations........................ $ .49 $ .63 $ .38 $ .03 $ .11
Discontinued operations...................... .34 .12 .42 (1.03) .08
Extraordinary loss........................... -- -- (.01) (.04) --
Cumulative effect of change in accounting
principle................................. -- (.23) -- (.19) --
------ ------ ------ ------ ------
$ .83 $ .52 $ .79 $(1.23) $ .19
====== ====== ====== ====== ======
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes to combined financial statements are an integral part
of these combined statements of income.
F-3
<PAGE> 153
THE BUSINESSES OF TENNECO PACKAGING
COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS
(MILLIONS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
---------------- MARCH 31,
1998 1997 1999
---- ---- ---------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and temporary cash investments....................... $ 7 $ 11 $ 7
Receivables --
Customer notes and accounts, net....................... 336 301 223
Affiliated companies................................... 44 74 51
Income taxes........................................... 15 36 17
Other.................................................. 52 10 94
Inventories............................................... 412 404 440
Deferred income taxes..................................... 6 41 17
Prepayments and other..................................... 45 47 32
------ ------ ------
917 924 881
------ ------ ------
Other assets:
Long-term notes receivable, net........................... 22 21 21
Goodwill and intangibles, net............................. 1,052 1,009 1,034
Pension assets............................................ 742 654 769
Other..................................................... 143 129 99
------ ------ ------
1,959 1,813 1,923
------ ------ ------
Plant, property, and equipment, at cost..................... 2,057 1,856 1,998
Less -- Reserves for depreciation and amortization........ 501 398 503
------ ------ ------
1,556 1,458 1,495
------ ------ ------
Net assets of discontinued operations....................... 366 423 372
------ ------ ------
$4,798 $4,618 $4,671
====== ====== ======
LIABILITIES AND COMBINED EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Short-term debt (including current maturities on long-term
debt).................................................. $ 595 $ 158 $ 724
Payables --
Trade.................................................. 255 252 274
Affiliated companies................................... 6 6 8
Taxes accrued............................................. 13 12 40
Accrued liabilities....................................... 188 192 169
Other..................................................... 85 124 169
------ ------ ------
1,142 744 1,384
------ ------ ------
Long-term debt.............................................. 1,312 1,492 1,337
------ ------ ------
Deferred income taxes....................................... 291 270 263
------ ------ ------
Postretirement benefits..................................... 163 114 148
------ ------ ------
Deferred credits and other liabilities...................... 100 144 55
------ ------ ------
Commitments and contingencies
Minority interest........................................... 14 15 14
------ ------ ------
Combined equity............................................. 1,776 1,839 1,470
------ ------ ------
$4,798 $4,618 $4,671
====== ====== ======
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes to combined financial statements are an integral part
of these combined balance sheets.
F-4
<PAGE> 154
THE BUSINESSES OF TENNECO PACKAGING
COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(MILLIONS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
THREE MONTHS
YEARS ENDED ENDED
DECEMBER 31, MARCH 31,
--------------------- ------------
1998 1997 1996 1999 1998
---- ---- ---- ---- ----
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Income from continuing operations........................... $ 82 $ 106 $ 65 $ 6 $ 18
Adjustments to reconcile income from continuing operations
to cash provided (used) by continuing operations --
Depreciation and amortization.......................... 175 163 131 48 44
Deferred income taxes.................................. 77 118 4 1 --
(Gain) loss on sale of businesses and assets, net...... 9 -- (15) 18 --
Allocated interest, net of tax......................... 85 78 63 24 21
Changes in components of working capital --
(Increase) decrease in receivables................... (50) (1) (59) (9) 58
(Increase) decrease in inventories................... 8 (12) (5) (34) (25)
(Increase) decrease in prepayments and other current
assets............................................ (1) (30) 8 (3) (2)
Increase (decrease) in payables...................... 65 (44) 13 (27) (36)
Increase (decrease) in taxes accrued................. (23) (36) 40 19 30
Increase (decrease) in interest accrued.............. -- (1) (1) -- --
Increase (decrease) in other current liabilities..... 35 (5) (8) (30) (6)
Other.................................................. (90) (38) 30 (38) (54)
----- ----- ----- ----- ----
Cash provided (used) by continuing operations............... 372 298 266 (25) 48
Cash provided (used) by discontinued operations............. 205 107 (3) 55 34
----- ----- ----- ----- ----
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities............ 577 405 263 30 82
----- ----- ----- ----- ----
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Net proceeds related to the sale of discontinued
operations................................................ -- 10 123 -- --
Net proceeds from sale of businesses and assets............. 22 14 23 3 1
Expenditures for plant, property, and equipment............. (194) (229) (216) (29) (46)
Acquisitions of businesses and assets....................... (101) (285) (323) (2) --
Expenditures for plant, property, and equipment and business
acquisitions -- discontinued operations................... (203) (108) (169) (22) (16)
Investments and other....................................... (38) (56) (107) -- (5)
----- ----- ----- ----- ----
Net cash provided (used) by investing activities............ (514) (654) (669) (50) (66)
----- ----- ----- ----- ----
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Issuance of long-term debt.................................. 3 4 -- -- 2
Retirement of long-term debt................................ (18) (18) (7) (28) (2)
Net increase (decrease) in short-term debt excluding current
maturities on long-term debt.............................. 4 (78) (16) 1 1
Cash contributions from (distributions to) Tenneco.......... (56) 331 422 45 (19)
----- ----- ----- ----- ----
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities............ (67) 239 399 18 (18)
----- ----- ----- ----- ----
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash and
temporary cash investments................................ -- (1) (1) 2 --
----- ----- ----- ----- ----
Increase (decrease) in cash and temporary cash
investments............................................... (4) (11) (8) -- (2)
Cash and temporary cash investments, beginning of period.... 11 22 30 7 11
----- ----- ----- ----- ----
Cash and temporary cash investments, end of
period.................................................... $ 7 $ 11 $ 22 $ 7 $ 9
===== ===== ===== ===== ====
Cash paid during the year for interest...................... $ 6 $ 9 $ 8 $ -- $ 1
Cash paid during the year for income taxes (net of
refunds).................................................. $ 21 $ (68) $ 60 $ 11 $ 3
</TABLE>
- -------------------------
Note: Cash and temporary cash investments include highly liquid investments with
a maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase.
The accompanying notes to combined financial statements are an integral part
of these combined statements of cash flows.
F-5
<PAGE> 155
THE BUSINESSES OF TENNECO PACKAGING
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN COMBINED EQUITY
(MILLIONS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
-------------------------- THREE MONTHS ENDED
1998 1997 1996 MARCH 31, 1999
---- ---- ---- ------------------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balance, January 1................................. $1,839 $1,843 $1,531 $1,776
Net income (loss)................................ 139 89 134 (205)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).... 22 (24) (7) (21)
Allocated interest, net of tax................... 85 78 63 24
Change in allocated corporate debt............... (333) (549) (137) (110)
Cash contributions from (distributions to)
Tenneco....................................... (56) 331 422 45
Noncash contributions from (distributions to)
Tenneco....................................... 80 71 (163) (39)
------ ------ ------ ------
Balance, end of period............................. $1,776 $1,839 $1,843 $1,470
====== ====== ====== ======
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes to combined financial statements are an integral part of
these
statements of changes in combined equity.
F-6
<PAGE> 156
THE BUSINESSES OF TENNECO PACKAGING
COMBINED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(MILLIONS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1998 1997 1996
----------------------------- ----------------------------- -----------------------------
ACCUMULATED ACCUMULATED ACCUMULATED
OTHER OTHER OTHER
COMPREHENSIVE COMPREHENSIVE COMPREHENSIVE COMPREHENSIVE COMPREHENSIVE COMPREHENSIVE
INCOME INCOME INCOME INCOME INCOME INCOME
------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
NET INCOME (LOSS)............. $139 $ 89 $134
---- ---- ----
ACCUMULATED OTHER
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME:
CUMULATIVE TRANSLATION
ADJUSTMENT
Balance, January 1.......... $(21) $ 3 $10
Translation of foreign
currency statements..... 24 24 (25) (25) (6) (6)
Hedges of net investment
in foreign
subsidiaries............ -- -- 2 2 (2) (2)
Income tax benefit
(expense)............... -- -- (1) (1) 1 1
---- ---- ---
Balance, end of period...... 3 (21) 3
---- ---- ---
ADDITIONAL MINIMUM PENSION
LIABILITY ADJUSTMENT
Balance, January 1.......... -- -- --
Additional minimum pension
liability adjustment.... (4) (4) -- -- -- --
Income tax benefit
(expense)............... 2 2 -- -- -- --
---- ---- ---
Balance, end of period...... (2) -- --
---- ---- ---
Balance, end of period........ $ 1 $(21) $ 3
==== ---- ==== ---- === ----
Other comprehensive income
(loss)...................... 22 (24) (7)
---- ---- ----
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)... $161 $ 65 $127
==== ==== ====
<CAPTION>
THREE MONTHS ENDED
MARCH 31, 1999
-----------------------------
ACCUMULATED
OTHER
COMPREHENSIVE COMPREHENSIVE
INCOME INCOME
------------- -------------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C>
NET INCOME (LOSS)............. $(205)
-----
ACCUMULATED OTHER
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME:
CUMULATIVE TRANSLATION
ADJUSTMENT
Balance, January 1.......... $ 3
Translation of foreign
currency statements..... (21) (21)
Hedges of net investment
in foreign
subsidiaries............ -- --
Income tax benefit
(expense)............... -- --
----
Balance, end of period...... (18)
----
ADDITIONAL MINIMUM PENSION
LIABILITY ADJUSTMENT
Balance, January 1.......... (2)
Additional minimum pension
liability adjustment.... -- --
Income tax benefit
(expense)............... -- --
----
Balance, end of period...... (2)
----
Balance, end of period........ $(20)
==== -----
Other comprehensive income
(loss)...................... (21)
-----
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)... $(226)
=====
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes to combined financial statements are an integral part
of these combined statements of comprehensive income.
F-7
<PAGE> 157
THE BUSINESSES OF TENNECO PACKAGING
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION
The accompanying combined financial statements represent the financial
position, results of operations, and cash flows for all of the Businesses of
Tenneco Packaging ("Packaging") owned directly or indirectly by Tenneco Inc.
("Tenneco") and its subsidiaries (see "Control" below). Packaging includes the
assets, liabilities, and operations of Tenneco's specialty packaging and
paperboard packaging businesses as well as Tenneco's corporate and
administrative service operations.
Unless the context otherwise requires, the term "Tenneco" refers to: (i)
for periods prior to the spin-off, as defined below, Tenneco's automotive and
packaging businesses, and administrative service operations and (ii) for periods
after the spin-off, Tenneco's automotive business.
2. STRATEGIC ALTERNATIVES ANALYSIS
In July 1998, Tenneco's Board of Directors authorized management to develop
a broad range of strategic alternatives which could result in the separation of
the automotive, paperboard packaging, and specialty packaging businesses. As
part of that strategic alternatives analysis, Tenneco has taken the following
actions:
- In January 1999, Tenneco reached an agreement to contribute the
containerboard assets of its paperboard packaging segment to a new joint
venture with an affiliate of Madison Dearborn Partners, Inc. The
contribution to the joint venture was completed in April 1999. Tenneco
received consideration of cash and debt assumption totaling
approximately $2 billion and a 45 percent common equity interest in the
joint venture (now 43 percent due to subsequent management equity
issuances) valued at approximately $200 million.
- In April 1999, Tenneco reached an agreement to sell the paperboard
packaging segment's other assets, its folding carton operation, to
Caraustar Industries. This transaction closed in June 1999.
- Also in April 1999, Tenneco announced that its Board of Directors had
approved the separation of its automotive and packaging businesses into
two separate, independent companies.
- In June 1999, Tenneco's Board of Directors approved a plan to sell
Packaging's remaining interest in its containerboard joint venture.
Packaging expects the sale to be completed before the spin-off discussed
below.
As a result of the decision to sell Packaging's remaining interest in the
containerboard joint venture, Packaging's paperboard packaging segment is
presented as a discontinued operation in the accompanying combined financial
statements. Reference is made to Note 7 for information related to discontinued
operations.
The separation of Tenneco's automotive and packaging businesses will be
accomplished by the spin-off of the common stock of Packaging to Tenneco
shareowners (the "Spin-off"). At the time of the Spin-off, Packaging will
include Tenneco's specialty packaging business, Tenneco's administrative
services operations, and the remaining interest in the containerboard joint
venture if the sale has not been completed. Tenneco and Packaging are, however,
currently analyzing the alternatives with regard to the administrative services
operations.
Before the Spin-off, Tenneco will realign substantially all of its existing
debt through some combination of tender offers, exchange offers, prepayments and
other refinancings. The debt realignment will be financed by internally
generated cash, borrowings by Tenneco under a new credit facility, the issuance
by Tenneco of subordinated debt, and borrowings by Packaging under a new credit
facility.
The Spin-off is subject to conditions, including formal declaration of the
Spin-off by the Tenneco Board of Directors, a favorable determination that the
Spin-off will be tax-free for U.S. federal income tax
F-8
<PAGE> 158
THE BUSINESSES OF TENNECO PACKAGING
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
purposes and the successful completion of the debt realignment and corporate
restructuring transactions. Tenneco has requested a favorable ruling from the
Internal Revenue Service on the tax-free nature of the Spin-off.
Packaging will modify or enter into certain contractual agreements with
Tenneco related to becoming a separate publicly held company. These agreements
include a distribution agreement, a tax sharing agreement, a human resources
agreement, an insurance agreement, and a transition services agreement.
These agreements will provide, among other things, that (i) Packaging will
become the sponsor of the Tenneco Retirement Plan, the Tenneco Supplemental
Executive Retirement Plan, and the Tenneco Thrift Plan; and (ii) Packaging will
provide certain administrative services, including payroll, accounts payable,
benefits administration, accounting, and travel-related services to Tenneco for
a specified period of time.
3. SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Control
All of the outstanding common stock of Packaging is owned directly or
indirectly by Tenneco. Thus, Packaging is under the control of Tenneco.
Unaudited Interim Information
The unaudited interim combined financial statements as of March 31, 1999,
and for the three month periods ended March 31, 1999 and 1998, included herein,
have been prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and
Exchange Commission. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and
footnotes required by generally accepted accounting principles for complete
financial statements. In the opinion of Packaging's management, the unaudited
interim combined financial statements contain all adjustments (consisting of
normal recurring adjustments) considered necessary for a fair presentation. The
interim financial results are not necessarily indicative of operating results
for an entire year.
Income Taxes
Packaging utilizes the liability method of accounting for income taxes
whereby it recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax
consequences of temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and
liabilities and their reported amounts in the combined financial statements.
Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, based upon
management's estimates, it is more likely than not that a portion of the
deferred tax assets will not be realized in a future period. The estimates
utilized in the recognition of deferred tax assets are subject to revision in
future periods based on new facts or circumstances.
Packaging and Tenneco, together with certain of their respective
subsidiaries which are owned 80% or more, have entered into an agreement to file
a consolidated U.S. federal income tax return. This agreement provides, among
other things, that (1) each company in a taxable income position will be
currently charged with an amount equivalent to its U.S. federal income tax
computed on a separate return basis and (2) each company in a tax loss position
will be reimbursed currently. The income tax amounts reflected in the combined
financial statements of Packaging under the provisions of the tax sharing
arrangement are not materially different from the income taxes which would have
been provided had Packaging filed a separate tax return. Under the tax sharing
agreement, Tenneco pays all U.S. federal taxes directly and bills or refunds, as
applicable, its subsidiaries for the applicable portion of the total tax
payments. Cash taxes paid in the combined statements of cash flows include
payments to Tenneco for U.S. federal income taxes.
F-9
<PAGE> 159
THE BUSINESSES OF TENNECO PACKAGING
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
Packaging does not provide for U.S. federal income taxes on unremitted
earnings of foreign subsidiaries as it is the present intention of management to
reinvest the unremitted earnings in its foreign operations. Unremitted earnings
of foreign subsidiaries are approximately $95 million at December 31, 1998. It
is not practicable to determine the amount of U.S. federal income taxes that
would be payable upon remittance of the assets that represent those earnings.
In connection with the Spin-off, the current tax sharing agreement will be
cancelled, and Packaging will enter into a new tax sharing agreement with
Tenneco. The tax sharing agreement will provide, among other things, for the
allocation of taxes among the parties of tax liabilities arising prior to, as a
result of, and subsequent to the Spin-off. Generally, Packaging will be liable
for taxes imposed on it and its affiliates engaged in the packaging business. In
the case of U.S. federal income taxes imposed on the combined activities of the
consolidated group, Packaging will generally be liable to Tenneco for U.S.
federal income taxes attributable to its activities.
Changes in Accounting Principles
In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("FAS") No. 133, "Accounting for
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities." This statement establishes new
accounting and reporting standards requiring that all derivative instruments
(including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts) be
recorded in the balance sheet as either an asset or liability measured at its
fair value. The statement requires that changes in the derivative's fair value
be recognized currently in earnings unless specific hedge accounting criteria
are met. Special accounting for qualifying hedges allows a derivative's gains
and losses to offset related results on the hedged item in the income statement
and requires that a company must formally document, designate, and assess the
effectiveness of transactions that receive hedge accounting treatment. This
statement cannot be applied retroactively and is effective for all fiscal years
beginning after June 15, 2000. Packaging is currently evaluating the new
standard but has not yet determined the impact it will have on its financial
position or results of operations.
In April 1998, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants
("AICPA") issued Statement of Position ("SOP") 98-5, "Reporting on the Costs of
Start-Up Activities," which requires costs of start-up activities to be expensed
as incurred. This statement is effective for fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 1998. The statement requires previously capitalized costs related
to start-up activities to be expensed as a cumulative effect of a change in
accounting principle when the statement is adopted. Packaging previously
capitalized certain costs in connection with the start-up of certain new foreign
operations and its shared administrative service operations. Packaging adopted
SOP 98-5 on January 1, 1999, and recorded an after-tax charge for the cumulative
effect of this change in accounting principle upon adoption of $32 million (net
of a $9 million tax benefit), or $.19 per diluted common share. The change in
accounting principle decreased the loss before cumulative effect of change in
accounting principle by $2 million (net of $1 million in income tax expense), or
$.01 per diluted common share for the three months ended March 31, 1999. If the
new accounting method had been applied retroactively, net income for the three
months ended March 31, 1998, and the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997, and
1996, would have been lower by $3 million (net of a $2 million tax benefit), or
$.02 per diluted common share, $14 million (net of a $8 million tax benefit), or
$.08 per diluted common share, $7 million (net of a $3 million tax benefit), or
$.04 per diluted common share, and $7 million (net of a $4 million tax benefit),
or $.04 per diluted common share.
In March 1998, the AICPA issued SOP 98-1, "Accounting for the Costs of
Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use," which establishes new
accounting and reporting standards for the costs of computer software developed
or obtained for internal use. This statement requires prospective application
for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1998. Packaging adopted SOP 98-1
on January 1,
F-10
<PAGE> 160
THE BUSINESSES OF TENNECO PACKAGING
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
1999. The impact of this new standard did not have a significant effect on
Packaging's financial position or results of operations.
As required by the FASB's Emerging Issues Task Force ("EITF") Issue 97-13,
"Accounting for Costs Incurred in Connection with a Consulting Contract that
Combines Business Process Reengineering and Information Technology
Transformation," Packaging recorded an after-tax charge of $38 million (net of a
tax benefit of $24 million), or $.23 per diluted common share in the fourth
quarter of 1997. EITF Issue 97-13 establishes the accounting treatment and an
allocation methodology for certain consulting and other costs incurred in
connection with information technology transformation efforts. This charge was
reported as a cumulative effect of change in accounting principle.
General and Administrative Expenses
Included in the "Selling, general and administrative" caption in the
Combined Statements of Income for 1998, 1997, and 1996, is $70 million, $49
million, and $51 million, respectively, which represents Packaging's share of
Tenneco's corporate general and administrative costs for legal, financial,
communication, and other administrative services. The allocation of Tenneco's
corporate general and administrative expenses is based on estimated levels of
effort devoted to Tenneco's various operations and the relative size of these
operations based on revenues, gross property, and payroll. Also included in the
"Selling, general and administrative" caption is $55 million, $22 million, and
$7 million, for 1998, 1997, and 1996, respectively, related to administrative
service operations which has not been allocated among Tenneco's various
operations. Packaging estimates that, had it operated as a separate, stand-alone
entity and had the administrative service operations costs been allocated based
on a usage charge, its annual costs for these services would have been lower by
approximately $40 million (unaudited) for the year ended December 31, 1998, $27
million (unaudited) for the year ended December 31, 1997, and $18 million
(unaudited) for the year ended December 31, 1996.
Sales of Receivables
Packaging sells trade receivables to a third party in the ordinary course
of business. At December 31, 1998 and 1997, $140 million and $130 million,
respectively, and $146 million at March 31, 1999, of its outstanding trade
receivables had been sold. Sales of trade receivables are reflected as a
reduction of customer notes and accounts receivable in the accompanying combined
balance sheets and the proceeds received are included in cash flows from
operating activities in the accompanying combined statements of cash flows.
Inventories
At December 31, 1998 and 1997, inventory by major classification was as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
---- ----
(MILLIONS)
<S> <C> <C>
Finished goods.............................................. $246 $265
Work in process............................................. 51 22
Raw materials............................................... 63 85
Materials and supplies...................................... 52 32
---- ----
$412 $404
==== ====
</TABLE>
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. A portion of total
inventories (61% and 43% at December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively) is valued
using the "last-in, first-out" method. All other inventories are valued on the
"first-in, first-out" ("FIFO") or "average" methods. If the FIFO or average
F-11
<PAGE> 161
THE BUSINESSES OF TENNECO PACKAGING
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
method of inventory accounting had been used by Packaging for all inventories,
inventories would have been approximately $30 million lower and $2 million
higher at December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively.
Goodwill and Intangibles, Net
At December 31, 1998 and 1997, goodwill and intangibles, net of
amortization, by major category were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
---- ----
(MILLIONS)
<S> <C> <C>
Goodwill.................................................... $ 695 $ 662
Trademarks.................................................. 177 182
Patents..................................................... 149 157
Other....................................................... 31 8
------ ------
$1,052 $1,009
====== ======
</TABLE>
Goodwill is being amortized on a straight-line basis over 40 years. Such
amortization amounted to $17 million, $21 million, and $12 million for 1998,
1997, and 1996, respectively, and is included in the combined statements of
income caption, "Depreciation and amortization."
Packaging has capitalized certain intangible assets, primarily trademarks
and patents, based on their estimated fair value at date of acquisition.
Amortization is provided on these intangible assets on a straight-line basis
over periods ranging from 5 to 40 years. Such amortization amounted to $18
million, $17 million, and $17 million in 1998, 1997, and 1996, respectively, and
is included in the combined statements of income caption, "Depreciation and
amortization."
Plant, Property, and Equipment, at Cost
At December 31, 1998 and 1997, plant, property, and equipment, at cost, by
major category was as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
---- ----
(MILLIONS)
<S> <C> <C>
Land, buildings, and improvements........................... $ 446 $ 389
Machinery and equipment..................................... 1,481 1,339
Other, including construction in progress................... 130 128
------ ------
$2,057 $1,856
====== ======
</TABLE>
Depreciation of Packaging's properties is provided on a straight-line basis
over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Useful lives range from 10 to 40
years for buildings and improvements and from 3 to 25 years for machinery and
equipment.
Other Long-Term Assets
Packaging previously capitalized certain costs in connection with the
start-up of certain new foreign operations and its shared administrative service
operations. The start-up costs are amortized over the periods benefited,
generally three to five years. Start-up costs capitalized, net of amortization,
at December 31, 1998 and 1997, were $41 million and $20 million, respectively.
Packaging adopted a new accounting standard in the first quarter of 1999, which
requires these costs to be expensed. Refer to "Changes in Accounting Principles"
discussed previously in this footnote.
F-12
<PAGE> 162
THE BUSINESSES OF TENNECO PACKAGING
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
Packaging capitalizes certain costs related to the purchase and development
of software which is used in its business operations. The costs attributable to
these software systems are amortized over their estimated useful lives based on
various factors such as the effects of obsolescence, technology, and other
economic factors. Capitalized software development costs, net of amortization,
were $140 million and $104 million at December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively.
As described previously in this footnote, Packaging adopted a new accounting
standard related to accounting for the costs of computer software developed for
internal use. The impact of this new standard did not have a significant effect
on Packaging's financial position or results of operations.
Environmental Liabilities
Expenditures for ongoing compliance with environmental regulations that
relate to current operations are expensed or capitalized as appropriate.
Expenditures that relate to an existing condition caused by past operations and
that do not contribute to current or future revenue generation are expensed.
Liabilities are recorded when environmental assessments indicate that remedial
efforts are probable and the costs can be reasonably estimated. Estimates of the
liability are based upon currently available facts, existing technology, and
presently enacted laws and regulations taking into consideration the likely
effects of inflation and other societal and economic factors. All available
evidence is considered including prior experience in remediation of contaminated
sites, other companies' clean-up experience, and data released by the United
States Environmental Protection Agency or other organizations. These estimated
liabilities are subject to revision in future periods based on actual costs or
new information. These liabilities are included in the balance sheet at their
undiscounted amounts. Recoveries are evaluated separately from the liability
and, when assured, are recorded and reported separately from the associated
liability in the combined financial statements. For further information on this
subject, refer to Note 15, "Commitments and Contingencies."
Earnings Per Share
In connection with the Spin-off, Tenneco shareowners will receive one share
of Packaging common stock for each share of Tenneco common stock outstanding.
Accordingly, basic and diluted earnings per share for Packaging have been
calculated using Tenneco's historical weighted average shares outstanding and
weighted average shares outstanding adjusted to include estimates of additional
shares that would be issued if potentially dilutive common shares had been
issued, respectively. Potentially dilutive securities include stock options,
restricted stock and performance shares.
Tenneco's basic and diluted average common shares outstanding are as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
THREE MONTHS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, ENDED MARCH 31,
--------------------------------------- -------------------------
1998 1997 1996 1999 1998
---- ---- ---- ---- ----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Basic......................... 168,505,573 170,264,731 169,609,373 166,743,506 169,542,371
Diluted....................... 168,834,531 170,801,636 170,526,112 167,180,597 170,065,712
</TABLE>
Research and Development
Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Research and
development expenses were $25 million, $29 million, and $19 million for 1998,
1997, and 1996, respectively, and are included in the combined statements of
income caption "Engineering, research, and development."
F-13
<PAGE> 163
THE BUSINESSES OF TENNECO PACKAGING
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
Foreign Currency Translation
Financial statements of international operations are translated into U.S.
dollars using the exchange rate at each balance sheet date for assets and
liabilities and the weighted average exchange rate for each applicable period
for revenues, expenses, and gains and losses. Translation adjustments are
reflected in the combined balance sheet caption "Combined equity."
Risk Management Activities
Packaging from time to time uses derivative financial instruments,
principally foreign currency forward purchase and sale contracts with terms of
less than one year, to hedge its exposure to changes in foreign currency
exchange rates. Net gains or losses on these foreign currency exchange contracts
that are designated as hedges are recognized in the combined statements of
income to offset the foreign currency gain or loss on the underlying
transaction. Packaging has from time to time also entered into forward contracts
to hedge its net investment in foreign subsidiaries. The after-tax net gains or
losses on these contracts are recognized on the accrual basis in the combined
balance sheet caption "Combined equity." In the statement of cash flows, cash
receipts or payments related to these exchange contracts are classified
consistent with the cash flows from the transaction being hedged.
Packaging does not currently enter into derivative financial instruments
for speculative purposes.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions in determining the reported amounts of Packaging's assets,
liabilities, revenues, and expenses. Reference is made to the "Income Taxes" and
"Environmental Liabilities" sections of this footnote and Notes 13 and 15 for
additional information on significant estimates included in Packaging's combined
financial statements.
4. RESTRUCTURING AND OTHER CHARGES
In the fourth quarter of 1998, Tenneco's Board of Directors approved an
extensive restructuring plan designed to reduce administrative and operational
overhead costs in every part of Tenneco's business. As a result, Packaging
recorded a pre-tax charge to income from continuing operations of $32 million,
$20 million after-tax or $.12 per diluted common share. Of the pre-tax charge,
$10 million relates to operational restructuring actions and $22 million relates
to a staff and cost reduction plan, which covers employees in both the operating
unit and at corporate.
The operational restructuring plans for Packaging involve the elimination
of production lines at two plants resulting in the elimination of 104 positions.
Additionally, Packaging intends to exit four joint ventures. The staff and cost
reduction plan involves the elimination of 184 administrative positions in
Packaging's business unit and in Packaging's corporate operations.
The fixed assets for the production lines to be eliminated, as well as the
joint venture investments, were written down to their estimated fair value in
the fourth quarter of 1998. No significant cash proceeds are expected to be
received from the ultimate disposal of these assets.
As of December 31, 1998, and March 31, 1999, approximately 158 and 201
employees, respectively, have been terminated. This restructuring is being
executed according to Packaging's initial plan and Packaging expects to complete
all restructuring actions by the fourth quarter of 1999.
In the first quarter of 1999, in connection with Tenneco's contribution of
its containerboard assets to a new joint venture, Tenneco adopted a plan to
realign its headquarters functions. This plan involves the severance of
approximately 40 employees, and the closing of the Greenwich, Connecticut,
headquarters
F-14
<PAGE> 164
THE BUSINESSES OF TENNECO PACKAGING
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
facility. The charge for this plan was recorded in Packaging's corporate
operations in the amount of $29 million pre-tax, $17 million after-tax or $.10
per diluted common share. Assets were written down to net realizable value.
Packaging collected approximately $30 million in the second quarter of 1999
related to the sale of these assets.
Amounts related to the restructuring plans described above are shown in the
following table:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1ST QUARTER 1999
-----------------------------------
1998 CHARGED BALANCE AT CHARGED BALANCE AT
RESTRUCTURING CASH TO ASSET DECEMBER 31, RESTRUCTURING CASH TO ASSET MARCH 31,
CHARGE PAYMENTS ACCOUNTS 1998 CHARGE PAYMENTS ACCOUNTS 1999
------------- -------- -------- ------------ ------------- -------- -------- ----------
(MILLIONS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Severance............... $20 $ 5 $-- $15 $16 $ 3 $-- $28
Asset impairments....... 12 -- 12 -- 13 -- 13 --
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
$32 $ 5 $12 $15 $29 $ 3 $13 $28
=== === === === === === === ===
</TABLE>
5. TRANSACTIONS WITH TENNECO
Combined Equity
The "Combined equity" caption in the accompanying combined financial
statements represents Tenneco's cumulative net investment in the combined
businesses of Packaging. Changes in the "Combined equity" caption represent the
net income (loss) of Packaging, net cash and noncash contributions from
(distributions to) Tenneco, accumulated other comprehensive income, changes in
allocated corporate debt, and allocated corporate interest, net of tax.
Reference is made to the statements of changes in combined equity for an
analysis of the activity in the "Combined equity" caption for the three years
ended December 31, 1998, and three months ended March 31, 1999.
Corporate Debt and Interest Allocation
Tenneco's historical practice has been to incur indebtedness for its
consolidated group at the parent company level or at a limited number of
subsidiaries, rather than at the operating company level, and to centrally
manage various cash functions. Consequently, corporate debt of Tenneco and its
related interest expense have been allocated to Packaging based on the portion
of Tenneco's investment in Packaging which is deemed to be debt, generally based
upon the ratio of Packaging's net assets to Tenneco consolidated net assets plus
debt. Interest expense was allocated at a rate equivalent to the weighted-
average cost of all corporate debt, which was 7.0%, 7.4%, and 8.3% for 1998,
1997, and 1996, respectively. Total pre-tax interest expense allocated to
Packaging in 1998, 1997, and 1996 was $130 million, $120 million, and $99
million, respectively. Packaging has also been allocated tax benefits
approximating 35% of the allocated pre-tax interest expense. Although interest
expense, and the related tax effects, have been allocated to Packaging for
financial reporting on a historical basis, Packaging has not been billed for
these amounts. The changes in allocated corporate debt and the after-tax
allocated interest have been included as a component of Packaging's combined
equity. Although management believes that the historical allocation of corporate
debt and interest is reasonable, it is not necessarily indicative of Packaging's
debt upon completion of the realignment of Tenneco's debt nor debt and interest
that will be incurred by Packaging as a separate public entity.
A portion of the corporate debt of Tenneco and its related interest expense
allocated to Packaging has also been allocated to discontinued operations based
on the ratio of the discontinued operations' net assets to Packaging's combined
net assets plus debt.
F-15
<PAGE> 165
THE BUSINESSES OF TENNECO PACKAGING
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
Notes and Advances Receivable from Tenneco
"Cash contributions from (distributions to) Tenneco" in the Statements of
Changes in Combined Equity consist of net cash changes in notes and advances
receivable with Tenneco which have been included in combined equity.
Historically, Tenneco has utilized notes and advances to centrally manage cash
funding requirements for its consolidated group.
At December 31, 1998 and 1997, Packaging had a note receivable from Tenneco
totaling $476 million and $496 million, respectively, which is payable on demand
and is included as a component of Packaging's combined equity.
Accounts Receivable and Accounts Payable -- Affiliated Companies
Receivables -- Affiliated companies relates to general and administrative
costs incurred by Packaging and allocated to affiliates. Payables -- Affiliated
companies relates to billings for costs incurred by affiliates and allocated to
Packaging. Reference is made to Note 3 for a discussion of the types of such
costs allocated to Packaging.
Employee Benefits
Certain employees of Packaging participate in the Tenneco employee stock
option and employee stock purchase plans. The Tenneco employee stock option plan
provides for the grant of Tenneco common stock options and other stock awards at
a price not less than market value at the date of grant. The Tenneco employee
stock purchase plan allows employees to purchase Tenneco common stock at a 15%
discount subject to certain thresholds. Packaging expects to establish similar
plans for its employees after the Spin-off. In connection with the Spin-off,
outstanding options to Tenneco common stock held by Packaging employees will be
replaced by options of Packaging so as to preserve the aggregate value of the
options held prior to the Spin-off. Employees of Packaging also participate in
certain Tenneco postretirement and pension plans. Reference is made to Notes 11
and 13 for a further discussion of these plans.
6. ACQUISITIONS
During 1998, Packaging made three acquisitions for approximately $101
million.
In March 1997, Packaging entered into an agreement to acquire the
protective and flexible packaging division of N.V. Koninklijke KNP BT ("KNP"), a
Dutch distribution, paper, and packaging firm, for approximately $380 million
including debt assumed and preferred stock of a subsidiary issued to the seller.
The KNP acquisition was completed in late April 1997.
In June 1996, Packaging entered into an agreement to acquire Amoco Foam
Products for $310 million. Amoco Foam Products manufactures expanded polystyrene
tableware, hinged-lid food containers, packaging trays, and industrial products
for residential and commercial construction applications. Packaging closed the
acquisition of Amoco Foam Products in August 1996.
All of the acquisitions discussed above have been accounted for as
purchases; accordingly, the purchase price has been allocated to the assets
purchased and the liabilities assumed based on their fair values. The excess of
the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets acquired is included in
the combined balance sheet caption "Goodwill and intangibles, net."
F-16
<PAGE> 166
THE BUSINESSES OF TENNECO PACKAGING
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
7. DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS AND EXTRAORDINARY LOSS
Discontinued Operations
In January 1999, Tenneco reached an agreement to contribute the
containerboard assets of its paperboard packaging segment to a new joint venture
with an affiliate of Madison Dearborn Partners, Inc. The contribution to the
joint venture was completed in April 1999. Tenneco received consideration of
cash and debt assumption totaling approximately $2 billion plus a 45 percent
common equity interest in the joint venture (now 43 percent due to subsequent
management equity issuances) valued at approximately $200 million. The
containerboard assets contributed to the joint venture represented substantially
all of the assets of Packaging's paperboard packaging segment and included four
mills, 67 corrugated products plants, and an ownership or leasehold interest in
approximately 950,000 acres of timberland. Prior to the transaction, Packaging
borrowed approximately $1.8 billion and used approximately $1.2 billion of those
borrowings to acquire assets used by the containerboard business under operating
leases and timber cutting rights and to purchase containerboard business
accounts receivable that had previously been sold to a third party. The
remainder of the borrowings was remitted to Tenneco and used to repay a portion
of Tenneco's short-term debt. Packaging then contributed the containerboard
business assets (subject to the new indebtedness and the containerboard business
liabilities) to the joint venture in exchange for $247 million in cash and the
45 percent interest in the joint venture. As a result of the transaction,
Packaging recognized a pre-tax loss of $293 million, $178 million after-tax or
$1.07 per diluted common share, in the first quarter of 1999, based on the
amount by which the carrying amount of the containerboard assets exceeded the
fair value of those assets, less cost to sell. The estimate of fair value of the
containerboard assets was based on the fair value of the consideration received
by Tenneco from the joint venture.
In June 1999, Tenneco's Board of Directors approved a plan to sell
Packaging's remaining interest in its containerboard joint venture. Packaging
expects the sale to be completed before the Spin-off. As a result of the
decision to sell the remaining interest in the containerboard joint venture,
Packaging's paperboard packaging segment is presented as a discontinued
operation in the accompanying combined financial statements.
In April 1999, Tenneco reached an agreement to sell the paperboard
packaging segment's other assets, its folding carton operation, to Caraustar
Industries. This transaction closed in June 1999.
Net assets as of December 31, 1998, 1997, and 1996, and results of
operations for the years then ended for the paperboard packaging segment were as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
------------------------
1998 1997 1996
------ ------ ------
(MILLIONS)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Net assets at the end of the period (Note).................. $ 366 $ 423 $ 459
====== ====== ======
Net sales and operating revenues............................ $1,570 $1,431 $1,605
====== ====== ======
Income before income taxes and interest allocation.......... $ 131 $ 63 $ 152
Income tax (expense) benefit................................ (48) (19) (60)
------ ------ ------
Income before interest allocation........................... 83 44 92
Allocated interest expense, net of income tax (Note)........ (26) (23) (21)
------ ------ ------
Income from discontinued operations......................... $ 57 $ 21 $ 71
====== ====== ======
</TABLE>
- ---------------
Note: Net assets of discontinued operations includes allocated corporate debt of
$548 million, $473 million and $394 million as of December 31, 1998, 1997 and
1996, respectively. Reference is made to Note 5, "Transactions with
Tenneco -- Corporate Debt and Interest Allocation," for a discussion of the
allocation of corporate debt and interest expense to discontinued operations.
F-17
<PAGE> 167
THE BUSINESSES OF TENNECO PACKAGING
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
Extraordinary Loss
In the first quarter of 1999, Packaging recorded an extraordinary loss for
extinguishment of debt of $7 million (net of a $3 million income tax benefit) or
$.04 per diluted common share. The loss related to early retirement of debt in
connection with the sale of the containerboard assets.
8. LONG-TERM DEBT, SHORT-TERM DEBT, AND FINANCING ARRANGEMENTS
Long-Term Debt
A summary of long-term debt outstanding and allocated long-term corporate
debt obligations at December 31, 1998 and 1997, is set forth in the following
table:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
---- ----
(MILLIONS)
<S> <C> <C>
Notes due 1999 through 2016, average effective interest rate
9.5% in 1998 and 10% in 1997.............................. $ 22 $ 20
Less -- current maturities.................................. 1 1
------ ------
21 19
Allocated corporate debt obligations, average effective
interest rate 7.0% in 1998 and 7.4% in 1997............... 1,291 1,473
------ ------
Total long-term debt........................................ $1,312 $1,492
====== ======
</TABLE>
The aggregate maturities and sinking fund requirements applicable to the
issues outstanding at December 31, 1998, are $1 million, $3 million, $4 million,
$5 million, and $2 million for 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, and 2003, respectively.
Reference is made to Note 5 for a discussion of allocated corporate debt
obligations.
Short-Term Debt
Packaging uses lines of credit and overnight borrowings to finance certain
of its short-term capital requirements. Information regarding short-term debt as
of and for the years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997, are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
----------- -----------
CREDIT CREDIT
AGREEMENTS* AGREEMENTS*
----------- -----------
(DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
<S> <C> <C>
Outstanding borrowings at end of year....................... $11 $ 1
Weighted average interest rate on outstanding borrowings at
end of year............................................... 18.7% 7.1%
Approximate maximum month-end outstanding borrowings during
year...................................................... $37 $26
Approximate average month-end outstanding borrowings during
year...................................................... $18 $9
Weighted average interest rate on approximate average
month-end outstanding borrowings during year.............. 18.4% 17.5%
</TABLE>
- -------------------------
* Includes borrowings under both committed credit facilities and uncommitted
lines of credit and similar arrangements.
Packaging was allocated short-term corporate debt obligations of $583
million at December 31, 1998, and $156 million at December 31,1997. Reference is
made to Note 5 for a discussion of allocated corporate debt obligations.
F-18
<PAGE> 168
THE BUSINESSES OF TENNECO PACKAGING
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
9. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
Asset and Liability Instruments
The fair value of cash and temporary cash investments, short and long-term
receivables, and accounts payable, and short-term debt (before allocation of
corporate debt to Packaging from Tenneco) was considered to be the same as or
was not determined to be materially different from the carrying amount.
The long-term debt reflected in the Combined Balance Sheets primarily
represents corporate debt allocated to Packaging from Tenneco. As such, an
estimate of fair value has not been provided. The fair value of other long-term
debt is not materially different from the carrying amount.
Instruments With Off-Balance-Sheet Risk
Foreign Currency Contracts -- Note 3, "Summary of Accounting
Policies -- Risk Management Activities" describes Tenneco's use of and
accounting for foreign currency exchange contracts. Packaging currently manages
its exposure to changes in foreign currency rates by making loans with a Tenneco
affiliate in the functional currency of the operating company concerned. The
Tenneco affiliate then integrates all of Tenneco's foreign currency denominated
loans and enters into foreign currency forward purchase and sale contracts to
mitigate its net exposure to changes in foreign exchange rates. For most
operating companies third party trade receivables and payables are maintained in
the functional currency. From time to time Packaging may enter into foreign
currency forward purchase and sale contracts with terms of less than one year to
mitigate its exposure to changes in exchange rates on foreign currency third
party trade receivables and payables. At December 31, 1998, Packaging had
purchase contracts of approximately $1 million, primarily in U.S. dollars, and
sell contracts of approximately $1 million, primarily in British pounds. At
December 31, 1997, Packaging had purchase contracts of approximately $2 million,
primarily in Belgian francs and German marks, and sell contracts of
approximately $2 million, primarily in British pounds and French francs. At
March 31, 1999, Packaging had purchase contracts of approximately $1 million,
primarily in U.S. dollars, and sell contracts of approximately $1 million,
primarily in German marks and British pounds.
10. INCOME TAXES
The domestic and foreign components of income from continuing operations
before income taxes are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
------------------------
1998 1997 1996
---- ---- ----
(MILLIONS)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
U.S. income before income taxes............................. $108 $139 $108
Foreign income before income taxes.......................... 42 43 24
---- ---- ----
Income before income taxes.................................. $150 $182 $132
==== ==== ====
</TABLE>
F-19
<PAGE> 169
THE BUSINESSES OF TENNECO PACKAGING
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
Following is a comparative analysis of the components of income tax expense
applicable to continuing operations:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEARS ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
------------------------
1998 1997 1996
---- ---- ----
(MILLIONS)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Current --
U.S....................................................... $(11) $(57) $45
State and local........................................... (2) 9 15
Foreign................................................... 3 5 3
---- ---- ---
(10) (43) 63
---- ---- ---
Deferred --
U.S....................................................... 59 101 3
Foreign, state and other.................................. 18 17 1
---- ---- ---
77 118 4
---- ---- ---
Income tax expense.......................................... $ 67 $ 75 $67
==== ==== ===
</TABLE>
Current income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997, and
1996, include tax benefits of $45 million, $41 million, and $34 million,
respectively, related to the allocation of corporate interest expense to
Packaging from Tenneco. See Note 5.
Following is a reconciliation of income taxes computed at the statutory
U.S. federal income tax rate (35% for all years presented) to the income tax
expense reflected in the combined statements of income:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEARS ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
------------------------
1998 1997 1996
---- ---- ----
(MILLIONS)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Tax expense computed at the statutory U.S. federal income
tax rate.................................................. $ 53 $ 64 $46
Increases (reductions) in income tax expense resulting from:
Foreign income taxed at different rates and foreign losses
with no tax benefit.................................... 1 (8) (1)
State and local taxes on income, net of U.S. federal
income tax benefit..................................... 3 18 10
Amortization of nondeductible goodwill.................... 5 4 4
Other..................................................... 5 (3) 8
---- ---- ---
Income tax expense.......................................... $ 67 $ 75 $67
==== ==== ===
</TABLE>
F-20
<PAGE> 170
THE BUSINESSES OF TENNECO PACKAGING
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
The components of Packaging's net deferred tax liability were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
--------------
1998 1997
---- ----
(MILLIONS)
<S> <C> <C>
Deferred tax assets --
Tax loss carryforwards:
U.S. .................................................. $ 95 $ 46
State and local........................................ 7 --
Foreign................................................ 13 4
Postretirement benefits other than pensions............... 13 23
Other..................................................... 26 24
Valuation allowance....................................... (8) (4)
---- ----
Net deferred tax asset............................... 146 93
---- ----
Deferred tax liabilities --
Tax over book depreciation................................ 95 61
Pensions.................................................. 213 206
Other..................................................... 123 55
---- ----
Total deferred tax liability......................... 431 322
---- ----
Net deferred tax liability................................ $285 $229
==== ====
</TABLE>
As reflected by the valuation allowance in the table above, Packaging had
potential tax benefits of $8 million and $4 million at December 31, 1998 and
1997, respectively, which were not recognized in the combined statements of
income when generated. These unrecognized tax benefits resulted primarily from
foreign tax loss carryforwards which are available to reduce future foreign tax
liabilities.
Of the $270 million of U.S. tax loss carryforwards which exist at December
31, 1998, $215 million expire in 2012 and $55 million expire in 2018. The $110
million of state tax loss carryforwards which exist at December 31, 1998, will
expire in varying amounts over the period from 2000 to 2012. Of the $43 million
of foreign tax loss carryforwards which exist at December 31, 1998, $18 million
do not expire and the remainder expires in varying amounts over the period from
1999 to 2005.
Packaging and Tenneco, together with certain of their respective
subsidiaries which are owned 80% or more, have entered into an agreement to file
a consolidated U.S. federal income tax return. This agreement provides, among
other things, that (1) each company in a taxable income position will be
currently charged with an amount equivalent to its U.S. federal income tax
computed on a separate return basis and (2) each company in a tax loss position
will be reimbursed currently. The income tax amounts reflected in the combined
financial statements of Packaging under the provisions of the tax sharing
arrangement are not materially different from the income taxes which would have
been provided had Packaging filed a separate tax return. Under the tax sharing
agreement, Tenneco pays all federal taxes directly and bills or refunds, as
applicable, its subsidiaries for the applicable portion of the total tax
payments. Cash taxes paid in the combined statements of cash flows include
payments to Tenneco for income taxes.
Liability for foreign income taxes is generally allocated to the legal
entity on which such taxes are imposed. In the case of state income taxes,
Packaging is liable for its tax in states where returns are filed for separate
entities. In states where returns are filed in a combined basis, liability is
allocated in a manner similar to federal income tax.
F-21
<PAGE> 171
THE BUSINESSES OF TENNECO PACKAGING
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
11. EMPLOYEE STOCK PLANS
In June 1992, Tenneco initiated an Employee Stock Purchase Plan ("ESPP").
The ESPP was terminated in 1996. Tenneco adopted a new employee stock purchase
plan effective April 1, 1997 with provisions similar to the 1992 ESPP. Under the
new ESPP, Tenneco sold 311,586 shares, 216,665 shares, and 185,179 shares to
Packaging employees in 1998, 1997, and 1996, respectively. The plan allows U.S.
and Canadian employees of Packaging to purchase Tenneco Inc. common stock
through payroll deductions at a 15% discount. Each year, an employee in the plan
may purchase shares with a discounted value not to exceed $21,250. The weighted
average fair value of the employee purchase right, which was estimated using the
Black-Scholes option pricing model and the assumptions described below except
that the average life of each purchase right was assumed to be 90 days, was
$6.31, $11.14, and $10.77 in 1998, 1997, and 1996, respectively. After the
Spin-off, Packaging employees will no longer participate in the Tenneco ESPP.
In December 1996, Tenneco adopted the 1996 Stock Ownership Plan which
permits the granting of a variety of awards, including common stock, restricted
stock, performance units, stock appreciation rights, and stock options, to
officers and employees of Tenneco. Tenneco can issue up to 17 million shares of
common stock under this plan, which will terminate December 31, 2001. Certain
key Packaging employees have been granted restricted stock and restricted units
under the 1996 Stock Ownership Plan. These awards generally require, among other
things, that the employee remain an employee of Tenneco during the restriction
period. Certain key Packaging employees have also been granted performance
shares which will vest based upon the attainment of specified performance goals
within four years from the date of grant. In connection with the Spin-off, all
outstanding restricted stock, restricted units and performance shares will
become fully vested. After the Spin-off, Packaging employees will no longer
participate in Tenneco's 1996 Stock Ownership Plan.
The fair value of each stock option issued by Tenneco to Packaging
employees during 1998, 1997, and 1996 is estimated on the date of grant using
the Black-Scholes option pricing model using the following weighted average
assumptions for grants in 1998, 1997, and 1996, respectively: (a) risk-free
interest rate of 5.7%, 6.5%, and 6.0%; (b) expected lives of 10 years, 6 years,
and 5 years; (c) expected volatility of 25.6%, 24.1%, and 24.9%; and (d)
dividend yield of 3.2%, 2.8%, and 3.3%. The weighted average fair value of
options granted during the year is $10.83, $12.03, and $11.42 for 1998, 1997,
and 1996, respectively.
Packaging applies Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, "Accounting
for Stock Issued to Employees," to its stock-based compensation plans. Packaging
recognized after-tax stock-based compensation expense of $3 million, $4 million,
and $15 million in 1998, 1997, and 1996, respectively. Had compensation costs
for Packaging's stock-based compensation plans been determined in accordance
with FAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation," based on the fair
value at the grant dates for awards under those plans, Packaging's pro forma net
income for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997, and 1996, would have been
lower by $14 million or $.08 per both basic and diluted common share, $13
million or $.08 per both basic and diluted common share, and $5 million or $.03
per both basic and diluted common share, respectively.
12. MINORITY INTEREST
At December 31, 1998 and 1997, Packaging reported minority interest in the
combined balance sheet of $14 million and $15 million, respectively. This
primarily relates to preferred stock of a subsidiary issued in connection with
the KNP acquisition.
13. PENSION PLANS AND OTHER POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS
Packaging has pension plans that cover substantially all of its employees.
Benefits are based on years of service and, for most salaried employees, on
final average compensation. Packaging's funding policies
F-22
<PAGE> 172
THE BUSINESSES OF TENNECO PACKAGING
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
are to contribute to the plans amounts necessary to satisfy the funding
requirement of federal laws and regulations. Plan assets consist principally of
listed equity and fixed income securities. After the Spin-off, Packaging will
become the sponsor of the Tenneco Inc. Retirement Plan (the "TRP"). Benefits
accrued under the TRP by employees of Tenneco's automotive business will be
frozen as of the last day of the calendar month in which the Spin-off occurs,
and all related pension obligations and assets will be retained by Packaging. In
addition, all TRP pension obligations and assets associated with participating
employees from former subsidiaries and affiliates of Tenneco will be retained by
Packaging and have been reflected in the historical combined financial
statements. These pension obligations and assets that Packaging will retain
under all of these arrangements are included in the table below.
Packaging has postretirement health care and life insurance plans that
cover all of its salaried and certain of its hourly domestic employees. For
salaried employees, the plans cover employees retiring from Packaging on or
after attaining age 55 who have had a least 10 years service with Packaging
after attaining age 45. For hourly employees, the postretirement benefit plans
generally cover employees who retire according to one of Packaging's hourly
employee retirement plans. All of these benefits may be subject to deductibles,
copayment provisions, and other limitations, and Packaging has reserved the
right to change these benefits. Packaging's postretirement benefit plans are not
funded.
F-23
<PAGE> 173
THE BUSINESSES OF TENNECO PACKAGING
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
A summary of the change in benefit obligation, the change in plan assets,
the development of net amount recognized, and the amounts recognized in the
combined statement of financial position for the pension plans and
postretirement benefit plans follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PENSION POSTRETIREMENT
--------------- ---------------
1998 1997 1998 1997
---- ---- ---- ----
(MILLIONS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Change in benefit obligations:
Benefit obligation at September 30 of the previous year... $2,654 $2,361 $ 70 $ 64
Currency rate conversion.................................. 1 -- -- --
Service cost.............................................. 28 23 1 1
Interest cost............................................. 199 178 5 5
Plan amendments........................................... 44 8 -- --
Actuarial loss (gain)..................................... 293 254 1 5
Acquisitions.............................................. -- 13 -- --
Benefits paid............................................. (194) (183) (8) (6)
Participants' contributions............................... -- -- 1 1
------ ------ ---- ----
Benefit obligation at September 30........................ $3,025 $2,654 $ 70 $ 70
====== ====== ==== ====
Change in plan assets:
Fair value at September 30 of the previous year........... $3,516 $2,966 $ -- $ --
Currency rate conversion.................................. -- 4 -- --
Actual return on plan assets.............................. 102 714 -- --
Employer contributions.................................... 5 3 7 5
Participants' contributions............................... 1 -- 1 1
Acquisitions.............................................. -- 12 -- --
Benefits paid............................................. (194) (183) (8) (6)
------ ------ ---- ----
Fair value at September 30................................ $3,430 $3,516 $ -- $ --
====== ====== ==== ====
Development of net amount recognized:
Funded status at September 30............................. $ 405 $ 862 $(70) $(70)
Contributions during the fourth quarter................... 1 1 2 1
Unrecognized cost:
Actuarial loss (gain).................................. 200 (273) 11 11
Prior service cost..................................... 71 57 (4) (5)
Transition liability (asset)........................... (43) (62) -- --
------ ------ ---- ----
Net amount recognized at December 31...................... $ 634 $ 585 $(61) $(63)
====== ====== ==== ====
Amounts recognized in the combined balance sheet:
Prepaid benefit cost...................................... $ 664 $ 594 $ -- $ --
Accrued benefit cost...................................... (56) (9) (61) (63)
Intangible asset.......................................... 22 -- -- --
Accumulated other comprehensive income.................... 4 -- -- --
------ ------ ---- ----
Net amount recognized..................................... $ 634 $ 585 $(61) $(63)
====== ====== ==== ====
</TABLE>
- -------------------------
Note: Assets of one plan may not be utilized to pay benefits of other plans.
Additionally, the prepaid (accrued) benefit cost has been recorded based
upon certain actuarial estimates as described below. Those estimates are
subject to revision in future periods given new facts or circumstances.
F-24
<PAGE> 174
THE BUSINESSES OF TENNECO PACKAGING
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
Net periodic pension costs (income) from continuing operations for the
years 1998, 1997, and 1996, consist of the following components:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
---- ---- ----
(MILLIONS)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Service cost -- benefits earned during the year............. $ 28 $ 23 $ 20
Interest on prior year's projected benefit obligation....... 199 178 126
Expected return on plan assets.............................. (285) (265) (178)
Net amortization:
Actuarial loss (gain)..................................... 1 -- 3
Prior service cost........................................ 11 11 11
Transition liability (asset).............................. (19) (19) (13)
----- ----- -----
Net pension costs (income).................................. $ (65) $ (72) $ (31)
===== ===== =====
</TABLE>
The projected benefit obligation, accumulated benefit obligation, and fair
value of plan assets for all pension plans with accumulated benefit obligations
in excess of plan assets were $89 million, $83 million, and $27 million,
respectively, as of September 30, 1998, and $12 million, $11 million, and $1
million, respectively, as of September 30, 1997.
The weighted average discount rates (which are based on long-term market
rates) used in determining the 1998, 1997, and 1996 actuarial present value of
the benefit obligations were 7.0%, 7.75%, and 7.75%, respectively. The rate of
increase in future compensation was 4.8%, 4.9%, and 4.8%, for 1998, 1997, and
1996, respectively. The weighted average expected long-term rate of return on
plan assets for 1998, 1997, and 1996 was 10.0% for each year.
Net periodic postretirement benefit cost from continuing operations for the
years 1998, 1997, and 1996 consist of the following components:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
---- ---- ----
(MILLIONS)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Service cost -- benefits earned during the year............. $ 2 $ 1 $ 1
Interest on accumulated postretirement benefit obligation... 5 5 5
Net amortization:
Prior service cost........................................ (2) (2) (2)
Actuarial loss (gain)..................................... 1 1 0
--- --- ---
Net periodic postretirement benefit cost.................... $ 6 $ 5 $ 4
=== === ===
</TABLE>
The initial weighted average assumed health care cost trend rate used in
determining the 1998, 1997, and 1996 accumulated postretirement benefit
obligation was 5%, 5%, and 6%, respectively, declining to 5% in 1997 and
remaining at that level thereafter.
Increasing the assumed health care cost trend rate by one percentage point
in each year would increase the 1998, 1997, and 1996 accumulated postretirement
benefit obligations by approximately $2 million for each year. There would be no
change in the aggregate of the service cost and interest cost components of the
net periodic postretirement benefit cost for any of these years.
Decreasing the assumed health care cost trend rate by one percentage point
in each year would decrease the 1998 accumulated postretirement benefit
obligation by approximately $2 million and would not change the aggregate of
service cost and interest cost components of the net periodic postretirement
benefit cost.
F-25
<PAGE> 175
THE BUSINESSES OF TENNECO PACKAGING
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
The discount rates (which are based on long-term market rates) used in
determining the 1998, 1997, and 1996 accumulated postretirement benefit
obligations were 7.00%, 7.75%, and 7.75%, respectively.
14. SEGMENT AND GEOGRAPHIC AREA INFORMATION
Packaging is a global manufacturer with a single operating segment:
Specialty Packaging -- Manufacture and sale of specialty packaging and
consumer products for foodservice, consumer, protective, flexible and
institutional/industrial markets.
The accounting policies of the segment are the same as those described in
Note 3, "Summary of Accounting Policies." Packaging evaluates operating
performance based primarily on income before interest expense, income taxes, and
minority interest. Individual operating segments have not been aggregated within
this reportable segment.
Products are transferred between geographic areas on a basis intended to
reflect as nearly as possible the "market value" of the products.
The following table sets forth information relating to Packaging's external
customer revenues for each product or each group of similar products:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NET SALES AND
OPERATING REVENUES
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
--------------------------
1998 1997 1996
---- ---- ----
(MILLIONS)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
SPECIALTY
Disposable plastic, fiber, and aluminum packaging
products............................................... $2,126 $2,105 $1,862
Plastic and fiber protective and flexible packaging
products............................................... 607 399 78
Other..................................................... 52 49 47
------ ------ ------
Total Specialty Packaging............................ 2,785 2,553 1,987
------ ------ ------
OTHER....................................................... 6 10 --
------ ------ ------
COMBINED.................................................... $2,791 $2,563 $1,987
====== ====== ======
</TABLE>
F-26
<PAGE> 176
THE BUSINESSES OF TENNECO PACKAGING
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
The following tables summarize certain segment and geographic information
of Packaging:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SEGMENT RECLASS
------------------ &
SPECIALTY OTHER ELIMS COMBINED
--------- ------ ------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
AT MARCH 31, 1999, AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS THEN ENDED
Revenues from external customers......................... $ 666 $ -- $ -- $ 666
Depreciation and amortization............................ 42 6 -- 48
Income before interest, income taxes, and minority
interest............................................... 83 (38) -- 45
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle...... (17) (15) -- (32)
Extraordinary loss....................................... -- (7) -- (7)
Total assets (Note)...................................... 3,246 1,475 (50) 4,671
Net assets of discontinued operations.................... -- 372 -- 372
AT DECEMBER 31, 1998, AND FOR THE YEAR THEN ENDED
Revenues from external customers......................... $2,785 $ 6 $ -- $2,791
Depreciation and amortization............................ 152 23 -- 175
Income before interest, income taxes, and minority
interest............................................... 328 (45) -- 283
Total assets (Note)...................................... 3,260 1,580 (42) 4,798
Net assets of discontinued operations.................... -- 366 -- 366
Investment in affiliated companies....................... 17 -- -- 17
Capital expenditures..................................... 190 4 -- 194
Noncash items other than depreciation and amortization... 22 (84) -- (62)
AT MARCH 31, 1998, AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS THEN ENDED
Revenues from external customers......................... $ 630 $ 3 $ -- $ 633
Depreciation and amortization............................ 39 5 -- 44
Income before interest, income taxes, and minority
interest............................................... 74 (5) -- 69
Total assets (Note)...................................... 3,273 1,442 (42) 4,673
Net assets of discontinued operations.................... -- 394 -- 394
AT DECEMBER 31, 1997, AND FOR THE YEAR THEN ENDED
Revenues from external customers......................... $2,553 $ 10 $ -- $2,563
Depreciation and amortization............................ 143 20 -- 163
Income before interest, income taxes, and minority
interest............................................... 308 (2) -- 306
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle...... (11) (27) -- (38)
Total assets (Note)...................................... 3,244 1,412 (38) 4,618
Net assets of discontinued operations.................... -- 423 -- 423
Investment in affiliated companies....................... 9 -- -- 9
Capital expenditures..................................... 227 2 -- 229
Noncash items other than depreciation and amortization... 10 (86) -- (76)
AT DECEMBER 31, 1996, AND FOR THE YEAR THEN ENDED
Revenues from external customers......................... $1,987 $ -- $ -- $1,987
Depreciation and amortization............................ 123 8 -- 131
Income before interest, income taxes, and minority
interest............................................... 249 (15) -- 234
Extraordinary loss....................................... -- (2) -- (2)
Total assets (Note)...................................... 2,655 1,421 (48) 4,028
Net assets of discontinued operations.................... -- 459 -- 459
Investment in affiliated companies....................... 9 1 -- 10
Capital expenditures..................................... 172 44 -- 216
Noncash items other than depreciation and amortization... (2) (44) -- (46)
</TABLE>
- ---------------
Note: The Other segment's total assets includes pension assets retained by
Packaging related to certain employees of Tenneco's and Packaging's
discontinued operations, Packaging's administrative service operations
assets and net assets of the discontinued paperboard packaging segment.
F-27
<PAGE> 177
THE BUSINESSES OF TENNECO PACKAGING
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
GEOGRAPHIC AREA
--------------------
UNITED RECLASS &
STATES FOREIGN(A) ELIMS COMBINED
------ ---------- --------- --------
(MILLIONS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
AT DECEMBER 31, 1998, AND FOR THE YEAR THEN ENDED
Revenues from external customers(b).................... $2,212 $579 $ -- $2,791
Long-lived assets(c)................................... 2,168 295 -- 2,463
Total assets........................................... 4,131 691 (24) 4,798
AT DECEMBER 31, 1997, AND FOR THE YEAR THEN ENDED
Revenues from external customers(b).................... $2,116 $447 $ -- $2,563
Long-lived assets(c)................................... 2,026 236 -- 2,262
Total assets........................................... 4,036 596 (14) 4,618
AT DECEMBER 31, 1996, AND FOR THE YEAR THEN ENDED
Revenues from external customers(b).................... $1,759 $228 $ -- $1,987
Long-lived assets(c)................................... 1,957 94 -- 2,051
Total assets........................................... 3,755 281 (8) 4,028
</TABLE>
- -------------------------
Notes: (a) Revenues from external customers and long-lived assets for individual
foreign countries are not material.
(b) Revenues are attributed to countries based on location of the seller.
(c) Long-lived assets include all long-term assets except net assets from
discontinued operations, goodwill, intangibles, and deferred tax
assets.
15. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Capital Commitments
Packaging estimates that expenditures aggregating approximately $110
million will be required after December 31, 1998, to complete facilities and
projects authorized at such date, and substantial commitments have been made in
connection therewith.
Lease Commitments
Packaging holds certain of its facilities, equipment, and other assets
under long-term leases. The minimum lease payments under non-cancelable
operating leases with lease terms in excess of one year are $50 million, $31
million, $22 million, $15 million, and $56 million for the years 1999, 2000,
2001, 2002, and 2003, respectively, and $53 million for subsequent years.
Commitments under capital leases were not significant to the accompanying
combined financial statements. Total rental expense for continuing operations
for the years 1998, 1997, and 1996, was $35 million, $37 million, and $24
million, respectively, including minimum rentals under non-cancelable operating
leases of $45 million, $42 million, and $18 million for the corresponding
periods.
Litigation
Packaging and its combined subsidiaries are parties to various legal
proceedings arising from their operations. Packaging believes that the outcome
of these proceedings, individually and in the aggregate, will have no material
effect on the financial position or results of operations of Packaging and its
combined subsidiaries.
F-28
<PAGE> 178
THE BUSINESSES OF TENNECO PACKAGING
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
Environmental Matters
Packaging and its combined subsidiaries are subject to a variety of
environmental and pollution control laws and regulations in all jurisdictions in
which they operate. Packaging has provided reserves for compliance with these
laws and regulations where it is probable that a liability exists and where
Packaging can make a reasonable estimate of the liability. The estimated
liabilities recorded are subject to change as more information becomes available
regarding the magnitude of possible clean-up costs and the timing, varying
costs, and effectiveness of alternative clean-up technologies. However,
Packaging believes that any additional costs which arise as more information
becomes available will not have a material effect on the combined financial
condition or results of operations of Packaging.
16. QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED) (IN MILLIONS EXCEPT PER SHARE)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
INCOME BEFORE
INTEREST
NET SALES EXPENSE, INCOME (LOSS) INCOME (LOSS) INCOME (LOSS)
AND INCOME TAXES, FROM FROM BEFORE
OPERATING AND MINORITY CONTINUING DISCONTINUED EXTRAORDINARY EXTRAORDINARY
QUARTER REVENUES INTEREST OPERATIONS OPERATIONS LOSS LOSS
- ------- --------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1999
1st................. $ 666 $ 45 $ 6 $(172) $(166) $ (7)
====== ==== ==== ===== ===== ====
1998
1st................. $ 633 $ 69 $ 18 $ 14 $ 32 $ --
2nd................. 738 104 51 23 74 --
3rd................. 696 74 15 26 40 --
4th................. 724 36 (2) (6) (7) --
------ ---- ---- ----- ----- ----
$2,791 $283 $ 82 $ 57 $ 139 $ --
====== ==== ==== ===== ===== ====
1997
1st................. $ 510 $ 48 $ 9 $ 13 $ 22 $ --
2nd................. 675 87 31 (11) 20 --
3rd................. 682 89 32 11 43 --
4th................. 696 82 34 8 42 --
------ ---- ---- ----- ----- ----
$2,563 $306 $106 $ 21 $ 127 $ --
====== ==== ==== ===== ===== ====
<CAPTION>
INCOME (LOSS) CUMULATIVE
BEFORE CUMULATIVE EFFECT OF
EFFECT OF CHANGE CHANGE IN NET
IN ACCOUNTING ACCOUNTING INCOME
QUARTER PRINCIPLE PRINCIPLE (LOSS)
- ------- ----------------- ---------- ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
1999
1st................. $(173) $(32) $(205)
===== ==== =====
1998
1st................. $ 32 $ -- $ 32
2nd................. 74 -- 74
3rd................. 40 -- 40
4th................. (7) -- (7)
----- ---- -----
$ 139 $ -- $ 139
===== ==== =====
1997
1st................. $ 22 $ -- $ 22
2nd................. 20 -- 20
3rd................. 43 -- 43
4th................. 42 (38) 4
----- ---- -----
$ 127 $(38) $ 89
===== ==== =====
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
BASIC EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE OF COMMON STOCK
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CUMULATIVE
BEFORE CUMULATIVE EFFECT OF
FROM FROM BEFORE EFFECT OF CHANGE CHANGE IN
CONTINUING DISCONTINUED EXTRAORDINARY EXTRAORDINARY IN ACCOUNTING ACCOUNTING NET INCOME
QUARTER OPERATIONS OPERATIONS LOSS LOSS PRINCIPLE PRINCIPLE (LOSS)
- ------- ---------- ------------ ------------- ------------- ----------------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1999
1st................ $.03 $(1.03) $(1.00) $(.04) $(1.04) $(.19) $(1.23)
==== ====== ====== ===== ====== ===== ======
1998
1st................ $.11 $ .08 $ .19 $ -- $ .19 $ -- $ .19
2nd................ .30 .14 .44 -- .44 -- .44
3rd................ .09 .15 .24 -- .24 -- .24
4th................ (.01) (.04) (.05) -- (.05) -- (.05)
---- ------ ------ ----- ------ ----- ------
$.49 $ .34 $ .83 $ -- $ .83 $ -- $ .83
==== ====== ====== ===== ====== ===== ======
1997
1st................ $.06 $ .07 $ .13 $ -- $ .13 $ -- $ .13
2nd................ .19 (.07) .12 -- .12 -- .12
3rd................ .18 .07 .25 -- .25 -- .25
4th................ .20 .05 .25 -- .25 (.23) .02
---- ------ ------ ----- ------ ----- ------
$.63 $ .12 $ .75 $ -- $ .75 $(.23) $ .52
==== ====== ====== ===== ====== ===== ======
</TABLE>
F-29
<PAGE> 179
THE BUSINESSES OF TENNECO PACKAGING
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DILUTED EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE OF COMMON STOCK
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CUMULATIVE
BEFORE CUMULATIVE EFFECT OF
FROM FROM BEFORE EFFECT OF CHANGE CHANGE IN
CONTINUING DISCONTINUED EXTRAORDINARY EXTRAORDINARY IN ACCOUNTING ACCOUNTING NET INCOME
QUARTER OPERATIONS OPERATIONS LOSS LOSS PRINCIPLE PRINCIPLE (LOSS)
------- ---------- ------------ ------------- ------------- ----------------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1999
1st................ $ .03 $(1.03) $(1.00) $(.04) $(1.04) $(.19) $(1.23)
===== ====== ====== ===== ====== ===== ======
1998
1st................ $ .11 $ .08 $ .19 $ -- $ .19 $ -- $ .19
2nd................ .30 .14 .44 -- .44 -- .44
3rd................ .09 .15 .24 -- .24 -- .24
4th................ (.01) (.04) (.05) -- (.05) -- (.05)
----- ------ ------ ----- ------ ----- ------
$ .49 $ .34 $ .83 $ -- $ .83 $ -- $ .83
===== ====== ====== ===== ====== ===== ======
1997
1st................ $ .06 $ .07 $ .13 $ -- $ .13 $ -- $ .13
2nd................ .19 (.07) .12 -- .12 -- .12
3rd................ .18 .07 .25 -- .25 -- .25
4th................ .20 .05 .25 -- .25 (.23) .02
----- ------ ------ ----- ------ ----- ------
$ .63 $ .12 $ .75 $ -- $ .75 $(.23) $ .52
===== ====== ====== ===== ====== ===== ======
</TABLE>
- -------------------------
Notes: Reference is made to Notes 3, 4, 6, and 7 and "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" for items
affecting quarterly results.
(The preceding notes are an integral part of the foregoing combined financial
statements.)
F-30
<PAGE> 180
SCHEDULE II
THE BUSINESSES OF TENNECO PACKAGING
SCHEDULE II -- VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
(MILLIONS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
COLUMN A COLUMN B COLUMN C COLUMN D COLUMN E
- --------------------------------------------- ---------- ----------------------- ---------- ---------
ADDITIONS
-----------------------
BALANCE AT CHARGED TO CHARGED TO BALANCE
BEGINNING COSTS AND OTHER AT END OF
DESCRIPTION OF YEAR EXPENSES ACCOUNTS DEDUCTIONS YEAR
----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts Deducted from
Assets to Which it Applies:
Year Ended December 31, 1998............ $11 $ 5 $-- $ 5 $11
=== === == === ===
Year Ended December 31, 1997............ $18 $ 2 $2 $11 $11
=== === == === ===
Year Ended December 31, 1996............ $ 9 $11 $-- $ 2 $18
=== === == === ===
</TABLE>
S-1
<PAGE> 181
ANNEX A
PROPOSED AMENDMENTS AND WAIVER
The following is the text of the proposed amendments and waiver. The
following is qualified in its entirety by reference to the supplemental
indenture and the original indenture, copies of which can be obtained without
charge from the information agent. Capitalized terms used below without
definition have the meanings assigned to them in the original indenture.
1. IF TENNECO RECEIVES THE REQUIRED CONSENTS, THE FOLLOWING PROVISIONS
REGARDING THE WAIVER WILL TAKE EFFECT UPON EXECUTION OF THE SUPPLEMENTAL
INDENTURE ON OR PROMPTLY FOLLOWING THE WITHDRAWAL TIME.
"SECTION 1. Definitions: As used herein, the following terms shall have the
meanings set forth below:
"Cash Tender Offers" means Tenneco's offers to purchase for cash certain
series of Securities issued under the Original Indenture pursuant to the Offer
to Purchase and Consent Solicitation of Tenneco dated , 1999, as amended
from time to time.
"Consent Solicitation" means Tenneco's solicitation of consents to
amendments to the Original Indenture pursuant to the Exchange Offers and Cash
Tender Offers.
"Debt Realignment" means the realignment, prior to the Spin-off, of
substantially all of Tenneco's consolidated debt through a combination of
exchange offers, tender offers, prepayments and refinancings as described in the
Prospectus and Consent Solicitation of Tenneco Packaging and Tenneco dated
, as amended from time to time.
"Exchange Offers" means Tenneco's offers to exchange notes and debentures
issued by Tenneco Packaging Inc. for certain Securities issued under the
Original Indenture pursuant to the Prospectus and Consent Solicitation of
Tenneco Packaging and Tenneco dated , as amended from time to time.
"Original Securities" means the series of Securities subject to the
Exchange Offers.
"Original Indenture" means the Indenture, dated November 1, 1996, between
Tenneco Inc. (formerly New Tenneco Inc.) and The Chase Manhattan Bank, as
Trustee, as amended.
"Packaging" means Tenneco Packaging Inc., a Delaware corporation.
"Spin-off" means the distribution of all Packaging common stock to the
holders of Tenneco common stock at a ratio of one share of Packaging common
stock for each share of Tenneco common stock.
"Tender Securities" means the series of Securities subject to the Cash
Tender Offers.
"Tenneco" means Tenneco Inc., a Delaware corporation.
"Trustee" means The Chase Manhattan Bank, as trustee under the Original
Indenture.
SECTION 2. Waiver. Subject to Section 3(b) hereof, the application of the
covenants contained in Sections 3.6, 9.1, 9.2 and 9.3 of the Original Indenture
is hereby waived to the extent required to effect the Spin-off, including,
without limitation, to effect the Debt Realignment (the "Waiver").
SECTION 3. Operation of Waiver. (a) Upon the execution and delivery of this
Eleventh Supplemental Indenture by Tenneco and the Trustee, the Original
Indenture shall be amended and supplemented in accordance herewith, and this
Eleventh Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Original Indenture for
all purposes, and every holder of Original Securities and Tender Securities
heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered under the Original Indenture
shall be bound hereby, as hereby amended and supplemented; provided, however,
that the provisions of the Eleventh Supplemental Indenture, except as described
in Section 3(b) with respect to the Waiver, shall not become operative until
Tenneco has notified the Trustee that it has accepted for exchange or payment
the Original Securities and/or Tender Securities, as the case may be, tendered
pursuant to the Exchange Offers or
A-1
<PAGE> 182
Tender Offers which underlie at least a majority of all Securities outstanding
under the Original Indenture (and at such time the provisions of this Eleventh
Supplemental Indenture shall automatically become operative without the
requirement of any further action by or notice to Tenneco, the Trustee or any
holder of Original Securities or Tender Securities).
(b) The Waiver shall become operative immediately upon the execution and
delivery of this Eleventh Supplemental Indenture by Tenneco and the Trustee.
However, if Original Securities and/or Tender Securities which underlie at least
a majority of all Securities outstanding under the Original Indenture are not
accepted for exchange or purchase, as the case may be, because the related
Exchange Offers, Cash Tender Offers or consent solicitation are terminated or
withdrawn, the Waiver will cease to be operative."
2. IF THE PROPOSED AMENDMENTS ARE ADOPTED, THE FOLLOWING ITALICIZED TEXT
WILL BE DELETED IN ITS ENTIRETY FROM THE ORIGINAL INDENTURE, AND THE UNDERLINED
TEXT WILL BE ADDED FOLLOWING THE APPROPRIATE SECTIONS THEREOF.
SECTION 3.6. NEGATIVE PLEDGE; LIMITATION ON SALE AND LEASEBACK
TRANSACTIONS.
[ADD: Intentionally Deleted by Amendment]
[DELETE: (a) The Issuer will not issue, assume, incur or guarantee, and
will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue, assume, incur or guarantee,
any Debt secured by any mortgage, pledge, lien or other encumbrance (any such
mortgage, pledge, lien and other encumbrance being hereinafter called a
"Mortgage") upon any principal Manufacturing Property of the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary, or upon shares of capital stock or Debt of any Restricted
Subsidiary (whether such Principal Manufacturing Property or shares of stock are
now owned or hereafter acquired or such Debt is now existing or hereafter
incurred or assumed), without in any such case effectively providing,
concurrently with the issuance or assumption of such Debt, that the Securities
(together with, if the Issuer shall so determine, any other Debt of the Issuer
or such Restricted Subsidiary ranking equally with the Securities and then
existing or thereafter created) shall be secured equally and ratably with such
Debt; provided, however, that the foregoing restrictions shall not apply to:
(i) the creation of Mortgages on any Principal Manufacturing Property
(including any improvements on an existing property, as to which the
Mortgage may include such underlying real property as the Issuer may deem
necessary for the improvement and unnecessary for the operation of any
theretofore existing Principal Manufacturing Property on the same or
adjoining real property) hereafter acquired by the Issuer or a Restricted
Subsidiary prior to, at the time of, or within 180 days after the latest of
the acquisition, completion of construction or commencement of commercial
operation of such property, to secure or provide for the payment of
financing of all or any part of the purchase price thereof or construction
of fixed improvements thereon, or, in addition to assumptions in
transactions contemplated by subparagraph (ii) below, the assumption of any
Mortgage upon any Principal Manufacturing Property hereafter acquired
existing at the time of such acquisitions, or the acquisition of any
Principal Manufacturing Property subject to any Mortgage without the
assumption thereof; provided that the aggregate principal amount of Debt
secured by any such Mortgage so issued, assumed or existing shall not
exceed 100% of the cost of such Principal Manufacturing Property to the
corporation acquiring the same or of the fair value thereof (as determined
by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors) at the time of such
acquisition, whichever is less, and, provided further, that in the case of
any such acquisition, construction or improvement the Mortgage shall not
apply to any property theretofore owned by the Issuer or a Restricted
Subsidiary, other than, in the case of any such construction or
improvement, any theretofore unimproved real property on which the property
so constructed, or the improvement, is located (which unimproved real
property may at the option of the Issuer be segregated by legal description
from other real property of the Issuer appurtenant to such Principal
Manufacturing Property and subjected to the Mortgage related to such
construction or improvement);
(ii) any Mortgages on any Principal Manufacturing Property of a
corporation which is merged into or consolidated with the Issuer or a
Restricted Subsidiary or substantially all of the assets of
A-2
<PAGE> 183
which are required by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary (whether or not
the obligations secured by any such Mortgage are assumed by the Issuer or a
Restricted Subsidiary); provided that such Mortgages were not created in
contemplation of such merger, consolidation or acquisition;
(iii) Mortgages on any Principal Manufacturing Property of the Issuer
or a Restricted Subsidiary in favor of the United States of America or any
State thereof, or any department, agency or instrumentality or political
subdivision of the United States of America or any State thereof, or in
favor of any other country, or any political subdivision thereof, to secure
partial, progress, advance or other payments pursuant to any contract or
statute or to secure any Debt incurred or guaranteed for the purpose of
financing all or any part of the cost of acquiring, construction or
improving the property subject to such Mortgages (including Mortgages
incurred in connection with financings of the type contemplated by Section
103 of the Internal Revenue Code, maritime financings under Title XI of the
United States Code or similar financings);
(iv) Mortgages on particular property (or any proceeds of the sale
thereof) to secure all or any part of the cost of exploration, drilling,
mining, development, operation or maintenance thereof (including, without
limitation, construction of facilities for field processing) intended to
obtain or increase the production and sale or other disposition of oil,
gas, coal, natural gas, carbon dioxide, sulphur, helium, metals, minerals,
steam, timber or other natural resources, or any Debt created, issued,
assumed or guaranteed to provide funds for any or all such purposes;
(v) Mortgages securing Debt of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the
Issuer and/or another Restricted Subsidiary;
(vi) Mortgages on any Principal Manufacturing Property of the Issuer
or a Restricted Subsidiary which Mortgages were in existence on the date of
this Indenture; provided, however, that each such Mortgage shall be limited
to all or a part of the property which secured such Mortgage at such date
(plus improvements and construction on such Property);
(vii) any extension, renewal or replacement (or successive extensions,
renewals or replacements) in whole or in part, of any Mortgage referred to
in the foregoing clauses (i) through (vi); provided, however, that the
principal amount of Debt so secured thereby shall not exceed the principal
amount of Debt so secured at the time of such extension, renewal or
replacement, and that such extension, renewal or replacement shall be
limited to all or a part of the property which secured the Mortgage so
extended, renewed or replaced (plus improvements and construction on such
property); and
(viii) Permitted Mortgages.]
[DELETE: (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (a) of this
Section, the Issuer or anyone or more Restricted Subsidiaries may issue or
assume Debt secured by a Mortgage on a Principal Manufacturing Property in
addition to those permitted by subsection (a) of this Section and renew, extend
or replace such Mortgages; provided that at the time of such creation,
assumption, renewal, extension or replacement, and after giving effect thereto,
Exempted Debt does not exceed 15% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets.]
[DELETE: (c) The Issuer will not, nor will it permit any Restricted
Subsidiary to, enter into any arrangement with any Person providing for the
leasing by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of any Principal
Manufacturing Property, whether such principal Manufacturing Property is now
owned or hereafter acquired (except for temporary leases for a term, including
renewals at the option of the lessee, of not more than three years and except
for leases between the Issuer and a Restricted Subsidiary or between Restricted
Subsidiaries), which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the
Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary to such Person with the intention of taking
back a lease on such property (a "sale and leaseback transaction") unless the
net proceeds of such sale or transfer shall be at least equal to the fair value
of such property as determined by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors
and either:
(i) the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary would be entitled,
pursuant to the provisions of subsection (a) of this Section, to issue or
assume Debt secured by a Mortgage on such property at
A-3
<PAGE> 184
least equal in amount to the Attributable Debt in respect of such sale and
leaseback transaction without equally and ratably securing the Securities;
or
(ii) since the date hereof and within a period commencing twelve
months prior to the consummation of such sale and leaseback transaction and
ending twelve months after the consummation of such sale and leaseback
transaction the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be,
has expended or will expend, or a combination of both, for facilities
comprising all or a part of a Principal Manufacturing Property an amount
equal to (A) the net proceeds of such sale and leaseback transaction and
the Issuer elects to designate such amount as a credit against such sale
and leaseback transaction or (B) a part of the net proceeds of such sale
and leaseback transaction and the Issuer elects to designate such amount as
a credit against such sale and leaseback transaction and applies an amount
equal to the remainder of the net proceeds as provided in clause (iii)
hereof; or
(iii) such sale and leaseback transactions do not come within the
exceptions provided in clause (i) hereof and the Issuer does not make the
election permitted by clause (ii) hereof or makes such election only as to
part of such net proceeds, in either which event the Issuer will, within
180 days after such sale and leaseback transaction, apply an amount equal
to the Attributable Debt in respect of such sale and leaseback transaction
(less an amount equal to the amount, if any, elected under clause (ii)
hereof to the retirement (other than any mandatory retirement or by way of
payment at maturity) of Debt with a maturity of greater than one year of
the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Debt of the Issuer to
any Restricted Subsidiary or of any Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or
another Restricted Subsidiary).
(d) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (c) of this Section, the
Issuer and any Restricted Subsidiary may enter into sale and leaseback
transactions in addition to those permitted by paragraph (c) of this Section and
without any obligation to make expenditures for facilities comprising a part or
all of a Principal manufacturing Property or to retire any Debt, provided that
at the time of entering into such sale and leaseback transaction and after
giving effect thereto, Exempted Debt does not exceed 15% of Consolidated Net
Tangible Assets.]
SECTION 9.1. COVENANT NOT TO MERGE, CONSOLIDATE, SELL OR CONVEY PROPERTY
EXCEPT UNDER CERTAIN CONDITIONS.
[ADD: Intentionally Deleted by Amendment]
[DELETE: The Issuer covenants that it will not merge or consolidate with
any other Person or sell, lease or convey all or substantially all of its assets
to any other Person, unless (i) either the Issuer shall be the continuing
corporation, or the successor corporation or the Person which acquires by sale,
lease or conveyance substantially all the assets of the Issuer (if other than
the Issuer) shall be a corporation organized under the laws of the United States
of America or any State thereof or the District of Columbia and shall expressly
assume the due and punctual payment of the principal of and interest on all the
Securities and Coupons, if any, according to their tenor, and the due and
punctual performance and observance of all of the covenants and conditions of
this Indenture to be performed or observed by the Issuer, by supplemental
indenture satisfactory to the Trustee, executed and delivered to the Trustee by
such corporation, and (ii) the Issuer, such Person or such successor
corporation, as the case may be, shall not, immediately after such merger or
consolidation, or such sale, lease or conveyance, be in default in the
performance of any such covenant or condition.]
SECTION 9.2. SUCCESSOR CORPORATION SUBSTITUTED.
[ADD: Intentionally Deleted by Amendment]
[DELETE: In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale, lease or
conveyance, and following such an assumption by the successor corporation, such
successor corporation shall succeed to and be substituted for the Issuer, with
the same effect as if it had been named herein. Such successor corporation may
cause to be signed, and may issue either in its own name or in the name of the
Issuer prior to such succession any or all of the Securities issuable hereunder
which together with any Coupons appertaining thereto
A-4
<PAGE> 185
theretofore shall not have been signed by the Issuer and delivered to the
Trustee; and, upon the order of such successor corporation, instead of the
Issuer, and subject to all the terms, conditions and limitations in this
Indenture prescribed, the Trustee shall authenticate and shall deliver any
Securities together with any Coupons appertaining thereto which previously shall
have been signed and delivered by the officers of the Issuer to the Trustee for
authentication, and any Securities which such successor corporation thereafter
shall cause to be signed and delivered to the Trustee for that purpose. All of
the Securities so issued together with any Coupons appertaining thereto shall in
all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the
Securities theretofore or thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this
Indenture as though all of such Securities had been issued at the date of the
execution hereof.
In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale, lease or conveyance such
changes in phrasing and form (but not in substance) may be made in the
Securities and Coupons thereafter to be issued as may be appropriate.
In the event of any such sale or conveyance (other than a conveyance by way
of lease) the Issuer or any successor corporation which shall theretofore have
become such in the manner described in this Article shall be discharged from all
obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Securities and may be
liquidated and dissolved.]
SECTION 9.3. OPINION OF COUNSEL DELIVERED TO TRUSTEE.
[ADD: Intentionally Deleted by Amendment]
[DELETE: The Trustee, subject to the provisions of Section 6.1 and 6.2, may
receive an Opinion of Counsel as conclusive evidence that any such
consolidation, merger, sale, lease or conveyance, and any such assumption, and
any such liquidation or dissolution, complies with the applicable provisions of
this Indenture.]
A-5
<PAGE> 186
THE DEALER MANAGERS FOR THE EXCHANGE OFFERS ARE
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON
1585 Broadway, Second Floor Eleven Madison Avenue
New York, NY 10036 New York, NY 10010
Attn: Liability Management Group Attn: Liability Management Group
(800) 624-1808 800-820-1653
</TABLE>
Any questions concerning the terms of the exchange offers may be directed to
the dealer managers.
THE INFORMATION AGENT FOR THE EXCHANGE OFFERS IS
GEORGESON & COMPANY INC.
Wall Street Plaza
New York, New York 10005
Banks and Brokers Call Collect: (212) 440-9800
All Others Call Toll Free: (800)223-2064
Any questions concerning tender procedures or requests for additional copies of
this
document may be directed to the information agent.
THE EXCHANGE AGENT FOR THE EXCHANGE OFFERS IS
THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
By Hand: By Registered Mail: By Overnight Delivery:
Corporate Trust Securities Window The Chase Manhattan Bank The Chase Manhattan Bank
55 Water Street Money Market Operations Money Market Operations
Room 234 55 Water Street 55 Water Street
North Building Room 234 Room 234
New York, NY 10041 North Building North Building
Attn: Carlos Esteves New York, NY 10041 New York, NY 10041
Attn: Carlos Esteves Attn: Carlos Esteves
</TABLE>
By Facsimile:
(212) 638-7380 or (212) 638-7381
Confirm by Telephone:
(212) 638-0828
UNTIL , 1999, ALL DEALERS THAT EFFECT TRANSACTIONS IN THESE
SECURITIES, WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING IN THIS OFFERING, MAY BE REQUIRED TO
DELIVER A PROSPECTUS. THIS IS IN ADDITION TO THE DEALERS' OBLIGATION TO DELIVER
A PROSPECTUS WHEN ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD
ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.
<PAGE> 187
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
ITEM 20. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
Packaging will be restating its certificate of incorporation prior before
the spin-off to provide that a director of Packaging will not be liable to
Packaging or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty
as a director, except to the extent that an exemption from liability or
limitation of liability is not permitted under the Delaware General Corporation
Law ("DGCL"). Based on the DGCL as presently in effect, a director of Packaging
will not be personally liable to Packaging or its stockholders for monetary
damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except: (1) for any breach
of the director's duty of loyalty to Packaging or its stockholders, (2) for acts
or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a
knowing violation of law, (3) under Section 174 of the DGCL, which concerns
unlawful payments of dividends, stock purchases or redemptions, or (4) for any
transactions from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
While these provisions give directors protection from awards for monetary
damages for breaches of their duty of care, they do not eliminate the duty.
Accordingly, Packaging's certificate of incorporation will have no effect on the
availability of equitable remedies such as injunction or rescission based on a
director's breach of his or her duty of care. The provisions of Packaging's
certificate of incorporation described above apply to an officer of Packaging
only if he or she is a director of Packaging and is acting in his or her
capacity as director. They do not apply to officers of Packaging who are not
directors.
The by-laws of Packaging currently provide that Packaging shall indemnify,
to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as may be amended from time to
time, each person who is or was a director or officer, or who serves or may have
served at Packaging's request as a director or officer of another corporation,
and who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any pending or
completed claim, action, suit or proceeding. Packaging will provide
indemnification against any expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments,
fines and amounts paid in settlement, actually and reasonably incurred by the
person in his or her capacity or status as a director or officer. At the
discretion of Packaging's board of directors, Packaging may indemnify each
person who is or was an employee or agent of Packaging, or who served or may
have served at Packaging's request as an employee or agent of another
corporation, to the same extent as directors and officers.
Before the spin-off, Packaging will amend and restate its by-laws. After
the amendment and restatement, Packaging's by-laws will include the following
provisions:
"Section 14. (1) The corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless,
to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or
may hereafter be amended, any person (an "Indemnitee") who was or is made
or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any action,
suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative, including appeals (a "proceeding"), by reason of the fact
that he, or a person for whom he is the legal representative, is or was a
director or officer of the corporation or, while a director or officer of
the corporation, is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a
director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a
partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity,
including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all
liability and loss suffered and expenses (including attorneys' fees)
reasonably incurred by such Indemnitee. Notwithstanding the preceding
sentence, except as otherwise provided in paragraph (3) of this Section 14,
the corporation shall be required to indemnify an Indemnitee in connection
with a proceeding (or part thereof) commenced by such Indemnitee only if
the commencement of such proceeding (or part thereof) by the Indemnitee was
authorized by the Board.
(2) The corporation shall pay the expenses (including attorneys' fees)
incurred by an Indemnitee in defending any proceeding in advance of its
final disposition, provided, however, that, to the extent required by law,
such payment of expenses in advance of the final disposition of the
II-1
<PAGE> 188
proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by the
Indemnitee to repay all amounts advanced if it should be ultimately
determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified under this
Section 14 or otherwise.
(3) If a claim for indemnification or payment of expenses under this
Section 14 is not paid in full within thirty days after a written claim
therefor by the Indemnitee has been received by the corporation, the
Indemnitee may file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim and, if
successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid the expense of
prosecuting such claim. In any such action the corporation shall have the
burden of proving that the Indemnitee is not entitled to the requested
indemnification or payment of expenses under applicable law.
(4) The rights conferred on any Indemnitee by this Section 14 shall
not be exclusive of any other rights which such Indemnitee may have or
hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Restated Certificate
of Incorporation, these By-Laws, agreement, vote of stockholders or
disinterested directors or otherwise.
(5) The corporation's obligation, if any, to indemnify or to advance
expenses to any Indemnitee who was or is serving at its request as a
director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership,
joint venture, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity shall be reduced by
any amount such Indemnitee may collect as indemnification or advancement of
expenses from such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust,
enterprise or nonprofit enterprise.
(6) Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this
Section 14 shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of
any Indemnitee in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the
time of such repeal or modification.
(7) This Section 14 shall not limit the right of the corporation, to
the extent and in the manner permitted by law, to indemnify and to advance
expenses to persons other than Indemnitees when and as authorized by
appropriate corporate action."
Packaging has purchased insurance which purports to insure Packaging
against some of the costs of indemnification which may be incurred under the
by-law section discussed above. The insurance also purports to insure the
officers and directors of Packaging and its subsidiaries against some
liabilities incurred by them in the discharge of their duties as officers and
directors, except for liabilities resulting from their own malfeasance.
In addition, in the distribution agreement Tenneco will agree to indemnify
the directors and officers of Packaging against some liabilities for any
violations or alleged violations of securities or other laws arising out of some
of the documents related to the spin-off. See "Item 22, Undertakings" for a
description of the Commission's position regarding such indemnification
provisions.
ITEM 21. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
(a) The following exhibits are filed as part of this registration
statement:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO. DESCRIPTION
----------- -----------
<C> <S>
1 None.
2 Form of Distribution Agreement by and between Tenneco Inc.
and Tenneco Packaging Inc.*
3.1 Certificate of Incorporation of Tenneco Packaging Inc., as
amended, as currently in effect (incorporated herein by
reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Tenneco Packaging Inc.'s
Registration Statement on Form 10, as filed on July 15,
1999).
3.2 Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Tenneco
Packaging Inc., to be adopted prior to the spin-off
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to Tenneco
Packaging Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form 10, as filed
on July 15, 1999).
</TABLE>
II-2
<PAGE> 189
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO. DESCRIPTION
----------- -----------
<C> <S>
3.3 Amended by-laws of Tenneco Packaging Inc. as currently in
effect (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to
Tenneco Packaging Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form 10,
as filed on July 15, 1999).
3.4 Form of Amended By-laws of Tenneco Packaging Inc., to be
adopted prior to the spin-off (incorporated herein by
reference to Exhibit 3.4 to Tenneco Packaging Inc.'s
Registration Statement on Form 10, as filed on July 15,
1999).
4.1 Form of Indenture by and between Tenneco Packaging Inc. and
The Chase Manhattan Bank, as Trustee.*
4.2 Form of Registration Rights Agreement between Tenneco
Packaging Inc. and the trustees under that certain Tenneco
Inc. Rabbi Trust.*
5 Opinion of Jenner & Block.*
8 Opinion of Jenner & Block regarding certain tax matters.*
9 None.
10.1 Form of Human Resources Agreement by and between Tenneco
Inc. and Tenneco Packaging Inc.*
10.2 Form of Tax Sharing Agreement by and between Tenneco Inc.
and Tenneco Packaging Inc.*
10.3 Form of Transition Services Agreement by and between Tenneco
Inc. and Tenneco Packaging Inc.*
10.4 Indenture (the "original indenture"), dated November 1,
1996, between Tenneco Inc. (formerly known as New Tenneco
Inc.) and The Chase Manhattan Bank, as trustee (incorporated
herein by reference to New Tenneco Inc.'s Registration
Statement on Form S-4, Registration No. 333-14003).
10.5 Form of Eleventh Supplemental Indenture to the original
indenture, to be entered into between Tenneco Inc. and The
Chase Manhattan Bank, as Trustee, providing for the proposed
amendments.*
10.6 Form of Trademark License Agreement by and between Tenneco
Inc. and Tenneco Packaging Inc.*
10.7 1997 Tenneco Inc. Board of Directors Deferred Compensation
Plan (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.11 of
Tenneco Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 21, 1997, File No. 1-12387), to be assumed by
Tenneco Packaging Inc. in connection with the spin-off.
10.8 Form of Tenneco Packaging Inc. Executive Incentive
Compensation Plan, to be adopted in connection with the
spin-off.*
10.9 Amended and Restated Tenneco Inc. Supplemental Executive
Retirement Plan, to be assumed by Tenneco Packaging Inc. in
connection with the spin-off.*
10.10 Form of Tenneco Packaging Inc. Change in Control Severance
Benefit Plan for Key Executives, to be adopted in connection
with the spin-off.*
10.11 Amended and Restated Tenneco Inc. Benefits Protection Trust,
to be assumed by Tenneco Packaging Inc. in connection with
the spin-off.*
10.12 Form of Tenneco Packaging Inc. Stock Ownership Plan to be
adopted in connection with the spin-off.*
10.13 Professional Services Agreement, dated August 22, 1996, by
and between Tenneco Business Services Inc. and Newport News
Shipbuilding Inc. (incorporated herein by reference from
Exhibit 10.28 of Tenneco Inc.'s Form 10, File No. 1-12387).
10.14 Amended and Restated Tenneco Inc. Rabbi Trust, to be assumed
by Tenneco Packaging Inc. in connection with the spin-off.*
</TABLE>
II-3
<PAGE> 190
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO. DESCRIPTION
----------- -----------
<C> <S>
10.15 Tenneco Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated herein
by reference from Exhibit 10.13 of Tenneco Inc.'s Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997,
File No. 1-12387), to be assumed by Tenneco Packaging Inc.
in connection with the spin-off.
10.16(a) Contribution Agreement, dated as of January 25, 1999, by and
among Tenneco Packaging Inc., PCA Holdings LLC, and
Packaging Corporation of America (the "Contribution
Agreement") (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit
10.30 of Tenneco Inc.'s Current Report on Form 8-K dated
April 12, 1999, File No. 1-12387).
10.16(b) Letter Agreement, dated as of April 12, 1999, by and among
Tenneco Packaging Inc., PCA Holdings LLC and Packaging
Corporation of America, amending the Contribution Agreement
(incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.31 of
Tenneco Inc.'s Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 12,
1999, File No. 1-12387).
10.17 Stockholders Agreement, as amended, dated as of April 12,
1999, among Tenneco Packaging Inc., PCA Holdings LLC and
Packaging Corporation of America (incorporated herein by
reference from Exhibit 10.32 of Tenneco Inc.'s Current
Report on Form 8-K dated April 12, 1999, File No. 1-12387).
10.18 Registration Rights Agreement, as amended, dated as of April
12, 1999, among Tenneco Packaging Inc., PCA Holdings LLC and
Packaging Corporation of America (incorporated herein by
reference from Exhibit 10.33 of Tenneco Inc.'s Current
Report on Form 8-K dated April 12, 1999, File No. 1-12387).
11 None.
12.1 Statement of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges (Tenneco
Packaging Inc.)
12.2 Statement of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges (Tenneco
Inc.) (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 12.2 of
Tenneco Inc.'s Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 14,
1999, File No. 1-12387).
13 None.
15 None.
16 None.
21 List of Subsidiaries of Tenneco Packaging Inc. (incorporated
herein by reference from Exhibit 21 to Tenneco Packaging
Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form 10, as filed on July
15, 1999).
23.1 Consent of Jenner & Block (included in Exhibit 5 and Exhibit
8).
23.2 Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP.
24 Power of Attorney of Richard L. Wambold.
25 Statement of Eligibility of Trustee.*
26 None.
27.1 Financial Data Schedule, December 31, 1998.
27.2 Financial Data Schedule, March 31, 1999.
99.1 Form of Letter of Consent/Transmittal.*
99.2 Form of Letter to Brokers, Dealers and Other Nominees.*
99.3 Form of Letter to Beneficial Holders.*
99.4 Form of Letter of Instructions.*
</TABLE>
- -------------------------
* To be filed by amendment.
(b) Financial Statement Schedules
II-4
<PAGE> 191
Schedule II -- Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
(c) Not Applicable.
ITEM 22. UNDERTAKINGS.
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:
1. To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made
of the securities registered hereby, a post-effective amendment to this
registration statement:
a. To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the
Securities Act of 1933;
b. To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after
the effective date of this registration statement (or the most recent
post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the
aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth
in this registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any
increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total
dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was
registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated
maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed
with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the
changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20 percent change
in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the "Calculation of
Registration Fee" table in the effective registration statement; and
c. To include any material information with respect to the plan of
distribution not previously disclosed in this registration statement or
any material change to such information in this registration statement.
2. That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the
Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment will be deemed
to be new registration statement relating to the securities offered
therein, and the offering of such securities at that time will be deemed to
be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
3. To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment
any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the
termination of the offering.
4. That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the
Securities Act of 1933, each filing of the registrant's annual report
pursuant to Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934 (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan's
annual report pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934) that is incorporated by reference in this registration statement
shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the
securities offered herein, and the offering of such securities at that time
will be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
5. To respond to requests for information that is incorporated by
reference into this prospectus pursuant to Item 4, 10(b), 11, or 13 of this
form, within one business day of receipt of such request, and to send the
incorporated documents by first class mail or other equally prompt means.
This includes information contained in documents filed subsequent to the
effective date of the registration statement through the date of responding
to the request.
6. To supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information
concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein,
that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when
it became effective.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers, and controlling persons of the
registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant
has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission,
such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act
of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for
indemnification against such liabilities (other than the
II-5
<PAGE> 192
payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer,
or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action,
suit, or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer, or controlling
person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will,
unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling
precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether
such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the
Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such
issue.
II-6
<PAGE> 193
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the
Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Lake
Forest, State of Illinois, of the 15th day of July, 1999.
TENNECO PACKAGING INC.
By: /s/ DANA G. MEAD
--------------------------------------
Dana G. Mead
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities indicated on July 15, 1999.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIGNATURE TITLE
--------- -----
<C> <S>
/s/ DANA G. MEAD Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
- --------------------------------------------------- and Director
Dana G. Mead (principal executive officer)
/s/ ROBERT T. BLAKELY Chief Financial Officer and Director
- --------------------------------------------------- (principal financial and accounting officer)
Robert T. Blakely
* Director
- ---------------------------------------------------
Richard L. Wambold
*By: /s/ THEODORE R. TETZLAFF
---------------------------------------------
Theodore R. Tetzlaff
Attorney-in-fact
</TABLE>
II-7
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 12.1
THE BUSINESSES OF TENNECO PACKAGING
COMBINED WITH 50% OWNED UNCONSOLIDATED SUBSIDIARIES
COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
THREE MONTHS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, ENDED MARCH 31,
-------------------------------------------- ---------------------
PRO PRO
FORMA FORMA
1998 1998 1997 1996 1995 1994 1999 1999 1998
----- ----- ----- ----- ---- ----- ----- ----- -----
(DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Income (loss) from continuing
operations......................... $ 85 $ 82 $ 106 $ 65 $(55) $ 18 $ 9 $ 6 $ 18
Add:
Interest........................... 133 133 124 102 91 48 33 36 33
Portion of rentals representative
of interest factor.............. 12 12 12 8 2 1 4 4 3
Preferred stock dividend
requirements of majority-owned
subsidiaries.................... 1 1 -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Income tax expense (benefit) and
other taxes on income........... 69 67 75 67 (3) 19 4 3 18
Amortization of interest
capitalized..................... -- -- -- 1 1 -- -- -- --
Undistributed (earnings) losses of
affiliated companies in which
less than a 50% voting interest
is owned........................ -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
----- ----- ----- ----- ---- ----- ----- ----- -----
Earnings as defined........ $ 300 $ 295 $ 317 $ 243 $ 36 $ 86 $ 50 $ 49 $ 72
===== ===== ===== ===== ==== ===== ===== ===== =====
Interest............................. $ 133 $ 133 $ 124 $ 102 $ 91 $ 48 $ 33 $ 36 $ 33
Interest capitalized................. 1 1 1 3 2 1 -- -- --
Portion of rentals representative of
interest factor.................... 12 12 12 8 2 1 4 4 3
Preferred stock dividend requirements
of majority-owned subsidiaries on a
pre-tax basis...................... 2 2 -- -- -- -- -- -- --
----- ----- ----- ----- ---- ----- ----- ----- -----
Fixed charges as defined... $ 148 $ 148 $ 137 $ 113 $ 95 $ 50 $ 37 $ 40 $ 36
===== ===== ===== ===== ==== ===== ===== ===== =====
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges... 2.03 1.99 2.31 2.15 NM 1.72 1.35 1.23 2.00
===== ===== ===== ===== ==== ===== ===== ===== =====
</TABLE>
In 1995 earnings were inadequate to cover fixed charges by $59 million.
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 23.2
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the use of our report
dated July 2, 1999 included in this registration statement and to the
incorporation by reference in this registration statement of our report dated
February 17, 1999 (except with respect to the matter discussed in Note 2, as to
which the date is June 8, 1999) included in the Tenneco Inc. Current Report on
Form 8-K dated July 14, 1999, and to all references to our Firm included in this
registration statement.
ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
Houston, Texas
July 14, 1999
<PAGE> 1
TENNECO PACKAGING INC.
POWER OF ATTORNEY
The undersigned does hereby appoint Theodore R. Tetzlaff and Karl A.
Stewart and each of them, with full power to act alone, as his true and lawful
attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and
resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all
capacities, to execute a Registration Statement on Form S-4 of Tenneco Packaging
Inc. ("Packaging") relating to the offer to exchange certain newly issued debt
securities of Packaging for certain outstanding debt securities of Tenneco Inc.,
and any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to said
Registration Statement on Form S-4 and any subsequent registration statement
filed by Packaging pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act, and to file
the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection
therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said
attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do
and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in
connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could
do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact
and agents, or any one of them, or their or his substitute or substitutes, may
lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this instrument this
15th day of July, 1999.
/s/ Richard L. Wambold
------------------------------
Richard L. Wambold
<TABLE> <S> <C>
<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
This schedule contains summary financial information extracted from The Business
of Tenneco Packaging Combined Financial Statements and is qualified in its
entirety by reference to such Financial Statements.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000,000
<S> <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE> 12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END> DEC-31-1998
<PERIOD-START> JAN-01-1998
<PERIOD-END> DEC-31-1998
<CASH> 7
<SECURITIES> 0
<RECEIVABLES> 336
<ALLOWANCES> 0
<INVENTORY> 412
<CURRENT-ASSETS> 917
<PP&E> 2,057
<DEPRECIATION> 501
<TOTAL-ASSETS> 4,798
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES> 1,142
<BONDS> 1,312
0
0
<COMMON> 0
<OTHER-SE> 1,776
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY> 4,798
<SALES> 2,791
<TOTAL-REVENUES> 2,791
<CGS> 1,903
<TOTAL-COSTS> 1,903
<OTHER-EXPENSES> 602
<LOSS-PROVISION> 0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE> 133
<INCOME-PRETAX> 150
<INCOME-TAX> 67
<INCOME-CONTINUING> 82
<DISCONTINUED> 57
<EXTRAORDINARY> 0
<CHANGES> 0
<NET-INCOME> 139
<EPS-BASIC> .83
<EPS-DILUTED> .83
</TABLE>
<TABLE> <S> <C>
<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
This schedule contains summary financial information extracted from The
Businesses Tenneco Packaging Combined. Financial Statements and is qualified in
its entirety by reference to such Financial Statements.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000,000
<S> <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE> 3-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END> DEC-31-1999
<PERIOD-START> JAN-01-1999
<PERIOD-END> MAR-31-1999
<CASH> 7
<SECURITIES> 0
<RECEIVABLES> 223
<ALLOWANCES> 0
<INVENTORY> 440
<CURRENT-ASSETS> 881
<PP&E> 1998
<DEPRECIATION> 503
<TOTAL-ASSETS> 4671
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES> 1384
<BONDS> 1337
0
0
<COMMON> 0
<OTHER-SE> 1470
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY> 4671
<SALES> 666
<TOTAL-REVENUES> 666
<CGS> 451
<TOTAL-COSTS> 451
<OTHER-EXPENSES> 155
<LOSS-PROVISION> 0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE> 36
<INCOME-PRETAX> 9
<INCOME-TAX> 3
<INCOME-CONTINUING> 6
<DISCONTINUED> (172)
<EXTRAORDINARY> (7)
<CHANGES> (32)
<NET-INCOME> (205)
<EPS-BASIC> (1.23)
<EPS-DILUTED> (1.23)
</TABLE>
